Archive for category: GOST-R

ASTM D6878 – on TPO membrane Analysis

건축자재 인증 및 시험 관련 규격

Download : Analysis of one TPO membrane per ASTM D6878_D6878M-13

Analysis of one TPO membrane per ASTM D6878/D6878M-13.

아래는 적용되는 분석기법입니다.

    1. ASTM D 6878/D : Brittleness Point per ASTM D2137, Method B
    2. ASTM D 6878/D : Ozone Resistance per ASTM D 1149 (Exposed to 100 mPa ozone in air @40°C, wrapped around a 3″ mandrel for 166 hrs exposure) – OUTSOURCED
    3. ASTM D 6878/D : Breaking Strength per ASTM D751, grab method – MD
    4. ASTM D 6878/D : Breaking Strength per ASTM D751, grab method – XMD
    5. ASTM D 6878/D : Elongation at Reinforcement Break per ASTM D751, grab method – MD
    6. ASTM D 6878/D : Elongation at Reinforcement Break per ASTM D751, grab method – XMD
    7. ASTM D 6878/D : Factory Seam Strength @ 2 in/min (12 in x 1 in specimen) per ASTM D751,grab method
    8. ASTM D 6878/D : Heat Aging, 5376 hrs (224 days) @ 116°C, per ASTM D573
    9. ASTM D 6878/D : Linear Dimensional Change, 6 hr @ 70°C (158°F), per ASTM D1204
    10. ASTM D 6878/D : Post Heat Aging: Breaking Strength per ASTM D751, grab method – MD
    11. ASTM D 6878/D : Post Heat Aging: Breaking Strength per ASTM D751, grab method – XMD
    12. ASTM D 6878/D : Post Heat Aging: Elongation at Reinforcement Break per ASTM D751, grab method – MD
    13. ASTM D 6878/D : Post Heat Aging: Elongation at Reinforcement Break per ASTM D751, grab method – XMD
    14. ASTM D 6878/D : Post Heat Aging: Tearing Strength, 2 in/min (8 in x 8 in specimen) per ASTMD751 – MD
    15. ASTM D 6878/D : Post Heat Aging: Tearing Strength, 2 in/min (8 in x 8 in specimen) per ASTMD751 – XMD
    16. ASTM D 6878/D : Post Heat Aging: Weight Change (mass)
    17. ASTM D 6878/D : Tearing Strength, 2 in/min (8 in x 8 in specimen), per ASTM D751 – MD
    18. ASTM D 6878/D : Tearing Strength, 2 in/min (8 in x 8 in specimen), per ASTM D751 – XMD
    19. ASTM D 6878/D : Thickness, Coating Over Fabric or Scrim (weathering side only) per ASTM D7635
    20. ASTM D 6878/D : Thickness, Sheet-Overall per ASTM D751
    21. ASTM D 6878/D : Water Absorption, 166 hrs @ 70°C (158°F) (mass) per ASTM D471 – Performed on top coating material ONLY
    22. ASTM D 6878/D : Weather Resistance per ASTM G 155 at 0.35 W/(m²•nm) at 340 nm (8000 hrs)

러시아 화재안전요건 기술규격 FL-123- FZ

04 Sep 2014 Comments
Off

아래 내용은 화재 안전 요건 에 대한 러시아 연방 법규 123FZ 기술 규정을 영문으로  번역한 내용입니다.

Federal Law 123-FZ Technical regulations for fire safety requirements

Federal Law of 22 July 2008 N 123-FZ

Technical regulations for fire safety requirements

Adopted by the State Duma on July 4, 2008

Federation Council approved July 11, 2008

 

Section I. General principles of fire safetyChapter

1: General Provisions

Article1 Purpose and scope of the technical regulations

Article2: Basic Concepts

Article3: The legal basis of technical regulations in the field of fire safety

Article4 Technical regulation in the field of fire safety

Article5: Fire safety protection facilities

Article6 Conditions of conformity of the object of protection requirements for fire safetyChapter

2: Classification of fires and fire hazards

Article7 The classification of fires and fire hazards

Article 8: Classification of fires

Article 9 of fire hazards

Chapter 3: Indicators and classification pozharovzryvoopasnosti and fire hazards of substances and materials

Article 10 The purpose of the classification of substances and materials for fire and explosion hazard and fire hazard

Article 11: Indicators of fire and explosion hazard and fire risk substances and materials

Article 12 Classification of substances and materials (with the exception of construction, textile and leather materials) for fire hazard

Article 13 Classification of construction, textile and leather materials for fire danger

Chapter 4: Indicators of fire and explosion hazard and fire hazard classification and technological environments for fire and explosion hazard and fire hazard

Article 14 The classification of technological media on fire and explosion hazard and fire hazard

Article 15: Indicators of fire and explosion hazard and fire hazard technological environments

Article 16 Classification of technological media on fire and explosion hazard

Chapter 5: Classification of fire or explosion hazard zones

Article 17 The classification

Article 18 Classification of fire zones

Article 19 Classification of hazardous areas

Chapter 6: Classification of electrical equipment for fire and explosion hazard and fire hazard

Article 20 The classification

Article 21 Classification of electrical equipment for fire and explosion hazard and fire hazard

Article 22 Classification of Flameproof Electrical

Article 23 Classification of explosion-proof electrical

Chapter 7: Classification of outdoor facilities for fire danger

Article 24 The purpose of the classification of outdoor facilities for fire danger

Article 25 Definition of categories of outdoor facilities for fire danger

Chapter 8: Classification of buildings, structures and premises for fire and explosion hazards

Article 26 The purpose of the classification of buildings , structures, buildings and facilities for fire and explosion hazards

Article 27 Determination of categories of buildings, structures and premises for fire and explosion hazards

Chapter 9: Fire-technical classification of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments

Article 28 The classification

Article 29: Fire-technical classification of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments

Article 30 Classification of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments, the fire resistance

Article 31 Classification of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments, structural fire hazard

Article 32 Classification of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments, functional fire hazard

Article 33 Classification of building fire stations

Chapter 10: Fire-technical classification of structures and fire barriers

Article 34 The classification

Article 35 Classification of structures on fire

Article 36 Classification of structures on fire danger

Article 37 Classification of fire barriers

Chapter 11: Fire-technical classification of stairs and stairwells

Article 38 The classification

Article 39 Classification of stairs

Article 40 Classification of staircases

Chapter 12 Classification of fire fighting equipment

Article 41 The classification

Article 42 Classification of fire fighting equipment

Article 43 Classification and scope of primary fire extinguishing equipment

Article 44 Classification of mobile fire fighting equipment

Article 45 Classification of fire-extinguishing

Article 46 Classification of means of fire automatics

Article 47 Classification of personal protective equipment and rescue people in case of fire

Chapter 13: Fire prevention system

Article 48 The purpose of fire prevention systems

Article 49 Methods of exception conditions for the formation of combustible environment

Article 50 Methods of exception conditions for the formation of a combustible environment (or make it) ignition sources

Chapter 14: Fire protection systems

Article 51 The purpose of the fire protection systems

Article 52 Ways to protect people and property from the effects of fire hazards

Article 53 Means of escape in case of fire

Article 54: Fire detection, warning and evacuation in case of fire

Article 55 of the collective defense and personal protection of people from hazards of fire

Article 56 The system of smoke protection

Article 57: Fire and fire hazard buildings and structures

Article 58: Fire and fire hazard of building structures

Article 59 Limitation of fire spreading beyond the focal

Article 60 The primary means of fire in buildings, structures and buildings

Article 61: Automatic fire-extinguishing

Article 62 The sources of fire water supply

Article 63 The primary fire safety measures

Article 64 Requirements for fire safety declaration

Section II. Fire safety requirements for the design, construction and operation of settlements and urban districts

Chapter 15: Fire safety requirements when urban development activities

Article 65 Requirements for documentation in the planning areas of settlements and urban districts

Article 66 pozharovzryvoopasnyh Accommodation facilities in the territory of settlements and urban districts

Article 67: Walkways, driveways and entrances to buildings, facilities and buildings

Article 68: Fire water settlements and urban districts

Chapter 16: Requirements for fire protection distances between buildings, structures and buildings

Article 69: Fire safety distance between the buildings, structures and buildings

Article 70: Fire safety distance from buildings and structures warehouses of oil and petroleum products to neighboring facilities to protect them

Article 71: Fire safety distance from buildings and structures adjacent to gas stations with them objects to be protected

Article 72: Fire safety distance from the garage and outdoor parking lots adjacent to them objects to be protected

Article 73: Fire safety distance from the tanks of liquefied petroleum gas to buildings and structures

Article 74: Fire safety distance from gas pipelines, oil pipelines, oil pipelines, condensate to nearby objects to be protected

Article 75: Fire safety distance within gardens, cottage and household plots

Chapter 17, General requirements for fire safety for settlements and urban districts to deploy fire departments

Article 76: Fire safety requirements for the placement of fire protection units in the settlements and urban districts

Article 77: Fire safety requirements for fire station

Section III. Fire safety requirements for the design, construction and operation of buildings and structures

Chapter 18: General requirements for fire safety in the design, construction and operation of buildings and structures

Article 78 Requirements for the project documentation for construction projects

Article 79 The standard value of fire risk to buildings and structures

Article 80: Fire safety requirements for the design, renovation and change of the functional purpose of buildings and structures

Chapter 19: Requirements for the composition and functional characteristics of systems for fire safety of buildings and structures

Article 81 Requirements for the functional characteristics of systems for fire safety of buildings and structures

Article 82: Fire safety requirements for electrical installations of buildings, structures and buildings

Article 83: Requirements for automatic fire extinguishing systems and fire alarm systems

Article 84: Fire safety requirements for systems of fire warning and evacuation of buildings, structures and buildings

Article 85 Requirements to smoke protection of buildings and structures

Article 86 Requirements for Inland fire water supply

Article 87 Requirements for fire resistance and fire hazard buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments

Article 88: Requirements for limiting the spread of fire in buildings, structures, buildings, fire compartments

Article 89: Fire safety requirements for escape routes, evacuation and emergency exits

Article 90: Support for the operation of fire units

Article 91 Facilities for buildings, structures and buildings equipped with warning systems and evacuation in case of fire, automatic fire alarm and (or) fire-fighting

Section IV. Fire safety requirements for industrial facilities

Chapter 20, General requirements for fire safety for production facilities

Article 92 Documentation Requirements for facilities

Article 93 The characteristic values ​​of the fire risk to industrial facilities

Chapter 21 Procedure for fire hazard analysis and calculation of a production facility fire risk

Article 94: The sequence of fire risk assessment of the manufacturing facility

Article 95: Fire hazard analysis of production facilities

Article 96 Assessment of fire risk at a facility

Chapter 22: Requirements for the placement of fire stations, roads, entrance (exit) and travel, water sources on the production site

Article 97: Placement of fire stations on the production site

Article 98 Requirements for roads, entry (exit) and travel on the production site

Article 99: Applicable requirements for fire water supply production facility

Article 100 Requirements to limit the spread of fire at the production facility

Section V. Fire safety requirements for fire engineering

Chapter 23: General requirements

Article 101 Requirements for Fire Engineering

Article 102 Requirements for fire extinguishers

Article 103 Requirements for automatic fire alarm

Article 104 Requirements for automatic fire-extinguishing

Chapter 24 Requirements for fighting primary means

Article 105 Requirements for fire extinguishers

Article 106 Requirements for fire hydrants

Article 107 Requirements for fire boxes

Chapter 25: Requirements for the mobile fire fighting

Article 108 Requirements for fire vehicles

Article 109 Requirements for fire aircraft, trains and ships

Article 110 Requirements for fire motor pumps

Chapter 26 Requirements for automatic fire-extinguishing

Article 111 Requirements for automatic installation of water and foam fire extinguishing

Article 112 Requirements for automatic gas fire extinguishing systems

Article 113 Requirements to automated powder fire

Article 114 Requirements to automated aerosol fire extinguishing

Article 115 Requirements for automatic sprinkler installations combined

Article 116 Requirements for robotic fire-fighting units

Article 117 Requirements to automated fire containment

Chapter 27 requirements for personal protective equipment firefighters and citizens in case of fire

Article 118 Requirements for PPE fire

Article 119 Requirements for personal protective equipment and respiratory of fire

Article 120 Requirements for special protective clothing firefighters

Article 121 Requirements to protection of hands, feet and head

Article 122 Requirements for Drugs samospasaniya fire

Article 123 Requirements for personal protective equipment and rescue people in case of fire

Chapter 28: Requirements for fire tools and additional equipment fire

Article 124 Requirements for fire tools

Article 125 Requirements for additional fire-fighters

Chapter 29 requirements for fire equipment

Article 126 General requirements for fire equipment

Article 127 General requirements for fire hydrants and columns

Article 128. Requirements for fire hoses and coupling heads

Article 129 Requirements for fire trunks, foam generators and penosmesitelyam

Article 130 Requirements for firefighters and fire lodgement a bag a bag ramifications

Article 131 Requirements for firefighters and fire hydroelevators Strainer

Article 132 Requirements for manual fire escapes

Section VI. Fire safety requirements for products of general purpose

Chapter 30 Fire safety requirements for substances and materials

Article 133 Fire Safety Requirements for information about the fire hazard of substances and materials

Article 134 Fire safety requirements for the use of construction materials in buildings, structures and buildings

Article 135: Fire safety requirements for the use of textile and leather materials to information about their fire danger

Article 136 Requirements for information about the fire safety fire protection facilities

Chapter 31 Fire safety requirements for building structures and engineering equipment of buildings and structures

Article 137 Fire safety requirements for building structures

Article 138 Fire safety requirements for the construction and equipment of ventilation systems, air conditioning systems and smoke protection

Article 139: Fire safety requirements for the construction and equipment of waste disposal systems

Article 140 Fire safety requirements for lifts

Chapter 32 Fire safety requirements for electrical products

Article 141 Requirements for information about the fire hazard of electrotechnical products

Article 142 Fire safety requirements for electrical products

Article 143 Fire safety requirements for electrical equipment

Section VII. Conformity assessment of protection objects (products) requirements for fire safety

Chapter 33 Evaluation of conformity protection objects (products) requirements for fire safety

Article 144 Forms of conformity assessment of protection objects (products) requirements for fire safety

Article 145 Confirmation of the protection objects (products) requirements for fire safety

Article 146 Schemes confirm product compliance with fire safety

Article 147. certification procedure

Article 148 Additional requirements to be considered for accreditation of certification bodies, testing laboratories (centers)

Article 149 Features conformity substances and materials requirements for fire safety

Article 150 Features acknowledgment of conformity of fire protection

Section VIII. Final Provisions

Chapter 34 Final Provisions

Article 151 Final Provisions

Article 152 Entry into force of this Federal Law

Appendix

 

Section I. General principles of fire safety

Chapter 1: General Provisions

Article 1 Purpose and scope of the technical regulations

1 This federal law is designed to protect life, health and property of citizens and legal entities, state and municipal property from fires, identifies the main provisions of technical regulation in the field of fire safety and specifies the general requirements for fire safety for the protection of objects (products) in the including the buildings, structures and buildings, industrial facilities, fire-technical products and products for general use.

Federal laws on technical regulations containing the requirements for fire safety for a specific product, do not apply to the extent set lower than established by this Federal Law, the fire safety requirements.

2 The provisions of the Federal Law on fire safety protection facilities shall be binding if:

1) the design, construction, major repairs, reconstruction, technical re-equipment, changing functionality, maintenance, operation and disposal of objects to be protected;

2) the development, adoption, application and enforcement of federal laws on technical regulations containing the fire safety requirements, as well as regulations on fire safety;

3) development of technical documentation for the objects of protection.

3 In respect of the protection of special-purpose facilities, including military facilities, facilities for production, processing, storage of radioactive and explosive substances and materials, objects, destruction and storage of chemical weapons and explosives, ground space objects and launch facilities, mining, facilities located in the woods, along with the present Federal Law shall be observed fire safety requirements established by regulatory legal acts of the Russian Federation.

4 Technical regulation in the field of fire safety of nuclear weapons and related processes of development, production, operation, storage, transportation, disposal and recycling of its components, as well as in the field of fire safety of buildings, structures, objects, organizations of the Russian nuclear weapons complex Federation established by the legislation of the Russian Federation.

Article 2: Basic Concepts

For purposes of this Federal Law, the basic concepts set out in Article 2 of the Federal Law of December 27, 2002 N 184-FZ “On Technical Regulation” (hereinafter – the Federal Law “On Technical Regulation”), Article 1 of the Federal Law of 21 December, 1994 N 69-FZ “On Fire” (hereinafter – the Federal Law “On Fire”), and the following basic concepts:

1) emergency exit – door hatch or another way, which lead to the escape route, directly to the outside or to a safe area, used as an additional outlet for the rescue of persons, but not taken into account when evaluating the required number and size of escape routes and emergency exits and which meet the requirements for safe evacuation in case of fire;

2) safety zone – the area in which people are protected from the effects of fire hazards or where there are no fire hazards;

3) explosion – a rapid chemical conversion environment, accompanied by the release of energy and the formation of compressed gases;

4) explosive mixture – a mixture of air or oxidant and combustible gases, vapors of flammable liquids, combustible dusts or fibers, which at a certain concentration and the appearance of the source is capable of initiating an explosion explode;

5) protection of highly explosive object – the object’s state protection, characterized by the possibility of an explosion and fire development;

6) hot medium – medium capable ignite when exposed to an ignition source;

7) Declaration of fire safety – a form of conformity assessment, which contains information on fire safety measures aimed at ensuring the protection of the facility standard value of fire risk;

8) a valid fire risk – the risk of fire, the level of which is valid and justified on the basis of socio-economic conditions;

9) individual fire risk – the risk of fire, which can lead to loss of life as a result of exposure to fire hazards;

10) the ignition source – a means of power influence, triggering the occurrence of combustion;

11) the class of structural fire hazard buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments – classification characteristics of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments defined by the degree of participation in the development of structural fire and education of fire hazards;

12) the class of functional fire hazard buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments – classification characteristics of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments, defined the purpose and features of the operation of these buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments, including the implementation of features in these buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments of manufacturing processes;

13) outdoor installation – a set of machines and technological equipment located outside of buildings and structures;

14) required the evacuation – the time since the fire, during which the people have to be evacuated to a safe area without causing harm to human life and health as a result of exposure to fire hazards;

15) to protect – products, including property of citizens or legal persons, public or municipal property (including facilities located in the territories of settlements, as well as buildings, structures, buildings, vehicles, processing plants, equipment, machines, and other products property), which are installed or to be installed fire safety requirements for fire prevention and protection in case of fire;

16)-oxidizing substances and materials having the ability to react with combustible material, causing burning, and to increase its intensity;

17) the hazards of fire – fire factors, the effects of which may result in injury, poisoning or death, and (or) damage to property;

18) fire site – site of the original fire;

19) primary extinguishing media – portable or mobile extinguishing agents used for fire fighting in the early stages of its development;

20) fire safety protection object – the object’s state protection, characterized by the ability to prevent the emergence and development of a fire, as well as the impact on people and property of fire hazards;

21) the fire hazard of substances and materials – the state of substances and materials, characterized by the possibility of occurrence of combustion or explosion of substances and materials;

22) fire hazard protection object – the object’s state protection, characterized by the possibility of the emergence and development of a fire, as well as the impact on people and property of fire hazards;

23) fire alarm system – a set of technical means for detecting, processing, transmitting in a given form of notification of a fire, a special information and (or) issuing commands to the inclusion of automatic fire extinguishing installations and facilities including executive smoke protection systems, technological and engineering equipment, and other fire protection devices;

24) fire station – to the fire department, which houses facilities for storage of fire fighting equipment and its maintenance, office space for the placement of personnel, space for receiving notification of a fire, technical and support facilities necessary to perform the tasks assigned to the fire department ;

25) Fire Detector – technical means for the formation of a fire alarm;

26) FIRE ALARM – technical means for warning people about the fire;

27) fire compartment – of buildings, structures and buildings leased by fire walls and fire floors or coated with fire outside the structure, ensuring the non-proliferation of fire beyond the fire compartment for the entire duration of the fire;

28) fire risk – a measure of the feasibility of a fire hazard protection object and its effects on people and property;

29) Fire and explosion hazard of substances and materials – the ability of substances and materials to form a combustible (fire or explosive) environment, characterized by their physico-chemical properties and (or) the behavior in case of fire;

30) fire hazardous (explosive) area – part of a closed or open space within which continuously or periodically turning flammable substances and in which they may be in the normal mode process or a violation (of the accident);

31) fire-resistance design (fill openings of fire barriers) – the time from the beginning of the fire exposure conditions in the standard tests until one of the valuation for the structure (fill openings of fire barriers) limit states;

32) devices control fire – technical means for receiving signals from fire detectors to monitor the integrity of the loop fire alarm lights and audible alarm events, formation of the starting trigger pulse control unit fire;

33) control unit fire – technical means for transmitting control signals AGFES, and (or) for integrating the units smoke protection systems, and (or) fire warning, as well as for transmitting control signals to other devices of fire protection;

34) facilities – facilities for industrial and agricultural purposes, including warehouses, facilities engineering and transport infrastructure (rail, road, river, sea, air and pipeline transportation), communication facilities;

35) fire barrier – building structure with the normalized limit of fire and structural fire danger class design element of volume of the building or other engineering solution designed to prevent the spread of fire from one part of a building, structure, structure to another or between buildings, structures, buildings, green areas;

36) fire break (Fire away) – the normalized distance between the buildings, structures and (or) facilities, installed to prevent the spread of fire;

37) Transmission systems of fire – a set of co-operating hardware designed for the transmission and reception of communication channels in paragraph centralized monitoring notification of a fire in the protected facility, service, control and diagnostic notifications, and (in the presence of the reverse channel) for transmission and receiving telecommand;

38) Fire Alarm System – a set of fire alarm mounted on a single object, and controlled from a common fire post;

39) Fire prevention system – a complex of organizational measures and technical means, excluding the possibility of a fire in the facility protection;

40) smoke protection system – a set of institutional arrangements, space planning solutions, systems engineering and technical means to prevent or limit the danger of smoke buildings, structures and buildings in case of fire, as well as the impact of fire hazards on people and property;

41) fire protection system – a complex of organizational measures and technical means to protect people and property from the effects of fire hazards, and (or) the restriction of the impacts of fire hazards in the protected object (product);

42) Construction – construction system of any functional purpose, which includes facilities designed according to the functional purpose for stay or residence of people and the implementation of technological processes;

43) social fire risk – the danger that led to the death of a group of people as a result of exposure to fire hazards;

44) the degree of fire resistance of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments – classification characteristics of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments defined outside fire resistance of structures used for the construction of these buildings, structures and spaces;

45) the technical means warning and evacuation – a set of hardware (devices control of sirens, fire detectors) designed to alert people about the fire;

46) technological environment – substances and materials circulating in the technological equipment (process system);

47) the stability of the object of protection in case of fire – the protection of property of the object to maintain the structural integrity and (or) functionality when exposed to fire hazards and secondary effects of fire hazards;

48) emergency exit – exit leading to the escape route, directly to the outside or to a safe area;

49) evacuation path (escape route) – the path of motion and (or) the movement of people, leading directly to the outside or to a safe area that meets the requirements for safe evacuation in case of fire;

50) evacuation – the process of self-organized movement of people directly to the outside or to a safe area of ​​the premises in which there is the possibility of human exposure to fire hazards.

Article 3: The legal basis of technical regulations in the field of fire safety

The legal basis for technical regulation in the field of fire safety is the Constitution of the Russian Federation, the generally recognized principles and norms of international law, international treaties of the Russian Federation, the Federal Law “On technical regulation”, the Federal Law “On Fire” and the present Federal Law, under which developed and accepted normative legal acts of the Russian Federation, the governing fire safety protection objects (products).

Article 4 Technical regulation in the field of fire safety

1 Technical regulation in the field of fire safety is:

1) the establishment of a regulatory legal acts of the Russian Federation and the regulations on fire safety fire safety requirements for products, processes of design, production, operation, storage, transportation, marketing and utilization;

2) legal regulation of relations in the field of application and use of fire safety requirements;

3) legal regulation of relations in the field of conformity assessment.

2 Normative legal acts of the Russian Federation on fire safety are federal laws on technical regulations, federal laws and other normative legal acts of the Russian Federation establishing the obligatory requirements of fire safety.

3. regulations on fire safety include national standards, codes of practice, containing the fire safety requirements (regulations).

4 In existing buildings, structures and buildings, designed and constructed in accordance with previous acting fire safety requirements, the provisions of this Federal Law shall not apply, except in cases where the continued operation of the said buildings and structures leads to a threat to life or human health from possible fire. In such cases, the owner of an object or a person authorized to possess, use or dispose of buildings, structures and buildings, must take measures to bring the fire safety system of the object of protection in accordance with the requirements of this Federal Law.

Article 5: Fire safety protection facilities

1 Each object protection shall have a system to ensure fire safety.

2 The purpose of the fire safety system of the object of protection is to prevent a fire, human security and the protection of property in case of fire.

3 The system of fire safety protection object includes a system of fire prevention, fire protection system, a complex of organizational and technical measures to ensure fire safety.

4 The system of fire safety protection object necessarily must contain a set of measures that exclude the possibility of exceeding the allowable fire risk established by this Federal Law, and to prevent the risk of harm to third parties as a result of the fire.

Article 6 Conditions of conformity of the object of protection requirements for fire safety

1 Fire safety object of protection is provided if:

1) fully complied with the mandatory fire safety requirements established by federal law on technical regulations;

2) fire risk within the tolerances established by this Federal Law.

2 Fire safety of protection for which the federal law on technical regulations do not set the fire safety requirements, it is considered secured if the fire risk does not exceed the respective values ​​stated in this Federal Law.

3 When the mandatory fire safety requirements established by federal law on technical regulations, and regulatory requirements for fire safety fire risk calculation is not required.

4 Fire safety in urban and rural settlements, urban districts and closed administrative-territorial formations is provided as part of the fire safety measures relevant state authorities, local self-government in accordance with Article 63 of this Federal Law.

5 legal person – the owner of the object of protection (buildings, structures, buildings and industrial facilities) as part of the fire safety measures must be provided in the notification procedure to the commissioning of the facility protection declaration of fire safety in accordance with Article 64 of this Federal Law.

6 Calculations Fire Risk Assessment is an integral part of the fire safety declaration or declaration of industrial safety (on the objects for which they should be developed in accordance with the legislation of the Russian Federation).

7 Procedure for the settlement of the fire risk assessment is determined by the regulations of the Russian Federation.

8 Development of fire safety declaration is not required to support fire safety fire-technical products and products for general use.

Chapter 2: Classification of fires and fire hazards

 

Article 7 The classification of fires and fire hazards

1: Classification of fires by type of combustible material used to refer to the application of fire extinguishing equipment.

2 Classification of fires on the complexity of their suppression is used in determining the composition of forces and means fire departments and other services necessary for fighting fires.

3 Classification of fire hazards used to justify the fire safety measures necessary to protect people and property in case of fire.

Article 8: Classification of fires

Fires are classified by type of combustible material and divided into the following classes:

1) fires of solid flammable substances and materials (A);

2) fires of flammable liquids or meltable solids, and the materials (B);

3) fires gas (G);

4) fires metal (D);

5) fires of combustible substances and materials of electrical under voltage (E);

6) fires of nuclear materials, radioactive waste and radioactive substances (F).

Article 9 of fire hazards

1 To fire hazards affecting people and property are as follows:

1) flame and sparks;

2) The heat flux;

3) increased temperature of the environment;

4) increased concentration of toxic products of combustion and thermal decomposition;

5) reduced the oxygen concentration;

6) reduction of visibility in smoke.

2. concomitant manifestations of fire hazards include:

1) fragments, parts of the collapsed buildings, structures, buildings, vehicles, process plants, equipment, components, products, and other property;

2) the radioactive and toxic substances and materials into the environment from the destroyed process plants, equipment, components, products, and other property;

3) Removal of the high voltage on the conductive parts of the process plants, equipment, components, products, and other property;

4) the hazards of explosion, which occurred as a result of a fire;

5) The effects of fire-extinguishing agents.

Chapter 3: Indicators and classification pozharovzryvoopasnosti and fire hazards of substances and materials

 

Article 10 The purpose of the classification of substances and materials for fire and explosion hazard and fire hazard

1: Classification of substances and materials for fire and explosion hazard and fire risk is used to establish fire safety requirements in the preparation of substances and materials, use, storage, transportation, processing and disposal.

2 To establish the fire safety requirements for the design of buildings, structures, buildings and fire protection systems use classification of building materials fire hazard.

Article 11: Indicators of fire and explosion hazard and fire risk substances and materials

1 List of indicators for assessing fire and explosion hazard and fire risk substances and materials, depending on their state of aggregation is shown in Table 1 of the Annex hereto.

2 Methods for the determination of indicators pozharovzryvoopasnosti and fire hazards of substances and materials listed in Table 1 of the Annex hereto shall be established by the normative documents on fire safety.

3 Indicators pozharovzryvoopasnosti and fire hazards of substances and materials used to establish requirements for the use of substances and materials and the calculation of the fire risk.

Article 12 Classification of substances and materials (with the exception of construction, textile and leather materials) for fire hazard

1: Classification of substances and materials for fire danger based on their properties and the ability to form the hazards of fire or explosion.

2 According to the flammability of the substance and materials are divided into the following groups:

1) incombustible – Materials & unable to burn in the air. Non-combustible materials may be pozharovzryvoopasnosti (e.g., oxidizing or substances that emit flammable products in contact with water, air or oxygen to each other);

2) slow-burning – substances and materials that can burn in air when exposed to an ignition source, but are unable to burn yourself after its removal;

3) combustible – substances and materials liable to spontaneous combustion, as well as ignite under the influence of a source of ignition and burn yourself after its removal.

3 Methods of test for flammability of substances and materials established by normative documents on fire safety.

4 From flammable liquids isolated group of flammable and highly dangerous flammable liquids, vapor ignition occurs at low temperatures, certain regulatory documents on fire safety.

Article 13 Classification of construction, textile and leather materials for fire danger

1: Classification of construction, textile and leather materials for the fire danger based on their properties and the ability to form fire hazards.

2 Fire hazard construction, textile and leather materials is characterized by the following properties:

1) flammability;

2) ignition characteristics, combustibleness;

3) surface spread of flame;

4) smoke-generating capacity;

5) toxicity of combustion products ;

“러시아 원문 참조 “

1)горючесть; 

2) воспламеняемость;

3) способность распространения пламени по поверхности;

4) дымообразующая способность;

5) токсичность продуктов горения.

3. flammability building materials are divided into fuel (F) and non-combustible (NG).

4 Construction materials are non-combustible for the following parameters flammability determined experimentally:

growth temperature – not more than 50 degrees Celsius, the weight loss of the sample – no more than 50 percent, the duration of sustained flaming – not more than 10 seconds.

5 Building materials that do not meet at least one of the specified in Part 4 of this article parameters, refer to the fuel. Combustible building materials are classified into the following groups:

1) not readily (G1) having a flue gas temperature is not more than 135 degrees Celsius, the degree of damage to the test specimen length is not more than 65 percent by weight, the degree of damage to the test sample is not more than 20 percent of self-burning duration of 0 seconds;

2) umerennogoryuchie (T2) having a flue gas temperature is not more than 235 degrees Celsius, the degree of damage to the test specimen length is not more than 85 percent by weight, the degree of damage to the test sample is not more than 50 percent of self-burning duration less than 30 seconds;

3) normalnogoryuchie (T3) having a flue gas temperature not exceeding 450 degrees Celsius, the degree of damage along the length of the test sample over 85 percent by weight, the degree of damage to the test sample is not more than 50 percent of self-burning duration not exceeding 300 seconds;

4) silnogoryuchie (T4) having a flue gas temperature of over 450 degrees Celsius, the degree of damage along the length of the test sample over 85 percent by weight, the degree of damage to the test sample over 50 percent of self-burning duration of more than 300 seconds.

6 For materials related to the flammability group G1 – G3, is not allowed to flaming droplets melt during the test (for materials related to the flammability groups G1 and G2 are not allowed the formation of droplets of the melt). For non-combustible building materials other indicators of fire danger are not defined and are not standardized.

7. flammability combustible construction materials (including floor carpeting) depending on the value of the critical surface heat flux density into the following groups:

1) Flame retardant (B1) having a value of critical surface heat flux density of more than 35 kilowatts per square meter;

2) moderate inflammable (B2) having a value of critical surface heat flux density of not less than 20 but not more than 35 kilowatts per square meter;

3) inflammable (B3) having a value of critical surface heat flux density is less than 20 kilowatts per square meter.

8 As the flame propagation velocity over the surface of flammable building materials (including floor carpeting) depending on the value of the critical surface heat flux density into the following groups:

1) FLAME (WP1), with the critical value of the surface heat flux density of more than 11 kilowatts per square meter;

2) slaborasprostranyayuschie (IS2) having a value of critical surface heat flux density of at least 8 but not more than 11 kilowatts per square meter;

3) umerennorasprostranyayuschie (WP3) having a value of critical surface heat flux density of not less than 5 but not more than 8 kilowatts per square meter;

4) silnorasprostranyayuschie (WP4), with the critical value of the surface heat flux density is less than 5 kilowatts per square meter.

9. smoke-forming ability of combustible building materials, depending on the value of the coefficient of smoke into the following groups:

1) low smoke-forming capability (D1) having an aspect ratio less smoke production of 50 square meters per kilogram;

2) moderate smoke-forming capability (A2) having a coefficient of smoke generation is not less than 50 but not exceeding 500 square meters per kilogram;

3) with high smoke-forming capability (D3) having a ratio of smoke formation more than 500 square meters per kilogram.

10 According to the toxicity of combustion products of combustible building materials are classified into the following groups according to Table 2 of the Annex hereto:

1) low risk (T1);

2) moderate hazardous (T2);

3) highly dangerous (T3);

4) is extremely dangerous (T4).

11 Classes of fire danger based on groups of fire hazard of building materials are listed in Table 3 of the Annex hereto.

12 For floor carpet flammability group is not defined.

13 Textile and leather materials flammability subdivided into flammable and inflammable. Cloth (nonwoven) is classified as a flammable material, if the tests the following conditions:

1) Total flaming combustion of any of the samples tested at the ignition surface is more than 5 seconds;

2) any of the samples tested at surface ignition, burns to one of its edges;

3) cotton wool comes under any of the test samples;

4) Surface flash at any of the samples spread over 100 millimeters from the ignition point on the surface or edge;

5) average carbonized length portion of any of the samples tested when exposed to the flame from the surface or edge of more than 150 millimeters.

14 For the classification of construction, textile and leather materials should be used flame spread index (I) – conditional dimensionless index that characterizes the ability of materials or substances ignited, the flame spread over the surface and give off heat. Flame spread materials are divided into the following groups:

1) does not distribute the flame over the surface having a flame spread index 0;

2) slow flame spreading over the surface having a flame spread index less than 20;

3) the flame spreads rapidly over the surface with a flame spread index of 20.

15 Tests for fire danger classification of construction, textile and leather materials are set normative documents on fire safety.

Chapter 4: Indicators of fire and explosion hazard and fire hazard classification and technological environments for fire and explosion hazard and fire hazard

 

Article 14 The classification of technological media on fire and explosion hazard and fire hazard

Classification of technological media on fire and explosion hazard and fire risk is used to establish the parameters of safe conduct of the process.

Article 15: Indicators of fire and explosion hazard and fire hazard technological environments

1 Pozharovzryvoopasnost fire hazard and technological environments characterized by indicators of fire and explosion hazard and fire hazard substances circulating in the process, and the process parameters. The list of indicators needed to assess the fire and explosion hazard and fire risk substances are listed in Table 1 of Annex hereto.

2 Methods for the determination of indicators pozharovzryvoopasnosti and fire hazards of substances belonging to the technological environments are set normative documents on fire safety.

Article 16 Classification of technological media on fire and explosion hazard

1 Technological environment for fire and explosion hazard are divided into the following groups:

1) a fire risk;

2) fire and explosion hazard;

3) explosive;

4) fireproof.

Wednesday 2 relates to a fire hazard, if possible formation of a flammable environment as well as the appearance of an ignition source of sufficient capacity to fire.

3 Wednesday relates to fire and explosion hazard, if possible formation of mixtures of oxidant and combustible gases, vapors of flammable liquids, flammable aerosols and combustible dusts in which the appearance of an ignition source may initiate an explosion and (or) fire.

Wednesday 4 refers to the explosive, if possible formation of mixtures of air and combustible gases, vapors of flammable liquids, flammable liquids, flammable aerosols and combustible dusts or fibers, and if a certain concentration of the fuel source and the appearance of the initiation of the explosion (ignition source), it can explode.

5 To fireproof media refers space in which there are no hot medium and (or) oxidizer.

Chapter 5: Classification of fire or explosion hazard zones

 

Article 17 The classification

Classification of fire or explosion hazard zones is used to select electrical and other equipment according to their degree of protection to ensure their Firefighting operation in this area.

Article 18 Classification of fire zones

1 fire zones are divided into the following classes:

1) P-I – Zone, located in the premises in which flammable liquids are treated with a flashpoint of 61 or more degrees Celsius;

2) P-II – zones located in areas where combustible dusts are allocated or fibers;

3) P-IIa – zones located in areas in which the treated solid combustible substance in an amount that the specific fire load is not less than 1 megajoules per square meter;

4) P-III – areas located outside of buildings, structures, in which flammable liquids are treated with a flashpoint of 61 degrees Celsius or more, or any solid combustibles.

2 Methods for determining the classification of indicators fire zone established by normative documents on fire safety.

Article 19 Classification of hazardous areas

1 Depending on the frequency and duration of an explosive mixture of explosive areas are subdivided into the following classes:

1) Grade 0 – zone in which an explosive gas mixture is present continuously, or at least within one hour;

2) 1st class – zones located in areas in which, during normal operation of equipment emit flammable gases or vapors of flammable liquids that form explosive mixtures with air;

3) Grade 2 – zones located in areas in which, during normal operation of equipment explosive mixtures of flammable gases or vapors of flammable liquids and air are formed, and are only possible as a result of an accident or damage to process equipment;

4) 20 Grade – a zone in which an explosive mixture with air combustible dust has a lower explosion limit of less than 65 grams per cubic meter and the present time;

5) 21 th grade – zones located in areas in which, during normal operation of equipment allocated carryover into suspension combustible dust or fibers that can form explosive mixtures with air at a concentration of 65 grams or less per cubic meter;

6) 22 th grade – zones located in areas in which during normal operation of the equipment does not form explosive mixtures of combustible dusts or fibers with air at a concentration of 65 grams or less per cubic meter, but it is possible the formation of such an explosive mixture of combustible dusts or fibers with air only as a result of an accident or equipment damage.

2 Methods for determining the classification of the hazardous area indicators established by normative documents on fire safety.

Chapter 6: Classification of electrical equipment for fire and explosion hazard and fire hazard

 

Article 20 The classification

Classification of electrical equipment for fire and explosion hazard and fire risk is used to determine the field of safe use and appropriate labeling of electrical equipment in the area, as well as to determine the requirements of fire safety in the operation of electrical equipment.

Article 21 Classification of electrical equipment for fire and explosion hazard and fire hazard

1 Depending on the level of inflammation and fire hazard electrical equipment is divided into the following types:

1) without electrical tools pozharovzryvozaschity;

2) Flameproof electrical equipment (for fire zones);

3) explosion-proof electrical (for hazardous area).

2 The degree of fire and explosion hazard and fire hazard electrical understood the danger of ignition source inside the electrical and (or) the risk of contact with an ignition source ambient electrical combustible environment.

Electrical equipment without means pozharovzryvozaschity on levels of fire protection and explosion protection is not classified.

Article 22 Classification of Flameproof Electrical

1 Electrical equipment used in fire hazard zones are classified according to the degree of protection against the ingress of water and solid foreign objects provided by the design of the electrical equipment.

Classification of Flameproof Electrical carried out in accordance with Tables 4 and 5 of Annex hereto.

2 Methods for determination of enclosure protection Flameproof electrical set normative documents on fire safety.

3 Marking of electrical equipment enclosure protection is carried out with the help of the international symbol of protection (IP) and two digits, the first of which is the protection against ingress of solid objects, the second – from water penetration.

Article 23 Classification of explosion-proof electrical

1 Explosion-proof electrical equipment is classified by levels of protection, type of protection, groups and temperature classes.

2 Explosion-proof electrical equipment in levels of protection is divided into the following types:

1) osobovzryvobezopasnoe electrical (level 0);

2) explosion-proof electrical (level 1);

3) increased electrical reliability against explosion (level 2).

3 Osobovzryvobezopasnoe electrical – is explosion-proof electrical with additional means of protection.

4 explosive electrical equipment provides explosion protection as in normal operation of equipment, and if damaged, except for damage means of protection. Electrical equipment of high reliability against the flameproof explosion only during normal operation of the equipment (in the absence of accidents and injuries).

5 Explosion-proof electrical equipment by type of protection is divided into equipment with:

1) flameproof (d);

2) filling or purging shell pressurized shielding gas (p);

3) an intrinsically safe circuit (i);

4) powder filling with live parts (q);

5) Oil immersion with live parts (a);

6) a special type of protection defined by the features of the object (s);

7) Any other type of protection (e).

6 Explosion-proof electrical equipment on the admissibility of the application areas is subdivided into equipment:

1) to industrial gases and vapors (group II and group IIA, IIB, IIC);

2) miner methane (group I).

7 Depending on the maximum allowable surface temperature explosion-proof electrical equipment of Group II is subdivided into temperature classes:

1), T1 (450 degrees Celsius);

2), T2 (300 degrees Celsius);

3) T3 (200 degrees Celsius);

4) T4 (135 degrees Celsius);

5) T5 (100 degrees Celsius);

6) T6 (85 degrees Celsius).

8 Explosion-proof electrical equipment shall be marked. The following sequence must be specified:

1) sign level of explosion protection (2, 1, 0);

2) marks relating to electrical explosion-proof (Ex);

3) the sign of the type of protection (d, p, i, q, a, s, e);

4) the sign of the group or subgroup of electrical equipment (I, II, IIA, IIB, IIC);

5) The sign of the temperature class of electrical equipment (T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6).

9: Test methods for explosion-proof equipment belonging to the appropriate level, type, group (subgroup), temperature class set normative documents on fire safety.

Chapter 7: Classification of outdoor facilities for fire danger

 

Article 24 The purpose of the classification of outdoor facilities for fire danger

1: Classification of outdoor facilities for fire danger used to establish the fire safety requirements to prevent the possibility of a fire and provide fire protection of people and property in the event of a fire on outdoor installations.

2 Classification of outdoor facilities for fire danger based on the definition of their affiliation in the respective category.

3 Categories of outdoor facilities for the fire hazard shall be indicated in the project documentation for the objects of capital construction and renovation, and the designation of categories should be specified in the facility.

Article 25 Definition of categories of outdoor facilities for fire danger

1 According to the fire hazard outdoor units are divided into the following categories:

1) increased highly explosive (AN);

2) highly explosive (BN);

3) a fire hazard (BH);

4) moderate fire hazard (GN);

5) low flammability (NAM).

2 Categories outdoor facilities for fire danger are determined based on the properties of fire are in units of combustible substances and materials, their quantity and characteristics of processes.

3: Installation is classified as AN, if it contains (stored, processed, transported) flammable gases, flammable liquid with a flashpoint not exceeding 28 degrees Celsius, the substance and (or) materials that can burn in contact with water, air or oxygen and (or) with each other (assuming that the value of fire risk in a possible combustion of these substances with the formation of pressure waves exceeds one million per year at a distance of 30 meters from the outdoor setting).

4 Installation is classified as BN, if it contains is stored, processed or transported combustible dust and (or) fiber, flammable liquid with a flash point of more than 28 degrees Celsius, flammable liquids (provided that the value of fire risk in a possible combustion of dust – and (or) vapor-air mixtures to form a pressure wave is more than one million per year at a distance of 30 meters from the outdoor setting).

5 Installation is classified as HV, if it contains (stored, processed, transported) fuel and (or) nonflammable liquid, solid fuels and (or) slow-burning material and (or) materials (including dust and (or) fiber ) agents and (or)

Materials capable of interacting with water, air and oxygen (or) with each other to burn and if not implemented criteria to include installation category AN or BN (assuming that the magnitude of a possible fire risk during combustion thereof, and (or) materials exceeds one million per year at a distance of 30 meters from the outdoor setting).

6 Installation is classified as GBV, if it contains (stored, processed, transported) incombustible material and (or) materials in the hot, scorching and (or) a molten state, the processing of which is accompanied by the release of radiant heat, sparks, and (or) flames and flammable gases, liquids, and (or) the solids are burned or disposed of as fuel.

7 Installation is classified as DN, if it contains (stored, processed, transported) mostly non-combustible material and (or) materials in the cold and if on the above criteria, it does not belong to the category of AN, BN, BH or GBV.

8 Definition of categories of outdoor facilities for fire risk is carried out by sequential testing of their belonging to the category of the most dangerous (AN) to the least dangerous (NAM).

9 Methods for determining the classification criteria categories outdoor facilities for fire danger are set normative documents on fire safety.

Chapter 8: Classification of buildings, structures and premises for fire and explosion hazards

 

Article 26 The classification of buildings, structures and premises for fire and explosion hazards

Classification of buildings, structures and premises for fire and explosion hazards is used to establish the fire safety requirements to prevent the possibility of a fire and provide fire protection of people and property in case of fire in buildings, structures, buildings and premises.

Article 27 Determination of categories of buildings, structures and premises for fire and explosion hazards

1 According to the fire and explosion hazard premises of industrial and warehouse purposes, regardless of their function, are divided into the following categories:

1) increased highly explosive (A);

2) highly explosive (B);

3) flammability (B1 – B4);

4) moderate fire hazard (H);

5) low flammability (L).

2 Buildings, structures, buildings and premises for other purposes categorization can not be.

3 Categories of premises for fire and explosion hazards are determined based on the type on the premises of combustible substances and materials, their quantity and flammable properties as well as on the basis of space-planning decisions and the characteristics of the premises held by them in technological processes.

4: Determination of categories of premises should be carried out by sequential testing room accessories to the categories of the most dangerous (A) to the least dangerous (D).

5: By Category A are areas in which there are (treated) flammable gases, flammable liquid with a flashpoint not exceeding 28 degrees Celsius in an amount that may form explosive mixtures parogazovozdushnye, when ignited, which is developing the design overpressure blast indoors exceeding 5 kilopascals, and (or) substances and materials that can explode and burning in contact with water, air or oxygen with one another in such a quantity that the calculated overpressure explosion in the room is greater than 5 kPa.

6 The category B are areas in which there are (treated) combustible dust or fibers, flammable liquid with a flash point of more than 28 degrees Celsius, flammable liquids in such a quantity that can form explosive dust-air or vapor-air mixture, when ignited, which is developing the estimated excess explosion pressure in the room of more than 5 kPa.

7: By Category B1 – B4 are areas in which there are (treated) flammable and nonflammable liquid, solid combustible and fire-retardant agents and materials (including dust and fibers), substances and materials capable of interacting with water, air or with each other only burn under the condition that the room in which they are located (treated) do not belong to category A or B.

8 Assignment of premises in the category B1, B2, B3 or B4 is dependent on the amount and method of placement of fire load on the premises and its space-planning features, as well as the fire properties of substances and materials that make up the fire load.

9 The category D are areas in which there are (treated) non-combustible substances and materials in the hot, hot or molten state, the processing of which is accompanied by the release of radiant heat, sparks and flame, and (or) flammable gases, liquids and solids, are burned or disposed of as fuel.

10 The category D are areas in which there are (treated) non-combustible substances and materials in a cold state.

11 categories of buildings, structures and buildings on fire and explosion hazards are determined based on the share and summed floor space of a particular hazard category in this building, building, building.

12 The building is classified as A, if it is summed up floor space of category A is greater than 5 percent of the area of ​​all rooms or 200 square meters.

13 The building does not belong to category A, if we summarize the floor space of category A in the building does not exceed 25 percent of the summed area of ​​all premises are stored in it (but not more than 1000 square meters) and these rooms are equipped with automatic fire extinguishing.

14 The building belongs to the category B if the following conditions hold: the building is not classified as A and summed area of ​​the premises in categories A and B is greater than 5 percent of the summed area of ​​all rooms or 200 square meters.

15 The building does not belong to category B, if summed area of ​​the premises in categories A and B in the building does not exceed 25 percent of the summed area of ​​all premises are stored in it (but not more than 1000 square meters) and these rooms are equipped with automatic fire extinguishing.

16 The building belongs to the category B if the following conditions hold: the building is not classified as A or B and the summed area of ​​the premises in categories A, B, B1, B2 and B3 is greater than 5 percent (10 percent if there is no room in the building category A and B) summed area of ​​all premises.

17 The building does not belong to category B if the summed area of ​​the premises in categories A, B, B1, B2 and B3 in the building does not exceed 25 percent of the summed area of ​​all premises are stored in it (but not more than 3500 square meters) and these rooms are equipped with automatic settings firefighting.

18 The building belongs to the category D if the following conditions hold: the building is not classified as A, B or C and summed area of ​​the premises in categories A, B, B1, B2, B3 and C exceeds 5 percent of the summed area of ​​all premises.

19 The building does not belong to the category of T if summed area of ​​the premises in categories A, B, B1, B2, B3, C and D in the building does not exceed 25 percent of the summed area of ​​all premises are stored in it (but not more than 5000 square meters) and spaces of category A , B, B1, B2 and B3 are equipped with automatic fire extinguishing. 20 The building belongs to the category A if it is not classified as A, B, C or D.

21 Methods for determining the classification criteria for inclusion of buildings and premises of industrial and warehouse purposes to the categories of the fire and explosion hazard established by normative documents on fire safety.

22 categories of buildings, structures and premises of industrial and warehouse purposes for fire and explosion hazards are specified in the design documentation for the objects of capital construction and renovation.

Chapter 9: Fire-technical classification of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments

 

Article 28 The classification

1 Fire-technical classification of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments is used to establish the requirements of fire safety systems for fire safety of buildings and structures according to their functional purpose and fire hazard.

2 The degree of fire resistance of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments, their functional classes and structural fire hazards are specified in the design documentation for the objects of capital construction and renovation.

Article 29: Fire-technical classification of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments

Classification of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments shall be based on the following criteria:

1) the degree of fire resistance;

2) the class of structural fire hazard;

3) the class of functional fire hazard.

Article 30 Classification of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments, the fire resistance

1 Buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments on the degree of fire resistance are divided into buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments I, II, III, IV and V degrees of fire resistance.

2 The procedure for determining the fire resistance of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments established by Article 87 of this Federal Law.

Article 31 Classification of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments, structural fire hazard

1 Buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments on structural fire hazards are divided into classes C0, C1, C2 and C3.

2 The procedure for determining structural fire danger class of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments is set by Article 87 of this Federal Law.

Article 32 Classification of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments, functional fire hazard

1 Buildings (structures, buildings, fire compartments and parts of buildings, structures, buildings – rooms or groups of rooms that are functionally related to each other) on a class of functional fire hazard depending on their destination, as well as age, physical condition and the number of people in the building, construction, structure, capabilities of their stay in the sleep state is divided into:

1) F1 – buildings intended for permanent residence and temporary stay of people, including:

a) F1.1 – building preschool educational institutions, specialized nursing homes (nekvartirnye), hospitals, dormitories of educational institutions providing residential and institutional care;

b) F1.2 – hotels, hostels, dormitories sanatoriums and rest homes of the general type, campgrounds, motels and boarding houses;

c) F1.3 – apartment house;

g) F1.4 – single family homes, including blocked;

2) F2 – building entertainment and cultural and educational institutions, including:

a) F2.1 – theaters, cinemas, concert halls, clubs, circuses, sports facilities with stands, libraries and other institutions with an estimated number of seats for the visitors indoors;

b) F2.2 – museums, exhibitions, dance halls and other similar institutions in enclosed spaces;

c) F2.3 – building institutions referred to in sub-paragraph “a” of this paragraph, in the open air;

g) F2.4 – building institutions referred to in subparagraph “b” of this paragraph, in the open air;

3) F3 – building organizations of public service, including:

a) F3.1 – building trade organizations;

b) F3.2 – the building of public catering;

c) F3.3 – stations;

g) F3.4 – Hospitals and dispensaries;

d) F3.5 – facilities for visitors to the household and public service with an unplanned number of seats for visitors;

e) F3.6 – sports and health centers and sports training institution with facilities without seats for spectators, utility rooms, bath;

4) F4 – building research and educational institutions, scientific and design organizations, government agencies, including:

a) F4.1 – the building of educational institutions, educational institutions of additional education of children, educational institutions of primary and secondary vocational education;

b) F4.2 – the building of educational institutions of higher education and secondary vocational education (training) professionals;

c) F4.3 – building government institutions, design organizations, information, and editorial and publishing organizations, research organizations, banks, offices, offices;

g) F4.4 – building fire stations;

5) F5 – building production or storage purposes, including:

a) F5.1 – industrial buildings, structures, buildings, manufacturing and laboratory facilities, workshops;

b) F5.2 – warehouse buildings, structures, buildings, and parking for vehicles without maintenance and repair, book depositories, archives, warehouses;

c) F5.3 – buildings for agricultural purposes.

2 Terms of reference of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments to classes on structural fire hazards are defined in the regulations on fire safety.

Article 33 Classification of building fire stations

1 Building fire stations, depending on the destination, the number of vehicles of the premises and their areas are divided into the following types:

1) I – fire stations 6, 8, 10 and 12 cars for the protection of urban settlements;

2) II – fire stations 2, 4 and 6 cars for the protection of urban settlements;

3) III – fire stations 6, 8, 10 and 12 cars for the protection organizations;

4) IV – fire stations 2, 4 and 6 cars for security organizations;

5) V – fire stations 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the car to protect the villages.

2 Buildings fire stations types I and III are designed in case of placing them in government fire protection units stationed on the territory of the village or organization, and (or) the on-duty dispatcher service of fire protection.

Chapter 10: Fire-technical classification of structures and fire barriers

 

Article 34 The classification

1 Building structures are classified according to fire resistance for possible use in their buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments certain degree of fire resistance, or to determine the degree of fire resistance of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments.

2 Building structures are classified according to the fire hazard to determine the extent of involvement of structures in the development of fire and their ability to form fire hazards.

3 fire barriers are classified according to the method of preventing the spread of fire hazards as well as fire resistance for the selection of structures and fill openings in fire barriers with the required fire resistance rating and class of fire hazard.

Article 35 Classification of structures on fire

1 Construction and design of buildings and structures, depending on their ability to resist the effects of fire and the spread of its hazards in terms of the standard tests are divided into the following constructions outside fire:

1) nonnormable;

2) at least 15 minutes;

3) at least 30 minutes;

4) is not less than 45 minutes;

5) is not less than 60 minutes;

6) for at least 90 minutes;

7) is not less than 120 minutes;

8) of not less than 150 minutes;

9) is not less than 180 minutes;

10) for at least 240 minutes;

11) is not less than 360 minutes.

2 Fire resistance of building structures are defined in a standard test. Offensive fire ratings of bearing and enclosing structures under standardized tests or as a result of the calculations is set at the time to reach one or more series of the following limit states:

1) the loss of load carrying capacity (R);

2) loss of integrity (E);

3) loss of thermal insulation capacity due to an increase in temperature on the unexposed surface of the structure to the limit values ​​(I) or attain the maximum value of the heat flux density on the Normability distance from the unexposed surface of the structure (W).

3 Fire resistance for filling openings in fire barriers occurs when loss of integrity (E), thermal insulation capacity (I), reaching the limit value of the heat flux (W) and (or) dymogazonepronitsaemosti (S).

4 Methods for determining the limits of fire resistance of building structures and signs of limit states set normative documents on fire safety.

5 Symbols fire ratings of building structures contain lettering limit state and the group.

Article 36 Classification of structures on fire danger

1 Building construction for fire danger are divided into the following classes:

1) non- combustible (K0);

2) malopozharoopasnye (K1);

3) umerennopozharoopasnye (K2);

4) flammable (K3).

2 Fire hazard class of structures is determined in accordance with Table 6 in the Annex hereto.

3 The numerical values ​​of the criteria for identification of structures to a particular class of fire hazard determined in accordance with procedures established by the normative documents on fire safety.

Article 37 Classification of fire barriers

1 fire barriers depending on the method of preventing the spread of fire hazards are divided into the following types:

1) fire walls;

2) firewalls;

3) fire overlap;

4) fire breaks;

5) fire curtains, blinds and screens;

6) fire water curtains;

7) fire mineralized strips.

2 Fire walls, partitions, floors, fill openings in fire barriers (fire doors, gates, hatches, valves, windows, blinds, curtains), depending on the limits of fire resistance of the enclosing part, as well as locks, provided in the openings of fire barriers depending on the types of items locks, divided into the following types:

1) Wall 1st or 2nd type;

2) partitioning the 1st or 2nd type;

3) The ceiling 1, 2, 3, or Type 4;

4) doors, gates, hatches, flaps, 1, 2 or type 3; screens, curtains

5) of the window 1, 2 or type 3;

6) curtains type 1;

7) air locks 1st or 2nd type.

3 Classification of fire barriers to a particular type, depending on the limits of fire resistance of elements of fire barriers and types of fill openings in them is carried out in accordance with Article 88 of this Federal Law.

Chapter 11: Fire-technical classification of stairs and stairwells

 

Article 38 The classification

Stairs and stairwells are classified in order to determine their requirements for space-planning and design decisions, as well as to establish the requirements for their use in the ways of evacuation.

Article 39 Classification of stairs

1 Ladders are designed for the evacuation of people from buildings, structures and buildings in case of fire, divided into the following types:

1) internal stairs, placed in the stairwells;

2) internal open stairs;

3) external open staircase.

2 Fire escapes designed to provide fire-fighting and rescue operations are divided into the following types:

1) P1 – vertical ladders;

2) P2 – FLOATING with a slope of not more than 6: 1.

Article 40 Classification of staircases

1 Stairwells, depending on their degree of protection in case of fire and smoke into the following types:

1) ordinary staircases;

2) nezadymlyaemye stairwells.

2 Common stairwells depending on how the light divided into the following types:

1) L1 – staircases with natural light through windows or the openings in exterior walls on each floor;

2) A2 – staircases with natural light through windows or the openings in the coating.

3 Nezadymlyaemye stairwells, depending on the method of protection in case of fire and smoke into the following types:

1) H1 – stairwells to the entrance to the stairwell to the floor through nezadymlyaemuyu outer air zone on open transitions;

2) H2 – staircases with air overpressure in the stairwell during a fire;

3) H3 – stairwells to the entrance to them on each floor through the locks, which permanently or during the fire provided air backup.

Chapter 12 Classification of fire fighting equipment

 

Article 41 The classification

Classification of fire fighting equipment is used to define its purpose, scope, and to establish the requirements of fire safety in the operation of fire fighting equipment.

Article 42 Classification of fire fighting equipment

Fire trucks, depending on the purpose and application is divided into the following types:

1) the primary means of extinguishing;

2) mobile fire fighting;

3) fire-fighting units;

4) The means of fire automatics;

5) fire-fighting equipment;

6) personal protective equipment and rescue people in case of fire;

7) Fire Tool (motorized and non-motorized);

8) fire alarm, communication and notification.

Article 43 Classification and scope of primary fire extinguishing equipment

Primary extinguishing media designed for use by workers organizations, personnel of fire departments and other entities for the purpose of fighting fires and are divided into the following types:

1) portable and mobile fire extinguishers ;

2) fire hydrants and means to ensure their use;

3) fire-fighting equipment;

4) insulation blankets for the source of fire.

Article 44 Classification of mobile fire fighting equipment

1 To a mobile fire fighting facilities include transport or transported fire trucks for use personnel of fire departments to extinguish the fires.

2 Mobile extinguishing agents are classified into the following types:

1) firefighting vehicles (basic and special);

2) fire jets, helicopters;

3) fire trains;

4) fire-fighting vessels;

5) fire pumps;

6) adapted hardware (tractors, trailers and tractors).

Article 45 Classification of fire-extinguishing

1 The fire-fighting – a set of fixed means of fire extinguishing by fire extinguisher. Fire-extinguishing installations shall provide containment or eradication of a fire. The fire-fighting device to constructively divided into modular and modular, the degree of automation – on automatic, automated and manual, by type of extinguishing agent – on water, foam, gas, powder, aerosol, and combined, according to the method of quenching – on the volume, surface, locally is the volume and the surface locally.

2 type fire extinguishing, quenching method and type of extinguishing agent is determined by the organization configured. In this fire extinguishing installation shall provide:

1) implementation of effective technologies extinguishing optimal lag is minimal adverse impact on the protected equipment;

2) operation for a time not exceeding the duration of the initial stage of fire development (critical time for the free development of fire);

3) the intensity of the necessary irrigation or specific consumption of extinguishing agent;

4) fire-fighting for its eradication or containment for the time necessary to give effect to the operational forces and assets;

5) The reliability of the device.

Article 46 Classification of means of fire automatics

Means fire automatics are designed for automatic fire detection, warning people about it and manage their evacuation, and the inclusion of automatic fire extinguishing systems, smoke actuators protection, control engineering and technical equipment of buildings and facilities.Means fire automatics are divided into:

1) fire detectors;

2) Devices receiving-control fire;

3) fire-control devices;

4) technical means warning and evacuation fire;

5) Transmission systems of fire;

6) Other apparatus and equipment for the construction of fire automatics.

Article 47 Classification of personal protective equipment and rescue people in case of fire

1 Personal protection in case of fire are designed to protect the personnel of the fire department and the people from the effects of fire hazards. Means of escape in case of fire are designed to samospasaniya personnel of the fire and rescue people from burning buildings, structures.

2 Personal protection in case of fire are divided into:

1) personal respiratory protection and vision;

2) personal protective equipment firefighters.

3 Rescue from height in the fire are divided into:

1) personal;

2) collective means.

Chapter 13: Fire prevention system

 

Article 48 The purpose of fire prevention systems

1 The purpose of the system of fire prevention is to eliminate the conditions of fire.

2 Excluding the conditions of fire is achieved except under the conditions of combustible environment and (or) except under the conditions of education in a combustible environment (or make it) sources of ignition.

3 Structure and functional characteristics of systems to prevent fires on the object of protection established by the present Federal Law.Rules and methods (tests and measurements) characteristics of systems to prevent fires are determined in accordance with the regulations on fire safety.

Article 49 Methods of exception conditions for the formation of combustible environment

Exception conditions for the formation of combustible environment should be provided by one or more of the following ways:

1) The use of non-combustible substances and materials;

2) limit the mass and (or) the volume of flammable substances and materials;

3) the use of the most secure ways of placing combustible substances and materials as well as materials which interact with each other leads to the formation of a combustible environment;

4) insulation combustible environment from sources of ignition (use of isolated compartments, cameras, cabins);

5) maintaining a safe oxidant concentration in the medium, and (or) the combustibles;

6) reduction of the oxidant concentration in a combustible environment in the protected volume;

7) maintaining the temperature and pressure of the medium when the flame propagation is excluded;

8) mechanization and automation of technological processes related to the handling of flammable substances;

9) Installation of fire hazard systems in separate rooms or in open areas;

10) The use of safety devices manufacturing equipment, excluding the output of flammable substances in the amount of space, or devices, excluding the formation of combustible indoor environment;

11) Remove from the premises, equipment and utilities inflammable waste production, the buildup of dust, fluff.

Article 50 Methods of exception conditions for the formation of a combustible environment (or make it) ignition sources

1 Excluding the conditions of formation of a combustible environment (or make it) sources of ignition should be achieved by one or more of the following ways:

1) The use of electrical equipment, the relevant class of fire and (or) hazardous area, category and group of explosive mixture;

2) used in the design of high-speed means of electrical circuit breakers, and other devices that lead to the ignition source;

3) the use of equipment and modes of production process, excluding the formation of static electricity;

4) lightning protection of buildings, structures, buildings and equipment;

5) maintaining a safe temperature heating substances, materials and surfaces which are in contact with the combustible medium;

6) The application of the methods and devices limit the energy of the spark discharge in a combustible medium to low values;

7) The use of non-sparking tools when working with flammable liquids and flammable gases;

8) Elimination of the conditions for thermal, chemical, and (or) microbial spontaneous combustion circulating substances, materials and products;

9) avoiding contact with air pyrophoric substances;

10) The use of devices that exclude the possibility of flame propagation from one volume to the adjacent.

2 Secure the parameter values ​​are determined by the ignition source of the process based on the fire danger in it traded substances and materials, as defined in Article 11 of this Federal Law.

Chapter 14: Fire protection systems

 

Article 51 The purpose of the fire protection systems

1 The purpose of the fire protection system is to protect people and property from the effects of fire hazards, and (or) limit its consequences.

2 The protection of people and property from the effects of fire hazards, and (or) limit its effects provided a decrease in the dynamics of growth of the hazards of fire, evacuation of people and property in a safe area and (or) extinguishing the fire.

3 Fire protection systems should have the reliability and resistance to fire hazards during the time necessary for the purposes of fire safety.

4 Structure and functional characteristics of fire protection facilities established by normative documents on fire safety.

Article 52 Ways to protect people and property from the effects of fire hazards

Protecting people and property from the effects of fire hazards, and (or) the restriction of the consequences of their exposure provided by one or more of the following ways:

1) the use of space-planning decisions and the means of ensuring control the spread of fire beyond the focal point;

2) this device evacuation routes that meet the requirements for safe evacuation in case of fire;

3) unit fire detection systems (systems and fire alarm systems), warning and evacuation in case of fire;

4) application of collective protection systems (including smoke) and personal protection of people from exposure to fire hazards;

5) application of the basic constructions with fire and fire danger classes corresponding to the required degree of fire resistance and structural fire danger class of buildings and structures, as well as the limitation of the fire hazard of surface layers (finishes, linings and fire protection funds) constructions on the escape routes ;

6) The use of flame retardants (including flame retardants and fire retardant paint) and building materials (cladding) to improve the fire resistance of building structures;

7) an emergency drain fluids and fire emergency venting of combustible gases from the apparatus;

8) a device on the process equipment of explosion protection systems;

9) The use of primary fire extinguishing equipment;

10) The use of automatic fire extinguishers;

11) organization of activity fire departments.

Article 53 Means of escape in case of fire

1 Every building, structure or building must be space-planning decisions and the design of the escape routes to ensure safe evacuation in case of fire. If it is impossible to evacuate people safely must be ensured their protection through the application of collective protection systems.

2 In order to ensure the safe evacuation of people should be:

1) set the required number of dimensions and the corresponding design of the escape routes and emergency exits;

2) to ensure the smooth movement of people through the evacuation routes and emergency exits;

3) organized notification and traffic control people on evacuation routes (including the use of light-pointers, sound and voice alarm).

3 safe evacuation of buildings, structures and buildings in case of fire is considered to be secured if the time interval between the detection of a fire until the completion of the process of evacuation to a safe area does not exceed the time required to evacuate people in case of fire.

4 Methods for the determination of the necessary and the estimated time and the conditions of the smooth and timely evacuation of people defined by the normative documents on fire safety.

Article 54: Fire detection, warning and evacuation in case of fire

1 Fire-detection systems (installation and fire alarm systems), warning and evacuation in case of fire should provide automatic fire detection for the time required to activate the fire alarm systems in order to secure the organization (subject to a valid fire risk) evacuation under specific object.

2 Fire alarm, warning and evacuation in case of fire must be installed at the sites where the impact of fire hazards can cause personal injury and (or) loss of life. The list of objects subject to mandatory equipping these systems, set normative documents on fire safety.

Article 55 of the collective defense and personal protection of people from hazards of fire

1 collective protection systems and equipment for personal protection of people from exposure to fire hazards must ensure the safety of people during the time of exposure to the hazards of fire.

2 system of collective protection of people should ensure their safety at all times during development and extinguish a fire, or the time required for evacuation to a safe area. Safety of the people in this case should be achieved through space planning and design solutions safe areas in buildings, structures and buildings (including through the device nezadymlyaemyh stairwells), and through the use of technical means of protecting people on the escape routes from the effects of fire hazards ( including the means of smoke protection).

3 Personal protection of people (including the protection of their eyes and breath) must ensure their safety during the time required for evacuation to a safe area, or within the time required for a specific operation to extinguish the fire. Personal protective equipment should be used as a people to protect evacuees and rescue people, and for the protection of firefighters involved in fire fighting.

Article 56 The system of smoke protection

1 smoke protection system of the building, structure or building must ensure that people on the escape routes and safe areas from the effects of fire hazards during the time required for evacuation to a safe area, or the entire development time and extinguish the fire by removing the products of combustion and thermal decomposition and (or) prevent their spread.

2 smoke protection system should include one or more of the following methods of protection:

1) the use of space-planning decisions of buildings and structures to fight a fire by smoke;

2) the use of structural solutions for buildings, facilities and structures to fight a fire by smoke;

3) the use of the blow smoke ventilation to pressurize the air in the protected areas, air locks and stairwells;

4) the use of devices and mechanical and natural exhaust smoke ventilation to remove the products of combustion and thermal decomposition.

Article 57: Fire and fire hazard buildings and structures

1 In the buildings, structures and buildings should apply the basic constructions with fire and fire danger classes corresponding to the required degree of fire resistance of buildings, structures, buildings and their structural class of fire hazard.

2 required degree of fire resistance of buildings, structures and the class of their structural fire danger are set normative documents on fire safety.

Article 58: Fire and fire hazard of building structures

1 Fire and Fire Prevention Class of building structures should be provided at the expense of their design decisions, the use of appropriate building materials, as well as the use of fire protection.

2 The required fire resistance of building structures, selected according to the degree of fire resistance of buildings and structures, are given in Table 21 of the annex hereto.

Article 59 Limitation of fire spreading beyond the focal

Limiting the spread of fire beyond the focal point should be provided by one or more of the following ways:

1) installation of fire barriers;

2) this device fire compartments and sections, as well as limiting the number of storeys of buildings and structures;

3) The use of emergency stop devices and switching facilities and communications in case of fire;

4) the use of means to prevent or limit the spill and the spreading of liquids in a fire;

5) The use of ognepregrazhdayuschih devices in equipment;

6) the use of fire extinguishing installations.

Article 60 The primary means of fire in buildings, structures and buildings

1 Property, plant and buildings should be provided with primary fire extinguishing means persons authorized to possess, use or dispose of buildings, structures and buildings.

2 Nomenclature, the number and placement of the primary means of extinguishing are set depending on the type of combustible material, space-planning decisions buildings, structures or buildings, environmental parameters and placement of staff.

Article 61: Automatic fire-extinguishing

1 Property, plant and buildings should be equipped with automatic fire extinguishing installations where fire suppression can not be the primary means of fire suppression, as well as in cases where the wait staff is in protected buildings, structures and buildings, limited.

2 Automatic fire-extinguishing must ensure the achievement of one or more of the following purposes:

1) Elimination of fire in the premises (building) before the critical values ​​of fire hazards;

2) elimination of fire in the premises (building) until the limits of fire resistance of building structures;

3) Elimination of fire in the premises (building) to causing maximum damage to the protected property;

4) Elimination of fire in the premises (building) until the danger of destruction of technological installations.

3 Type of automatic fire-extinguishing system, type of extinguishing agent and the method of its submission to the seat of the fire are determined depending on the type of combustible material, space-planning decisions buildings, structures, buildings, and environmental parameters.

Article 62 The sources of fire water supply

1 Buildings, structures and buildings, as well as the territory of organizations and localities should have the sources of fire water supply for fire fighting.

2 As a source of fire water supply can be used natural and artificial reservoirs, as well as internal and external water supply (including drinking and drinking, household and fire).

3 The need for construction of artificial ponds, the use of natural bodies of water and fire water piping devices, as well as their parameters are determined by the present Federal Law.

Article 63 The primary fire safety measures

Basic fire safety measures include:

1) implementation of the powers of local governments to address the organizational, legal, financial, material and technical fire safety of the municipality;

2) development and implementation of measures to ensure fire safety of the municipality and municipal property, which must be provided in the plans and programs of development of the area, ensuring proper state sources of fire water supply, upkeep of fire safety of residential and public buildings in municipal property;

3) the development and implementation of the organization of municipal target programs on fire safety;

4) develop a plan to attract the forces and means for fighting fires and carrying out rescue operations in the municipality and for monitoring its implementation;

5) The establishment of a special fire safety conditions in the territory of the municipality, as well as additional fire safety requirements at the time of his actions;

6) To ensure the smooth passage of fire fighting equipment to the fire;

7) To ensure communication and alerting the public about the fire;

8) organization of training people in fire safety measures and the promotion of fire safety, the promotion of fire and technical knowledge;

9) Social and economic incentives for the participation of citizens and organizations in the voluntary fire protection, including participation in fire management.

Article 64 Requirements for fire safety declaration

1 Declaration of fire safety should be established for the protection of the objects for which the Russian Federation legislation on urban development provides state examination of the design documentation, as well as for building a class of functional fire hazard F1.1 and provides:

1) assessment of fire risk (if we calculate the risk);

2) assessment of the possible damage to the property of third parties from the fire (can be carried out under the voluntary insurance of liability for damage to third parties from the effects of fire).

2 In the event that the owner of the object of protection, or person in possession of the object of protection under the right of lifetime inheritable possession, economic management, operational management or on other grounds provided by federal law or by contract, comply with the requirements of federal law on technical regulations and regulations on fire safety , the declaration specifies only a list of these requirements for a particular object of protection.

3 Declaration of fire safety in the projected object of protection is the builder or the person performing the preparation of project documentation.

4 The owner of the object of protection, or the person in possession of the object of protection under the right of lifetime inheritable possession, economic management, operational management or on other grounds provided by federal law or by contract, or governing body of the apartment building, developed the Declaration of fire safety, are responsible for the completeness and the accuracy of the information contained therein in accordance with the legislation of the Russian Federation.

5 Development of fire safety declaration is not required for the objects of individual housing construction height of not more than three floors.

6 Declaration of fire safety re-refined or developed in the case of changes contained therein or in case of change of fire safety requirements.

7 For the objects of protection, operated on the day of entry into force of this Federal Law, the declaration of fire safety is provided no later than one year after the date of its entry into force.

8 Form and procedure for registration of the declaration of fire safety approved by the federal executive body authorized to meet the challenges in the field of fire safety, before the coming into force of this Federal Law.

 

Section II. Fire safety requirements for the design, construction and operation of settlements and urban districts

 

Chapter 15: Fire safety requirements when urban development activities

 

Article 65 Requirements for documentation in the planning areas of settlements and urban districts

Planning and construction of the settlements and urban districts shall be in accordance with the general plans of settlements and urban districts that take into account the fire safety requirements established by this Federal Law. Composition and functional characteristics of systems for fire safety of settlements should be included in the project documentation in the form of “The list of activities to ensure fire safety.”

Article 66 pozharovzryvoopasnyh Accommodation facilities in the territory of settlements and urban districts

1 Hazardous production facilities, are produced, used, processed, produced, stored, transported, destroyed pozharovzryvoopasnosti substances and materials and for which required the development of a declaration of industrial safety (hereinafter – pozharovzryvoopasnosti objects), shall be located outside the boundaries of settlements and urban districts, and if it is impossible or impractical, it should be developed measures to protect people, buildings and structures located outside the territory of pozharovzryvoopasnosti object from the effects of fire hazards, and (or) the explosion. Other production facilities in which there are buildings, structures and buildings in categories A, B and C on the explosion and fire hazard, can be placed both in the territories and outside of settlements and urban districts. In this case, the design value of the fire risk must not exceed the permissible value of fire risk is established by this Federal Law. When placing objects in pozharovzryvoopasnyh boundaries of settlements and urban districts need to consider the possibility of exposure to hazards of fire to neighboring objects of protection, climate and geography, topography, the direction of flow of the rivers and the prevailing wind direction.The distance from the boundaries of the land to the production facility buildings functional classes of danger F1 – F4, land of preschool educational institutions, educational institutions, health care institutions and the rest shall be not less than 50 meters.

Complexes 2 liquefied natural gas should be located downwind of the human settlements. Warehouses of liquefied petroleum gases and flammable liquids shall be outside the residential area of ​​human settlements in the lee of the prevailing wind direction in relation to residential areas. Plots of land for placement of warehouses liquefied petroleum gases and flammable liquids should be located downstream with respect to settlements, the piers, the river station, hydropower, shipbuilding and repair organizations, bridges and structures at a distance of not less than 300 meters away from them, if the federal laws on technical regulations are not established long distances from these structures. Be accommodated warehouses upstream with respect to these facilities at a distance of not less than 3000 meters from them, provided equipment warehouses annunciation and communication, as well as the means of containment and suppression of fires.

3 Buildings Warehouses liquefied petroleum gases and flammable liquids should be placed on the land, with lower levels compared with the marks territories of neighboring localities, organizations and ways of railways shared network. Allowed to place these warehouses on the land, with higher levels in comparison with marks territories of neighboring localities, organizations and ways of railways shared network, at a distance of more than 300 meters away. Warehouses, located at a distance of 100 to 300 meters, provision shall be made (including the second embankment, emergency capacity, branch ducts, trenches) to prevent the spreading of liquid in the residential areas, organizations, and on the way the railways shared network.

4 Within the areas of residential buildings, public and business zones and recreational facilities settlements and urban districts are allowed to post production facilities in the territories that do not have buildings and structures in categories A, B and C on the explosion and fire hazard.The distance from the boundaries of the land to the production facility of residential buildings, buildings of preschool educational institutions, educational institutions, health care institutions and the rest is set in accordance with the requirements of this Federal Law.

5 If you can not eliminate the impact on people and residential buildings hazards of fire and explosion on pozharovzryvoopasnyh facilities located within the area of ​​residential development, should provide power reduction, re-organization or individual relocation of production or organization outside the residential area.

Article 67: Walkways, driveways and entrances to buildings, facilities and buildings

1 Entrance fire trucks should be provided:

1) with two longitudinal sides – to the buildings of multifamily housing height of 28 meters or more (9 or more floors), to other buildings for permanent residence and temporary stay of people, buildings, entertainment and cultural and educational institutions, public service organizations, educational institutions , hospitals stationary type, research and design organizations, government agencies height of 18 meters or more (6 or more stories);

2) from all directions – to the buildings in one unit multi-family housing, educational institutions, pre-school educational institutions, hospitals with a hospital, research and design organizations, government agencies.

2 For buildings, construction and structures of production facilities throughout their length shall be provided with entrance fire trucks:

1) on the one hand – and a width of buildings, structures or buildings not more than 18 meters;

2) on both sides – with a width of buildings, structures or buildings more than 18 meters, as well as the device enclosed and semi-yards.

3 is allowed to provide locked fire trucks on one side only to buildings, structures and buildings in the following cases:

1) lower-rise than those specified in paragraph 1 of Part 1 of this article;

2) double-sided orientation flats or premises;

3) external devices open stairways connecting loggias and balconies adjacent floors with each other, or stair type 3 at the corridor layout of buildings.

4 For buildings with a building area of ​​more than 10, 000 square meters and a width of over 100 meters staircase fire vehicles shall be provided on all sides.

5 is allowed to increase the distance from the edge of the carriageway of the road near to the walls of industrial buildings and structures up to 60 meters, provided the device deadlock roads to these buildings and buildings with playgrounds for reversal of fire fighting equipment and the device at these areas of fire hydrants. The distance from the industrial buildings and structures to the grounds for a reversal of fire fighting equipment must be at least 5 but not more than 15 meters, and the distance between the dead-end roads should be no more than 100 meters.

6 Width of driveways for fire fighting equipment must be at least 6 meters.

7 The total width of fire travel, combined with the main entrance to the building, construction and structures shall be permitted to include the sidewalk adjacent to the drive.

8 The distance from the inner edge of the entrance to the wall of the building, construction and structure should be:

1) for buildings with no more than 28 meters – no more than 8 meters;

2) for buildings with more than 28 meters – no more than 16 meters.

9 Construction of pavement driveways for fire fighting equipment must be designed for the load of fire-fighting vehicles.

10 In enclosed and semi-yards necessary to provide passages for fire vehicles.

11 through passage (arch) in buildings, structures and buildings shall be a minimum width of 3.5 meters with a height of 4.5 meters and be located no more than every 300 meters, and in the reconstructed areas at building perimeter – not more than 180 meters.

12 In the historical building of settlements is allowed to retain existing sizes of through passages (arches).

13 Dead-end driveways must end grounds for reversal of fire equipment size not less than 15 ‘to 15 meters. The maximum length of a dead-end travel shall not exceed 150 meters.

Through 14 passes through the stairwells in buildings, structures and buildings should be located at a distance of not more than 100 meters from each other. When abutting buildings and structures at an angle to each other is taken into account distance from the perimeter of the external water supply with fire hydrants.

15 When using the roof of the stylobate to the entrance of fire engineering design of the stylobate must be designed for the load of fire-fighting vehicles not less than 16 tons per axle.

16: By the rivers and water bodies should be possible entrance for water intake fire equipment in accordance with the regulatory requirements for fire safety.

17 Planning solution of low-rise residential buildings (up to 3 floors inclusive) shall ensure that locked fire fighting equipment to buildings, structures and buildings at a distance of not more than 50 meters.

18 On the territory of the horticultural, gardening and dacha non-profit association of citizens should be provided locked fire equipment to all garden plots, combined into groups, and objects of common use. On the territory of the horticultural, gardening and dacha non-profit association of citizens carriageway width of streets must be at least 7 meters, driveways – not less than 3.5 meters.

Article 68: Fire water settlements and urban districts

1 In the territories of settlements and urban districts should be sources of indoor or outdoor fire water supply.

2 The sources of outdoor fire water supply include:

1) external water mains with fire hydrants;

2) bodies of water used for fire-fighting purposes in accordance with the legislation of the Russian Federation.

3 settlements and urban districts shall be equipped with fire-fighting water supply. In this case, fire main is allowed to combine with domestic and drinking water supply or production.

4 In villages and urban districts with a population of up to 5000 people, detached public buildings of up to 1,000 cubic meters, located in the settlements and urban districts which do not have the ring of fire-fighting water supply, industrial buildings with productions of categories B, D and E on the fire and explosion hazard and fire danger at a flow rate of water on the outer fire fighting 10 liters per second, warehouses roughage of up to 1,000 cubic meters, warehouses fertilizer up to 5000 cubic meters in buildings radio and television broadcasting stations, buildings, refrigerators and storage of fruits and vegetables are allowed to provide as sources outdoor fire water supply, natural or artificial reservoirs.

5 not allowed to provide water supply for external fire fighting in settlements with a population of up to 50 people at building buildings up to 2 floors, as well as free-standing, located outside the settlement organizations catering for a volume of buildings up to 1000 cubic meters and trade organizations with an area of ​​up to 150 square meters, public buildings I, II, III and IV degrees of fire resistance of up to 250 cubic meters, located in the settlements, industrial buildings I and II degrees of fire resistance of up to 1,000 cubic meters (except for buildings with metal or exposed wooden bearing structure, and also with polymer insulation up to 250 cubic meters) of category A from the fire and explosion hazard and fire hazard, seasonal universal priemozagotovitelnyh paragraphs agricultural products with the volume of buildings up to 1000 cubic meters, a warehouse building area of ​​50 square meters.

6 Water consumption for external fire fighting in the settlements of the water supply system installed in Tables 7 and 8 of Annex hereto.

7 Water consumption for external fire fighting buildings, height or amount is greater than the height or volume specified in Table 8 of the annex hereto, as well as public buildings of over 25,000 cubic meters of the massive presence of people should be increased by at least 25 percent.

8 Water consumption for external fire fighting one-and two-story single-storey production facilities and warehouse buildings with no more than 18 meters with bearing steel structures and cladding structures of steel or asbestos-cement profiled sheets with combustible or with polymer insulators should be made ​​at 10 liters per second, more regulations specified in Tables 9 and 10 of the annex hereto.

9 Water consumption for external fire fighting detached accessory buildings industrial facilities should be in accordance with Table 8 of Annex hereto for public buildings, and built-in industrial buildings – on the total amount of the building in accordance with Table 9 of the Annex hereto .

10 Water consumption for external fire fighting forest warehouses with capacity up to 10 000 cubic meters should be in accordance with Table 9 of the annex hereto, relating them to the fire resistance of building V category B fire and explosion hazard.

11 Water consumption for external fire fighting building radio and television broadcasting stations, regardless of the size of buildings and the number of people living in settlements should be not less than 15 liters per second, if in accordance with the tables 9 and 10 of the annex to the present Federal law does not require much water flow. These requirements do not apply to radio and television repeaters installed on existing and planned facilities of communication.

12 Water consumption for external fire fighting buildings, the amount of which is more than what is listed in Tables 9 and 10 of the Annex hereto shall be established by regulations of the Fire Safety, adopted in accordance with Article 4 hereof.

13 In the high-pressure water pipe stationary fire pumps shall be fitted with devices to ensure starting of pumps, no later than 5 minutes after the alarm of fire occurrence.

14 Minimum free head in the fire line, low pressure (at ground level) for fire must be at least 10 meters.

15 Minimum free head in the fire line should provide a high-pressure jet compact height of not less than 20 meters at full flow of water on the fire fighting and fire barrel location at the highest point of the tallest building.

16 The installation of fire hydrants shall be provided along the roads at a distance of no more than 2.5 meters from the edge of the roadway, but not less than 5 meters from the walls of buildings, fire hydrants may be placed on the roadway. However, the installation of fire hydrants on the branch of the waterline is not allowed.

17 Placement of fire hydrants on water mains shall provide fire fighting any served by the network buildings, structures or parts thereof from at least two hydrants at a flow rate of water in the external fire fighting and more than 15 liters per second, at a rate of less than 15 liters of water per second – 1 hydrant.

18 In order to ensure fire fighting common areas of gardening, gardening and dacha non-profit association of citizens should be provided fire ponds or tanks with a capacity of not less than 25 cubic meters when the number of sites to 300 and not less than 60 cubic meters at sites including more than 300 (each with golf installation of fire fighting equipment, with the possibility of water intake pumps and organization porch at least 2 fire trucks).

Chapter 16: Requirements for fire protection distances between buildings, structures and buildings

 

Article 69: Fire safety distance between the buildings, structures and buildings

1 Fire distances between residential, public and administrative buildings, buildings, constructions and buildings of industrial organizations, depending on the degree of fire resistance class and their structural fire hazard should be taken in accordance with Table 11 of the annex hereto.

2 Fire safety distance between the buildings and structures are defined as the distance between the outer walls or other structures of buildings and structures. In the presence of protruding more than 1 meter of buildings, facilities and structures made of combustible materials, should be the distance between these structures.

3 Fire safety distance between the walls of buildings and structures without window openings may be reduced by 20 per cent, provided the device roof of noncombustible materials, except for buildings IV and V degrees of fire resistance of buildings and structural fire danger classes C2 and C3.

4 is allowed to reduce the distance between the fire protection of buildings and structures of I and II degree of fire resistance of structural fire danger class C0 50 per cent when the equipment more than 40 percent of the premises of each of the buildings, structures and buildings by automatic fire extinguishing.

5 In areas with seismic 9 points and more fire distance between residential buildings, as well as between residential and public buildings IV and V degrees of fire resistance should be increased by 20 percent.

6 Fire distance from buildings and structures of any degree of fire resistance to buildings and structures IV and V degrees of fire resistance in the coastal strip of width 100 km or to the nearest mountain range in climate subareas IB, IG, IIA and IIB should be increased by 25 per cent .

7 Fire safety distance between residential buildings IV and V degrees of fire resistance to climatic subareas IA, IB, IG, IN ID and IIA should be increased by 50 percent.

8 For two-story buildings and buildings framing and panel construction V degree of fire resistance, as well as buildings and structures with a roof of combustible materials fire distances should be increased by 20 percent.

9 Fire safety distance between the buildings and structures of I and II degrees of fire resistance may be reduced to 3.5 meters, provided that the wall higher buildings, structures and buildings, located opposite to the other buildings, structures and buildings, is a fire type 1 .

10 Fire safety distance from a single, semi-detached dwelling houses and outbuildings (barns, garages, saunas) on household plots to residential houses and outbuildings on the neighboring homestead plots should be in accordance with Table 11 of the annex hereto. Allowed to decrease to 6 meters distance between fire these types of buildings, provided that the walls of the buildings facing each other, do not have window frames are made of non-combustible materials or subjected to fire protection, and the roof and cornices are made of non-combustible materials.

11 The minimum distance from the fire of residential, public and commercial buildings (classes of functional fire hazard F1, F2, F3, F4) I and II degrees of fire resistance to industrial and warehouse buildings and structures (class of functional fire hazard F5) must be not less than 9 meters (up to class buildings functional fire hazard F5 and structural fire danger classes C2, C3 – 15 meters), III degree of fire resistance – 12 meters, IV and V degrees of fire resistance – 15 meters. Distance from residential, public and commercial buildings (classes of functional fire hazard F1, F2, F3, F4) IV and V degrees of fire resistance to industrial and warehouse buildings and structures (class of functional fire hazard F5) should be 18 meters. For these buildings III degree of fire resistance of the distance between them should be at least 12 meters.

12 Placement of temporary buildings, kiosks, stalls, sheds and other such structures shall be in accordance with the requirements set out in Table 11 of the annex hereto.

13 Fire safety distance between the blind end walls having a fire resistance rating of not less than 150 REI, buildings and structures I – III degrees of fire resistance, except buildings of preschool educational institutions, hospitals stationary type (class of functional fire hazard F1.1, F4 .1), and multi-tier parking garage with passive movement of vehicles not regulated.

14 Sites for storage containers must have a fence and located at a distance of not less than 15 meters away from buildings and structures.

15 Fire safety distance from the boundaries of development of urban settlements to forests must be at least 50 meters, and from the borders of urban development and rural settlements with a single, two-story buildings to individual forests – not less than 15 meters.

Article 70: Fire safety distance from buildings and structures warehouses of oil and petroleum products to neighboring facilities to protect them

1 Fire distance from buildings and structures in categories A, B and C on the explosion and fire hazard in the territories of the warehouses of oil and petroleum products to neighboring facilities to protect them should be in accordance with Table 12 of the Annex hereto.

2 The distances specified in Table 12 of the Annex hereto in brackets should be taken to warehouses category II with a total capacity of more than 50 000 cubic meters. Distances specified in Table 12 of the Annex hereto shall be determined:

1) between the buildings, structures and buildings – as the clear distance between the outer walls of buildings or structures, buildings and structures;

2) from LOADING devices – from the axis of the railway track from LOADING BAY;

3) from the sites (open and under the eaves) LOADING devices for automotive tanks , pumps, packaging – from the borders of these areas;

4) the technological platforms and the pipelines - from the extreme of the pipeline;

5) from flares – from the trunk flare.

3 Fire distance from buildings and structures warehouses of oil and petroleum products to the open areas of occurrence of peat may be reduced to twice the distance specified in Table 12 of the Annex hereto, subject to the occurrence of filling open peat layer of soil thickness not less than 0, 5 meters within half the distance of the buildings and structures of warehouses of oil and petroleum products.

4 When placing warehouses for storage of oil and oil products in the forests if their construction is due to deforestation, the distance to the forest conifers may be halved, while along the border of the forest around the warehouse shall be provided plowed strip of land with a minimum width 5 meters.

5 When placing the tank farms of oil and oil products on the sites having higher marks compared with marks of the territory of neighboring localities, organizations and ways of railways common network, located at a distance of 200 meters from the tank farm, as well as the placement of warehouses and oil oil on the river banks at a distance of 200 meters or less from the water’s edge (at maximum) should include additional measures to exclude the possibility of an accident tanks oil spill in the residential areas, organizations, on the way railways shared network or in a reservoir. Storage areas of oil and petroleum products must be protected purged fence of noncombustible materials with a minimum height of 2 meters.

6 Fire distance from homes and public buildings to warehouses of oil and oil products with a capacity of up to 2,000 cubic meters, located in the boiler, to diesel power plants and other energy facilities serving residential and public buildings, facilities and structures shall be not less than the distances shown in Table 13 of the annex hereto.

7 Categories warehouses of oil and petroleum products are determined in accordance with Table 14 of the Annex hereto.

Article 71: Fire safety distance from buildings and structures adjacent to gas stations with them objects to be protected

1 When placing the filling stations in the territories of settlements fire distance to be determined from the walls of the tanks ( vessels ) for fuel storage and emergency reservoirs, ground equipment, which draws fuel and (or) its pair of respiratory valves underground fuel storage tanks and emergency tanks, fuel and housing of the dispenser and the dispenser of liquefied petroleum gas or compressed natural gas, from the border areas for tankers and technological wells, from the walls of the technological equipment of treatment facilities, from the borders of areas for parking of vehicles, from the outer walls of buildings and structures, construction and structures of gas stations with the equipment, in which there are fuel or vapors:

1) to the land boundaries of preschool educational institutions, educational institutions, educational institutions providing residential, hospitals stationary type, single-family residential buildings;

2) to windows or doors (for residential and public buildings).

2 Fire safety distance from gas stations motor fuel to neighboring facilities must meet the requirements specified in Table 15 of the annex hereto. The total capacity of above-ground tanks of petrol stations to be placed in the residential areas should not exceed 40 cubic meters.

3 when using petrol stations near a large forest and distance to the forest of coniferous and mixed breeds may be halved, while along the borders of the forest and the surrounding area gas stations must be provided by ground-based coating made of materials that do not propagate a flame on its surface or plowed strip of land with a minimum width of 5 meters.

4 when using petrol stations near the planting of crops, which may spread the flame along the adjoining plantation boundaries filling stations must be provided by ground-based coating made of materials that do not propagate a flame on its surface, or a plowed strip of land with a minimum width of 5 meters.

5 Fire safety distance from gas stations with underground storage tanks of liquid fuel to the land boundaries of preschool educational institutions, educational institutions, educational institutions, boarding, medical institutions stationary type must be at least 50 meters.

Article 72: Fire safety distance from the garage and outdoor parking lots adjacent to them objects to be protected

1 Fire safety distance from the collective land and land-underground garages, public parking on the territories of organized settlements and auto service stations to homes and public buildings and structures, as well as to the land of pre-school educational institutions, educational institutions and medical institutions fixed-type settlements in the territories should not be less than the distances listed in Table 16 of the Annex hereto.

2 Fire safety distance must be determined from the windows of houses and public buildings, structures and buildings and land boundaries of pre-school educational institutions, educational institutions and medical facilities with stationary type to garage walls or boundaries of an open parking space.

3 Fire-sectional distance from residential buildings to open spaces, to be placed along the longitudinal facades, with a capacity of 101 – 300 cars must be at least 50 meters.

4 For garages I and II degrees of fire resistance distances specified in Table 16 of the Annex hereto, may be reduced by 25 per cent in the absence of open windows in garages and entrances oriented toward the houses and public buildings.

Article 73: Fire safety distance from the tanks of liquefied petroleum gas to buildings and structures

1 Fire safety distance from the tanks of liquefied petroleum gas to be placed in a warehouse, with a total capacity of up to 10 000 cubic meters in storage under pressure or up to 40 000 cubic meters in storage isothermal method to other objects as members of the organization, as well as disposable outside the organization, are given in Table 17 of the annex hereto.

2 Fire safety distance from a free-standing LOADING BAY to neighboring buildings, residential houses and public buildings, facilities and structures are taken as the distance from the tanks of liquefied petroleum gases and flammable liquids under pressure.

3 Fire safety distance from the tanks of liquefied petroleum gas to be placed in a warehouse, with a total capacity of 10 000 to 20 000 cubic meters in storage under pressure or capacity from 40 000 to 60 000 cubic meters in storage isothermal method in the above-ground storage tanks with a capacity of 40 or 000 to 100 000 cubic meters in storage isothermal method in underground tanks and other objects are located both on the territory of the organization and outside its territory, are given in Table 18 of the annex hereto.

Article 74: Fire safety distance from gas pipelines, oil pipelines, oil pipelines, condensate to nearby objects to be protected

1 Fire safety distance from the axis of underground and overground (embankments) trunk, field and local gas distribution pipelines, oil pipelines, oil pipelines and condensate to the settlements, individual industrial and agricultural organizations, buildings and structures, as well as compressor stations, gas distribution stations , pumping stations to the settlements, industrial and agricultural organizations, buildings and structures shall conform to the minimum distance set by federal law on technical regulations for these objects, depending on the operating pressure, the diameter, the degree of responsibility of objects, and for pipelines liquefied petroleum gas as the terrain, the type and properties of the pumped liquefied petroleum gases.

2 Fire safety distance from the reservoir units of liquefied petroleum gas intended for hydrocarbon gas consumers using gas as fuel, apart from the extreme tank to buildings, structures, buildings and communications, are shown in Tables 19 and 20 of the annex hereto.

3 When installing 2 tanks of liquefied petroleum gas unit with a capacity of 50 cubic meters of distance from the fire of buildings and structures (residential, public, industrial), non-gas filling stations are allowed to reduce the above-ground storage tanks up to 100 meters underground – to 50 meters.

4 Fire safety distance from overhead tanks to places at the same time may be more than 800 people (stadiums, markets, parks, residential buildings), as well as to land boundaries of pre-school educational institutions, educational institutions and hospitals stationary type should be increased by two times compared with the distances specified in Table 20 of the annex hereto, regardless of the number of seats.

Article 75: Fire safety distance within gardens, cottage and household plots

1 Fire away from the business and residential buildings on the territory of the garden, cottage and household plot to the forest must be at least 15 meters.

2 Fire safety distance between the dwelling house and outbuildings, as well as between the outbuildings within a garden, cottage or household plot are not standardized.

3 Fire safety distance from the farm buildings, located on a garden, a cottage or backyard area, adjacent to the home land, as well as between the apartment buildings adjacent land should be in accordance with Table 11 of the annex hereto.

4 is allowed to classify and block residential buildings or houses on 2 neighboring garden plots with a single row building and 4 adjacent garden plots with a double row building. In this case, the distance between the fire-residential buildings or residential buildings in each group are not standardized, and the minimum distance between the extreme residential buildings or residential houses groups of houses are listed in Table 11 of the annex hereto.

Chapter 17, General requirements for fire safety for settlements and urban districts to deploy fire departments

 

Article 76: Fire safety requirements for the placement of fire protection units in the settlements and urban districts

Location 1 fire departments in the territories of settlements and urban districts determined from the condition that the time of arrival of the first units to place a call in urban areas and urban districts shall not exceed 10 minutes and in rural areas – 20 minutes.

2 fire departments settlements should be located in buildings of fire stations.

3 The procedure and method of determining the locations of the fire departments in the territories of settlements and urban districts established by normative documents on fire safety.

Article 77: Fire safety requirements for fire station

1 fire station should be placed on the land, with visits to the main streets or roads citywide importance. The area of ​​land, depending on the type of fire station is determined by the terms of reference for the design.

2 Distance from the borders of the fire station to the public and residential buildings must be at least 15 meters, and the land boundaries of pre-school educational institutions, educational institutions and medical facilities with permanent – at least 30 meters.

3 fire station must be located in an area with a space from the red line to the front-out fire-fighting vehicles not less than 15 meters, to fire stations II, IV and V types specified distance may be reduced to 10 meters.

4 Composition of buildings and structures placed on the territory of the fire station, the area of ​​buildings and structures are determined by the terms of reference for the design.

5 The territory of the fire station should have two entry (exit). The width of the gate at the entrance (exit) must be at least 4.5 meters.

6 Roads and sites on the territory of the fire station should have a solid surface.

7 roadway and the sidewalk in front of visiting the site of the fire station should be equipped with traffic lights and (or) light pointer with an acoustic signal, which allows to stop the movement of vehicles and pedestrians during checkout fire trucks out of the garage alarm. Enabling and disabling traffic lights can also be carried out remotely from the point of contact of fire protection.

Section III. Fire safety requirements for the design, construction and operation of buildings and structures

 

Chapter 18: General requirements for fire safety in the design, construction and operation of buildings and structures

 

Article 78 Requirements for the project documentation for construction projects

1 Project documentation for buildings, structures, buildings, building construction, engineering equipment and construction materials should contain fire-technical characteristics, contemplated hereby.

2 For buildings, buildings for which there is no statutory fire safety requirements, based on the requirements of this Federal Law shall be developed specific technical specifications, reflecting the specific provision of fire safety and containing a set of necessary engineering and technical and organizational measures to ensure fire safety .

Article 79 The standard value of fire risk to buildings and structures

1 Individual fire risk in buildings, structures and buildings shall not exceed the value of one million per year, with the placement of the individual in the most remote from the exit of the building, construction and structure point.

2 The risk of death caused by exposure to fire hazards should be determined taking into account the functioning of the systems to ensure fire safety of buildings and structures.

Article 80: Fire safety requirements for the design, renovation and change of the functional purpose of buildings and structures

1 Design, space planning and engineering solutions for buildings, facilities and structures should ensure that in the event of fire:

1) evacuation to a safe area to harm their life and health due to exposure to fire hazards;

2) the possibility of measures to save lives;

3) the ability to access the personnel of the fire protection and fire fighting equipment delivery in any room of buildings and structures;

4) the possibility for fire extinguishers in the seat of the fire;

5) Non-proliferation of fire to adjacent buildings, structures and buildings.

2 In the buildings, structures and premises buildings in categories A and B of the explosion and fire hazard shall be located at the outer walls, and in multi-storey buildings, structures and buildings – on the upper floors, except as specified in the technical regulations for these facilities.

3 If you change the functionality of buildings, structures, buildings or individual rooms in them, as well as a change of space-planning and design solutions should be ensured the implementation of fire safety requirements established in accordance with this Federal Law with regard to the appointment of these new buildings, structures , structures or premises.

Chapter 19: Requirements for the composition and functional characteristics of systems for fire safety of buildings and structures

 

Article 81 Requirements for the functional characteristics of systems for fire safety of buildings and structures

1 Functional characteristics of systems for fire safety of buildings and structures shall comply with the requirements of this Federal Law.

2 The value of individual fire risk in buildings, structures and buildings crowded with people, buildings, structures and high-rise buildings, as well as in buildings, structures and buildings with the presence of children and persons with reduced mobility should be provided in the first place a system to prevent fire and complex organizational and technical measures.

3 Fire protection of buildings and structures must be capable of evacuation to a safe area before the limit values ​​of fire hazards.

4 Functional characteristics of systems for fire safety of buildings and structures, as well as the engineering equipment of buildings and structures are determined in accordance with the federal law on technical regulations for data objects and (or) normative documents on fire safety.

Article 82: Fire safety requirements for electrical installations of buildings, structures and buildings

1 Electrical installations of buildings and structures shall comply with the class of fire and explosion hazard zone in which they are installed, as well as the category and group of the combustible mixture.

2 Cables and wires, fire protection systems, means of support of the fire departments, fire detection, warning and evacuation in case of fire, emergency lighting on escape routes, emergency ventilation and smoke protection, automatic fire suppression, internal fire water system, lifts for the transport of fire departments in buildings, structures and buildings should continue to operate in a fire during the time required for complete evacuation to a safe area.

3 cables from transformer substations standby power to the input switching must be laid in separate channels or have a fire-resistant fire protection.

4 lines of power supply facilities of buildings and structures shall be capable of breakers to prevent the occurrence of fire at fault for power consumers. Installation rules and parameters of protective devices must take into account the fire safety requirements established in accordance with this Federal Law.

5 Switchboards shall be designed to preclude the distribution of combustion outside the shield of the low-current power compartment and vice versa.

6 cabling and wiring of switchboards of floor space to be carried out in the channels of non-combustible building structures or planed fittings that meet the requirements of fire safety.

7 Horizontal and vertical channels for laying electric cables and wires in buildings, structures and buildings should be protected from the spread of fire. In places where the conduits, ducts, cables and wires through the building structures with controlled fire-resistance rating shall be provided cable penetrations with fire not less than the fire resistance of the structures.

8 cable, laid open, must be self-extinguishing.

9 Emergency lighting on escape routes with independent power sources should be provided with devices to test their performance under simulated off the main power source. The life of the independent power supply must provide emergency lighting for escape routes within the estimated time of evacuation to a safe area.

10 Electrical equipment without pozharovzryvozaschity funds shall not be used in hazardous, explosive and combustible areas of buildings and structures that do not have aimed at eliminating the danger of ignition source in flammable environment, additional measures.

11.-incendive electrical equipment shall not be used in the explosion and fire hazardous areas.

12 Explosion-proof electrical equipment may be used in fire and non- combustible areas, and in hazardous locations – subject to compliance with the categories and groups of explosive mixtures in the room kind of explosion protection.

13 Rules for the Implementation of electrical equipment in relation to its explosion and fire risk in buildings, structures and buildings for various purposes, as well as indicators of fire hazard electrical equipment and methods for their determination are set by federal law on technical regulations for these products and (or) normative documents on fire security.

Article 83: Requirements for automatic fire extinguishing systems and fire alarm systems

1 Automatic fire-extinguishing and fire alarm system should be installed in buildings, structures and buildings in accordance with the design documentation developed and approved in the prescribed manner. Automatic fire-extinguishing system shall be provided with:

1) The calculated amount of extinguishing agent sufficient to eliminate a fire in the protected space, buildings or structure;

2) a device for control of the operational unit;

3) the device to alert people about the fire, and the staff on duty and (or) fire brigade about the place of its origin;

4) a means to delay the release of gas and powder fire extinguishers for the time needed to evacuate people from the premises of a fire;

5) for manual start fire extinguishing.

2 Method of extinguishing agent in the seat of the fire should not lead to an increase in the area of ​​fire due to the spill, dispersing or spraying flammable materials and for the extraction of combustible and toxic gases.

3 In the project documentation for the installation of automatic fire extinguishers shall be provided to dispose of the extinguishing agent from the premises, buildings, structures or buildings after its submission.

4 Automatic fire-extinguishing and fire alarm systems shall provide automatic fire detection, supplying control signals to the technical means of fire warning and evacuation, fire-fighting equipment management, facilities management system, smoke protection, engineering, and manufacturing equipment.

5 Automatic fire alarm system must provide information to staff on duty about finding fault lines and means of fire warning and evacuation, control fire protection systems, control units, fire-fighting.

6 Detectors and driving force, automatic fire extinguishers, fire alarm systems must be located in the protected area so as to ensure the timely detection of a fire in any part of the premises.

7 Fire alarm systems must be capable of providing a visual and audible signal to fire on the receiving-control device in the duty room staff or special remote pager.

8 Fire Alarm control panels, as a rule, be installed in rooms with non-stop stay duty personnel. You can install these devices in areas without staff, leading-hour duty, while providing separate sending all the fire and a fault in the room with the staff, leading-hour duty, and providing control channel message transmission.

9 Manual call points must be installed on the escape routes in places accessible to their inclusion in the event of a fire.

10 Requirements for the design of automatic fire suppression and automatic fire alarm system shall be established by this Federal Law and (or) normative documents on fire safety.

Article 84: Fire safety requirements for systems of fire warning and evacuation of buildings, structures and buildings

1 fire warning, evacuation control and ensure their safe evacuation in case of fire in buildings, structures and buildings should be carried out by one of the following methods or a combination of the following methods:

1) supply of light, sound and (or) voice signals in all rooms with the permanent or temporary presence of people;

2) Broadcast specially designed texts to evacuate, evacuation routes, direction of travel, and other activities that keep people safe and prevent panic in case of fire;

3) placement and maintenance of lighting signs fire safety escape routes within the prescribed time;

4) including evacuation (emergency) lighting;

5) keyless door locks emergency exits;

6) providing communications fire post (dispatch) from areas of fire warning;

7) other methods to ensure the evacuation.

2 The information transmitted by the system of fire warning and evacuation, must comply with the information contained in the developed and placed on each floor of buildings, structures and buildings plans to evacuate people.

3 fire detectors installed in the facility must provide unambiguous information to people about the fire during the evacuation time, as well as the issuance of additional information, the lack of which can lead to a reduced level of safety of people.

4 At any point of the protected object where you want to alert people about the fire, the volume formed by the sound of sirens and speech, should be above the permissible level of noise. Speech sounders must be arranged so that at any point of the protected object, where a fire warning, protect the intelligibility of the transmitted speech information. Strobes should provide information in the perception of contrast range characteristic of the protected object.

5 If you divide a building, structure or building on the zone of fire warning need to be developed sequence of the fire warning people in different areas of the building, structure or building.

Dimensions 6 alarm zones, a special sequence of fire warning and time of fire warning in some areas should be defined on the basis of conditions to ensure the safe evacuation of people in case of fire.

7 Systems of fire warning and evacuation must operate for the time required to complete the evacuation of the building, structure, structure.

8 Means, used for fire warning and evacuation of buildings, structures, buildings in case of fire, must be designed to meet the health and age of the evacuated people.

9 Beeps fire warning should be different in tone from the audio signals for other purposes.

10 Sound and voice devices of fire warning should not have any detachable devices, ability to adjust the volume level, and must be connected to the mains, as well as other means of communication. Communication systems, fire warning and evacuation may be combined with a radio transmission network buildings, structures and buildings.

11 Systems of fire warning and evacuation must be equipped with an uninterruptible power supply.

Article 85 Requirements to smoke protection of buildings and structures

1 Depending on space planning and design solutions of the system of supply and exhaust smoke ventilation of buildings and structures should be carried out with natural or mechanical means of motivation. Regardless of the method of motivation system of supply and exhaust smoke ventilation shall be automatic and remote manual gear actuators and devices, smoke ventilation. Space-planning decisions of buildings and structures should prevent the spread of combustion products outside the room of fire, fire compartment and (or) fire section.

2 Depending on the functionality and space-planning and design solutions for buildings, structures and buildings in them should be provided supply and exhaust smoke ventilation or exhaust smoke ventilation.

3: Use ventilation to expel the products of combustion outside the buildings and structures without the device natural or mechanical ventilation exhaust smoke is not allowed. Device is not permitted general systems for the protection of areas with different classes of functional fire hazard.

4 exhaust smoke ventilation must be capable of removing the products of combustion in the fire directly from the room of fire, corridors and halls on the escape routes.

5 Ventilation systems, smoke protection of buildings and structures should ensure the air supply and pressurisation in areas related to the placement of the fire, on the stairwells, elevator lobbies and air locks.

6 Design and characteristics of the elements of smoke protection of buildings and structures, depending on the purpose of the smoke protection should ensure trouble-free operation of supply and exhaust systems, smoke ventilation during the time required for evacuation to a safe area, or throughout the duration of the fire.

7 Automatic drive actuators and devices, systems supply and exhaust smoke ventilation of buildings and structures should be carried out at operation of automatic fire extinguishers and fire alarm systems.

8 Remote hand drive actuators and devices, systems supply and exhaust smoke ventilation of buildings and structures should be carried out starting from the elements located at emergency exits and fire stations on the premises or in the premises of the dispatch staff.

9 When the supply and exhaust systems, smoke ventilation of buildings, structures and buildings in case of fire should be mandatory shutdown systems and technological obshcheobmennoj ventilation and air conditioning (with the exception of systems providing process safety facilities).

10 Simultaneous automatic aerosol, powder or gas fire and smoke ventilation systems, indoor fire is not allowed.

11 Requirements for the composition, its design, fire-technical characteristics, features and the use of the switching sequence of elements of supply and exhaust smoke ventilation of buildings and structures according to their functionality and space-planning and design solutions established by the present Federal Law.

Article 86 Requirements for Inland fire water supply

1 Internal fire main should provide normative consumption of water for extinguishing fires in buildings, structures and buildings.

2 Internal fire main equipped with internal fire hydrants in an amount to achieve the purposes of fire-fighting.

3 Requirements for Inland fire water supply set normative documents on fire safety.

Article 87 Requirements for fire resistance and fire hazard buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments

1 The fire resistance of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments must be installed according to their heights, class of functional fire hazard area fire compartment and the fire hazard occurring in these processes.

2 Fire resistance of structures shall conform to the highest degree of fire resistance of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments. Compliance with the fire resistance of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments and fire resistance used in these constructions are given in Table 21 of the annex hereto.

3 Fire resistance fill openings (doors, gates, windows and hatches), as well as lamps, including anti-aircraft and other areas of translucent flooring coatings are not standardized, except fill openings in fire barriers.

4. nezadymlyaemyh stairwells type H1 are allowed to provide landings and marches with fire R15 fire danger class K0.

5 Class structural fire hazard buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments must be installed according to their heights, class of functional fire hazard area fire compartment and the fire hazard occurring in these processes.

6 Fire hazard class of structures shall conform to the accepted class of structural fire hazard buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments. Match-class structural fire hazard buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments class of fire hazard used in these constructions are given in Table 22 of the Annex hereto.

7 Fire danger fill openings in the building envelope, structures, buildings (doors, gates, windows and hatches) is not specified, except for openings in fire barriers.

8 For buildings and structures class functional fire hazard F1.1 should apply the system of external insulation of fire danger class K0.

9 Fire resistance and fire danger classes of building structures should be determined in a standard test according to the procedures specified in regulatory documents on fire safety.

10 Fire resistance and fire danger classes of structures that are similar in form, materials, the design of the building structure, which has passed fire tests may be influenced by the settlement and the analytical method specified in the regulatory documents on fire safety.

Article 88: Requirements for limiting the spread of fire in buildings, structures, buildings, fire compartments

1 Parts of buildings, structures, buildings, fire compartments, as well as rooms of various classes of functional fire hazard should be separated by a walling normalized outside fire classes and structural fire hazard or fire barriers. Requirements for these types of protective structures and fire barriers are set to reflect the classes of functional fire hazard premises, the value of the fire load, the fire resistance of structural and class of fire hazard buildings, structures, buildings, fire compartment.

2 Fire resistance and types of structures that perform the function of fire barriers, the corresponding types of fill openings and air locks are shown in Table 23 of the annex hereto.

3 Fire resistance for the respective types of fill openings in fire barriers are given in Table 24 of the annex hereto.

4 Requirements to elements of air locks of different types are shown in Table 25 of the annex hereto.

5 Fire walls should be erected to the full height of the building, construction, structure, and ensure non-proliferation of fire in an adjacent fire compartment, including the unilateral collapse of buildings, facilities, structures on the part of the fire.

6 Places interface fire walls, ceilings and partitions with other building envelope, structures, buildings, fire compartment must have a fire-resistance rating not less than the fire resistance of mating barriers.

7 Design places conjugation fire walls with other walls of buildings and structures must exclude the possibility of a fire spreading to bypass these obstacles.

Windows 8 in fire barriers shall be capable of being opened and the fire doors and gates should have a self-closing device. Fire doors, gates, curtains, covers and valves which can be operated in the open position shall be equipped with devices to ensure their automatic closing in case of fire.

9 Total area of ​​openings in fire barriers shall not exceed 25 per cent of their area.

10. fire barriers separating spaces of category A and B from the premises of other categories, corridors, stairwells and elevator lobbies shall be provided with air locks with a constant air overpressure. Device common air locks for two or more adjacent compartments in categories A and B are not allowed.

11 If it is impossible device air locks in fire barriers separating spaces of category A and B from the other premises, or fire doors, gates, shutters, hatches and valves in fire barriers separating spaces of category in other rooms should include a set of measures to prevent the spread of fire to adjacent floors and in adjacent rooms.

12 openings in fire barriers that can not be closed fire doors or gates, for communication between adjacent spaces of category C or D and spaces of category A shall be a device open porches equipped with automatic fire extinguishing installations, or to be installed instead of the fire doors and gates curtains, screens. Walling of these vestibules must be fire.

13 Fire doors, gates, hatches and valves should provide normative significance limits of fire resistance of these structures. Fireproof curtains and screens must be made of materials of flammability NG.

14 is not allowed to cross the fire walls and ceilings of type 1 channels, mines and pipelines for the transport of flammable gases, dust-air mixtures, liquids, and other substances and materials. At the intersections of fire barriers channels, mines and pipelines for the transport of substances and materials other than those mentioned above, with the exception of channels smoke protection systems, should include automatic devices to prevent the spread of combustion products through the channels, mines and pipelines.

15 Walling elevator shafts located outside stairwell and elevator machinery space (except those stored on the roof), as well as channels and pits for the construction of communications must comply with the requirements of the fire wall type 1 and overlaps the third type. Fire-resistance rating walling between the elevator shaft and elevator machine room is not standardized.

16 Doorways in the fences elevator shafts with their exits in corridors and other facilities, except stairways shall be protected by fire doors with fire at least EI 30 or screens of non-combustible materials with fire at least EI 45, opening doorways elevator shafts in case of fire or elevator shafts in buildings, structures and buildings shall be separated from corridors, stairwells and other areas Tambur or lounges with fire partitions of type 1 and ceilings of type 3.

17 In the buildings, structures and buildings with height of 28 meters or more elevator shafts that do not have them at the exit of air locks with pressurized air must be equipped with an overpressure of air in the elevator shaft during a fire.

18 In the buildings, structures and buildings equipped with automatic fire alarm or suppression, elevators must have a lock and no load and direction of the car, automatically return to a fire on the main landing area, while ensuring the opening and holding the car door and mines in the open position.

19 Space-planning decisions and the design of the stairs and stairwells must ensure the safe evacuation of people from buildings, structures, buildings in case of fire and to prevent the fire from spreading between floors.

20 In the basement and ground floors of the buildings and structures in the input elevator must be through air locks type 1 with pressurized air in case of fire.

Article 89: Fire safety requirements for escape routes, evacuation and emergency exits

1 Evacuation routes in buildings, structures and buildings and outs of the buildings and structures must ensure the safe evacuation of people. Calculation of emergency routes and exits without taking into consideration their use in fire-fighting equipment.

Accommodation 2 rooms crowded with people, including children and persons with reduced mobility, the use of fire-hazardous building materials in structural elements of escape routes shall be determined in accordance with the requirements of federal laws on the relevant technical regulations.

3. emergency exits of buildings and structures are outputs that are:

1) of the ground floor premises outside:

a) directly;

b) through the corridor;

c) through the lobby (lobby);

d) through the stairwell;

d) through the corridor and lobby (lobby);

e) through the corridor, recreation area and stairwell;

2) from the premises of any floor other than the first:

a) directly to a staircase or ladder type 3;

b) in the corridor leading directly to a staircase or ladder type 3;

c) in the lobby (lobby), with access directly to the staircase or ladder type 3;

g) on the exploited roof or on a specially equipped section of the roof, leading to the stairs of type 3;

3) in the next room (except the premises of a class F5 in categories A and B) located on the same floor and the provision of exit referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this section. Output of the technical premises without permanent jobs in the premises of categories A and B is considered evacuation, if the technical premises located equipment for maintenance of these fire areas.

4 evacuation exits from the basement and ground floors should be provided in such a way as to lead directly to the outside and were isolated from the common stair buildings, structures, buildings, except for the cases established by the present Federal Law.

5 emergency exits shall also be considered:

1) Exit the basement through the common staircases in the vestibule with a separate exit to the outside, separated from the rest of the staircase deaf fire wall type 1 located between the flights of stairs from the basement floor to the staging area staircases between the first and second floors;

2) the outputs of the basement and ground floors with rooms categories B4, D and E in the room categories B4, D and E, and the lobby is located on the first floor of a building class F5;

3), the outputs of the foyer, walk-in closets, smoking and sanitary facilities are located in basements or ground floors of buildings classes F2, F3 and F4, in the lobby of the first floor on separate ladders of type 2;

4) exits from the premises directly to the stairs of the 2nd type, in the corridor or lobby (lobby, lobby), leading to a staircase, subject to restrictions imposed by the normative documents on fire safety;

5) hinged door in the gate, designed for entry (exit) of rail and road transport.

6. emergency exits in buildings, structures and buildings are outputs that are:

1) on the balcony or loggia with a hollow partition of at least 1.2 meters from the end of the balcony (loggia) to the window opening (glazed doors) or not less than 1.6 meters between the glazed openings facing the balcony (loggia);

2) on the transition with a minimum width of 0.6 meters, leading to the adjacent section of the building class F1.3 or adjacent fire compartment;

3) on the balcony or loggia, equipped with outdoor stairs, floor by floor connecting balconies or loggias;

4) directly to the outside of the premises with clean floor mark not less than 4.5 meters and 5 meters above the window or door size of at least 0.75 ’1.5 meters, and also through a manhole size of at least 0.6 “0 8 meters. The output through the pit shall be equipped with a ladder in the pit, and exit through the door – the stairs in the room. The slope of the stairs is not standardized;

5) on the roof of buildings and structures I, II and III degrees of fire resistance classes C0 and C1 through a window or door of at least 0.75 ’1.5 meters, as well as through the hatch of at least 0.6′ 0.8 meter on vertical or inclined ladder.

7 in the opening emergency exits must not be installed and the lift-sliding trap door, revolving doors, turnstiles and other items that prevent the free passage of people.

8 The number and width of the escape routes from the premises with the floors of the buildings and determined according to the maximum possible number of evacuated people and through them the maximum allowable distance from the most remote location possible stay of people (workplace) to the nearest emergency exit.

9 Parts of buildings of different functional fire hazard and are separated by fire barriers shall be provided with separate emergency exits.

10 The number of emergency exits from the room should be set depending on the maximum allowable distance from the most remote point (workstation) to the nearest emergency exit.

11 The number of emergency exits of buildings, structures and buildings should not be less than the number of emergency exits from each floor of the buildings, structures and buildings.

12 Maximum allowable distance from the most remote point of the room (for buildings and structures of class F5 – from the most remote workstation) to the nearest emergency exit, measured along the axis of an escape route shall be established depending on the class of functional fire hazard and categories of rooms, buildings , structures and buildings on fire and explosion hazards, the number of evacuees, the geometric parameters of the premises and evacuation routes, class structural fire hazard and fire resistance of buildings, structures and buildings.

13 The length of the escape route on the stairs of the 2nd type in the room should be determined to be three times the height of it.

14 Evacuation routes must not include elevators, escalators, as well as areas leading:

1) through the corridors to the outputs of the elevator shafts, through the lift lobbies and vestibules front of the elevators if walling elevator shafts, doors elevator shafts, do not meet the requirements for fire barriers;

2) through the stairwells, if the area is part of the staircase corridor, as well as through the space where there is a staircase type 2, which is not an evacuation;

3) on the roof of buildings and structures, except operated roof or a designated section of the roof, similar in design maintained roof;

4) on the stairs of the 2nd type, connecting more than two floors (storeys), as well as leading from the cellars and basements;

5) on the stairs and stairwells for communication between underground and above-ground floors, except in the cases referred to in paragraphs 3 – 5 of this Article.

Article 90: Support for the operation of fire units

1 For buildings and structures shall be provided a device:

1) fire roads and access roads to buildings, facilities and buildings for fire equipment, special or combined with functional driveways and entrances;

2) external fire escapes and other means of lifting personnel of the fire protection and fire fighting equipment on the floor and on the roof of buildings and structures;

3) The fire water supply, including combined with economic or special, suhotrubov and fire tanks (reservoirs);

4) smoke protection system routes used by the personnel of the fire department in buildings, structures and buildings;

5) individual and collective means of saving people.

2 In the buildings, structures and buildings with height of 10 meters or more from the surface level of access for fire fighting vehicles to the eaves of the roof or the top of the outer wall (parapet) shall provide for an exit to the roof with staircases, either directly or through the attic or on the stairs Type 3 or external fire escapes.

3 Number of outputs on the roof (but not less than one output) and their location should be provided depending on the class of functional fire hazard and size of buildings, structures and buildings:

1) for each full and partial length of 100 meters buildings, structures and buildings with attic floors and at least one output for each complete and incomplete 1,000 square meters of roof area of ​​the building, structures and buildings with built-up coating for buildings classes F1, F2, F3 and F4;

2) the fire escape every 200 meters along the perimeter of buildings and structures of class F5.

4 not allowed include:

1) fire escapes on the main facade of the buildings, structures and buildings, if the width of buildings, structures and buildings shall not exceed 150 meters, and on the side opposite the main facade, there is a fire main;

2) access to the roof of the single-storey buildings and structures, the coated area not exceeding 100 square meters.

5 On the attics of buildings and structures, except buildings class F1.4, outputs should be provided on the roof, equipped with fixed stairs, through the doors, hatches or windows of at least 0.6 ’0.8 meters.

6 outputs with staircases to the roof or attic should be provided on flights of stairs with landings before going through the fire doors of the 2nd type size not less than 0.75 ’1.5 meters. These flights and landings must be made of non-combustible materials and have a slope of no more than 2 to 1 and a minimum width of 0.9 meters.

7 In the buildings, structures and buildings classes F1, F2, F3 and F4 maximum height of 15 meters allowed the device outputs to the attic or roof with staircases through fire hatches type 2 size of 0.6 x 0.8 meters on fixed steel ladders.

8 On the technical levels, including technical and engineering subfields attics, opening height must be at least 1.8 meters, attics along the buildings, structures and buildings – not less than 1.6 meters. The width of these passages should be at least 1.2 meters. At selected sites, totaling not more than 2 meters is permitted to reduce the height of the passage of up to 1.2 meters and width – up to 0.9 meters.

9 In the buildings, structures and buildings with attics should include hatches Walling sinuses attics.

10 In the field drop height of the roof (including lifting the roof svetoaeratsionnyh lamps) more than 1 meter should provide fire escapes.

11 is not allowed to provide fire escapes at the height of the roof drop more than 10 meters, if every part of the roof area of ​​100 square meters has a private access to the roof or the height of the lower section of the roof does not exceed 10 meters.

12 To lift to a height of 10 to 20 meters and a height difference in the field of the roof from 1 to 20 meters should be used fire ladders type P1, to rise to a height of over 20 meters and in places the roof height difference of 20 meters – fire escapes type P2 .

13 Fire escapes are made of non-combustible materials are placed at least 1 meter away from the windows and must have a design concept that provides the possibility of movement of personnel fire protection units in combat dress and with additional equipment.

14 Between the flight of stairs and handrails between fences staircases should provide a clearance of not less than 75 millimeters.

15 In each fire compartment buildings and structures class F1.1 height of 10 meters, buildings and structures class F1.3 height more than 50 meters, buildings and structures of various classes of functional fire hazard higher than 28 meters underground parking lots with more than two floors, elevators should be provided for the transportation of fire departments.

16 In the buildings, structures and buildings with sloping roofs of not more than 12 per cent, inclusive, up to the eaves or the top of the outer wall (parapet) more than 10 meters, as well as in buildings, structures and buildings with sloping roofs of more than 12 percent, up to a cornice 7 meters should provide fencing on the roof in accordance with the fire safety requirements established by the present Federal Law.Regardless of the height of the building said the fence should be provided for the exploited flat roofs, balconies, loggias, outdoor galleries, open exterior stairs, staircases and landings.

17 On the cover of buildings and structures with a mark of floor top floor over 75 meters shall be provided a platform for transport and rescue helicopter cockpit fire of at least 5 ’5 meters. Over these sites is prohibited to place antennas, electrical wires and cables.

Article 91 Facilities for buildings, structures and buildings equipped with warning systems and evacuation in case of fire, automatic fire alarm and (or) fire-fighting

1 Premises, buildings and structures, in which a system for warning and evacuation in case of fire, fitted with automatic fire alarm system and (or) fire-fighting, in accordance with the level of fire risk premises, buildings and structures on the basis of the analysis of fire risk . The list of objects subject to mandatory equipment specified settings, set normative documents on fire safety.

2 Automatic fire alarm, fire extinguishing systems must be equipped with an uninterruptible power supply.

Section IV. Fire safety requirements for industrial facilities

 

Chapter 20, General requirements for fire safety for production facilities

Article 92 Documentation Requirements for facilities

1 Documentation of the facilities, including buildings, structures, and processes should contain fire-technical characteristics, contemplated hereby.

2 Structure and functional characteristics of systems for fire safety of industrial facilities should be designed as a separate section of the design documentation.

Article 93 The characteristic values ​​of the fire risk to industrial facilities

1 The value of individual fire risk in buildings, structures, buildings, and on the production site shall not exceed one million a year.

2 The risk of death caused by exposure to fire hazards should be determined taking into account the functioning of the systems to ensure fire safety of buildings and structures.

3 For production facilities, to ensure that the value of individual fire risk one million per year is not possible due to the specifics of the technological processes is allowed to increase individual fire risk to a ten per year. This should be provided to the training of personnel for action in case of fire and for the social protection of workers and compensate for their work in high-risk conditions.

4 The value of individual fire risk from exposure to fire hazards at a facility for people who are in a residential area near the site shall not exceed one hundred millionth of a year.

5 The magnitude of the social impact of fire risk of fire hazards at a facility for people who are in a residential area close to the subject, should not exceed one ten-millionth of a year.

Chapter 21 Procedure for fire hazard analysis and calculation of a production facility fire risk

 

Article 94: The sequence of fire risk assessment of the manufacturing facility

1 fire risk assessment of the manufacturing facility should include:

1) the fire hazard analysis of the production facility;

2) determine the frequency of implementation of fire emergencies at the production facility;

3) the construction of fields of fire hazards for different scenarios of its development;

4) An assessment of the impacts of fire hazards on people for different scenarios of its development;

5) calculation of the fire risk.

2 Fire hazard analysis of production facilities should include:

1) the fire hazard analysis process fluid and process parameters on the production facility;

2) define the list of fire emergencies and parameters for each process;

3) determination of the list of reasons, the occurrence of which allows us to characterize the situation as a fire risk, for each process;

4) scenario-building of origin and development of fires that resulted in loss of life.

Article 95: Fire hazard analysis of production facilities

1 Fire hazard analysis process provides a comparison of fire danger substances and materials circulating in the process, with the process parameters.

2 List of fire danger substances and materials, depending on their state of aggregation, the necessary and sufficient to characterize the fire hazard of the technological environment is shown in Table 1 of the Annex hereto. The list of potential sources of ignition fire process fluid is determined by comparing the parameters of the process and other sources of ignition with fire danger substances and materials.

3: Determination of fire situations at a facility should be based on the fire hazard analysis of each process and provide a choice of situations in which the implementation of a risk to people in the affected area from hazards of fire and secondary effects of exposure to fire hazards.To fire situations not include situations as a result of which there is no danger to life and health. These situations are not taken into account in the calculation of the fire risk.

4 For each fire hazards at a facility should be a description of the causes and development of fire situations, the point of origin and fire factors that pose a threat to life and health of people in their places of residence.

5 To determine the cause of fire situations should be identified events that may lead to the formation of a combustible environment and the appearance of an ignition source.

6 Fire hazard analysis involves determining the production facilities of the complex of preventive measures that change parameters of the process to a level that ensures a valid fire risk.

Article 96 Assessment of fire risk at a facility

1 To determine the frequency of implementation of fire situations of the manufacturing facility uses the information:

1) the refusal of the equipment used in the production facility;

2) on the parameters used in the reliability of the production facility equipment;

3) about the wrong actions of the staff of the production facility;

4) on hydrometeorological conditions in the placement of production facilities;

5) the geographical features of the area in the placement of production facilities.

2 Evaluation of the hazards of fire, explosion for different scenarios of their development is based on the comparison of information on modeling the dynamics of fire hazards at the production site and the surrounding area and information critical to human life and health values ​​of the analyzed hazards of fire, explosion.

3 Assessment of the impacts of hazards of fire, explosion on people for different scenarios of fire situations involves determining the number of people involved in the kill zone hazards of fire, explosion.

Chapter 22: Requirements for the placement of fire stations, roads, entrance (exit) and travel, water sources on the production site

 

Article 97: Placement of fire stations on the production site

1 fire station on the production site must be located on land adjacent to public roads.

2 Departure from fire stations should be located so that fire trucks leaving did not cross the main traffic flows.

3 Requirements for the location of fire stations and fire stations radii of service established by normative documents on fire safety.

Article 98 Requirements for roads, entry (exit) and travel on the production site

1 Production facilities with an area measuring more than 5 acres must have at least two entries, except for warehouses of oil and petroleum products Category I and II, which are independent of the size of the site must have at least two trips to the roads of general network or driveways or warehouse organization.

2 If the size of the part of the site production facility of more than 1000 meters and its location along the street or road on this side should include at least two entrances to the site. The distance between the ramps should not exceed 1500 meters.

3 caged inside the grounds of production facilities (outdoor transformer substations, warehouses and other land) area of ​​more than 5 acres must have at least two entries.

4. buildings, facilities and buildings throughout their length shall be provided with fire trucks staircase on one side with a width of buildings, structures or buildings not more than 18 meters on both sides with a width of more than 18 meters, as well as the device closed and semi-enclosed courtyards .

5 For buildings with a building area of ​​more than 10, 000 square meters and a width of over 100 meters staircase fire vehicles shall be provided on all sides.

6 In the event that on the working environment does not require expensive devices, locked fire trucks allowed to provide for the planned surface reinforced across the width of 3.5 meters in places travel at clay and sand (silt) soils of different local materials with the creation of biases that provide natural drainage of surface water.

7 Distance from the edge of the roadway or the planned surface, ensuring passage of fire trucks, to the walls of buildings with no more than 12 meters should be no more than 25 meters, the height of buildings more than 12 but not more than 28 meters – no more than 8 meters, while height of buildings more than 28 meters – 10 meters.

8 To reservoirs that emit fire water supply, as well as cooling towers, spray ponds, and other structures, the water of which can be used for fire fighting should include porches with platforms for turning fire trucks, their installation, and water abstraction. The size of these areas must be at least 12 ‘to 12 meters.

9 Fire hydrants should have along the roads at a distance of no more than 2.5 meters from the edge of the roadway, but not less than 5 meters from the walls of the building.

10 Moving or crossings intrabuilding railroad tracks must always be free to pass fire-fighting vehicles.

11 The width of the gate road entries to the site production facility should ensure unimpeded passage of basic and special fire-fighting vehicles.

Article 99: Applicable requirements for fire water supply production facility

1 Production facilities should be provided outside the fire water supply (fire water supply, natural or artificial water bodies). Placement of fire hydrants on water mains shall provide fire fighting any served by the network buildings, structures, buildings or parts of buildings, structures, buildings.

2 Fresh water for fire-fighting purposes in artificial reservoirs should be based on the estimated costs of water on the outside fire fighting and duration of fighting fires.

Article 100 Requirements to limit the spread of fire at the production facility

1 The distances between the buildings, structures and buildings, from warehouses, open technology installations, units and equipment to buildings and structures, between warehouses, open technological installations, units and equipment from the gas tanks for flammable gases to buildings, structures and buildings production site, depending on the degree of fire resistance ratings of buildings on fire and explosion hazards, and other characteristics should prevent the transition of fire from one building, structure or building to another.

2 Tank Farms production facility with petroleum products, liquefied petroleum gases, toxic substances should be located at lower elevations in relation to buildings and production facilities and buildings shall be surrounded by (taking into account the terrain) blown by a wall of non-combustible materials.

3 In the case of above-ground tanks placement of flammable and combustible liquids at higher relative to the adjacent buildings and the buildings elevations steps shall be taken to prevent the spreading of the spilled liquid to said buildings, structures and buildings in case of accidents on the tanks.

4 Placement of external networks with flammable liquids and gases under the buildings, facilities and structures production facility is not allowed.

5 On the perimeter areas of production facilities in the oil storage container device shall be closed earthen dike or boundary wall of non-combustible materials. In addition, a closed earthen embankment or enclosing wall of non-combustible materials shall be provided around the perimeter of separate tanks each group of above-ground storage tanks and are designed for the hydrostatic pressure of the spilled liquid.

6 Within one group of above-ground tanks should be separated by internal or ramparts enclosing walls:

1) each additional reservoir capacity of 20 000 cubic meters or more, or several smaller reservoirs with total capacity of 20 000 cubic meters;

2) tanks with oil and fuel from the tank with other petroleum products;

3) storage tanks of leaded gasoline from other tanks group.

7 Available from building area diked area formed between the inner slope of an earth embankment or enclosing walls, should be determined by the estimated volume of the spilled liquid, equal to the nominal volume of the largest tank in the group, or a stand-alone tank.

8 Height earthen dike or boundary wall of each group of tanks, the distance from the walls of the tank to the foot of the embankment slopes of internal or boundary walls to be determined in accordance with the requirements of federal laws on the relevant technical regulations and (or) the regulations on fire safety.

9 Earthen Dike underground tanks should be provided only when stored in these reservoirs of oil and fuel oil. Area formed between the inner embankment slopes should be determined on the basis of the confinement conditions spilled liquid in an amount equal to 10 percent of the volume of the largest underground reservoir in the group.

10 On the production site occupancy aboveground pipeline networks with flammable liquids and gases are prohibited for:

1) transit intra piping with flammable liquids and gases – on overpasses, freestanding columns and pillars of combustible materials, as well as the walls and roofs of buildings, except buildings I and II degrees of fire resistance;

2) pipelines with flammable liquids and gases – in the galleries, if the mixing of these products may cause a fire or explosion;

3) piping with flammable liquids and gases – for burns coverings and walls, for Coatings and walls of buildings A and B categories for explosion hazards and fire hazards;

4) gas flammable gases – in storage areas of solid and liquid fuels.

11 Overground network of pipelines for combustible liquids which are charted on separate supports and racks should be placed at a distance of at least 3 meters away from the building walls with openings and not less than 0.5 meters from the walls of buildings without openings.

Section V. Fire safety requirements for fire engineering

Chapter 23: General requirements

Article 101 Requirements for Fire Engineering

1 Fire fighting equipment should provide performance of its functions under fire conditions.

2 Design and materials used fire fighting equipment should be safe during transportation, storage, handling and disposal of fire fighting equipment.

3: The marking of fire fighting equipment should allow the identification of the product.

4 Technical documentation for fire equipment must contain the information for training the effective application of the rules of fire fighting equipment.

5 Fire fighting equipment must be tested for compliance with the parameters of its fire safety requirements in accordance with procedures established by the normative documents on fire safety.

Article 102 Requirements for fire extinguishers

1 Extinguishing agents must provide fire-fighting surface or bulk method of their submission to the characteristics of the extinguishing agent in accordance with the fire-fighting tactics.

2 Extinguishing media should be used to extinguish the fire of those materials, the interaction that does not lead to the risk of new outbreaks of fire or explosion.

3 Extinguishing agents shall maintain their properties needed for fire fighting during transportation and storage.

4 Extinguishing agents should not render dangerous for human health and environment impact, exceeding the accepted allowable value.

Article 103 Requirements for automatic fire alarm

1 Means of automatic fire alarm systems must provide electricity and information compatibility with each other and with other collaborating with them technical means.

2 Line connection between technical means of automatic fire alarm must be made taking into account their operation in case of fire during the time necessary for detecting, outputting signals for evacuation during the time necessary for evacuation, as well as the time required for management of other technical means.

3 Controls fire equipment automatic fire alarm system shall ensure the principle of control in accordance with the type of equipment to be controlled and the individual site requirements.

4 Technical means of automatic fire alarm system shall be provided with uninterrupted power supply for the performance of their functions.

5 Means of automatic fire alarm systems must be resistant to electromagnetic interference with the limit values ​​of the level characteristic of the protected object, with data hardware should not have a negative impact electromagnetic interference to other technologies available on the subject of protection.

6 Technical means of automatic fire alarm system shall ensure electrical safety.

Article 104 Requirements for automatic fire-extinguishing

1 Automatic fire-extinguishing installations shall provide fire fighting surface or bulk means the extinguishing agent is to create the conditions that prevent the emergence and development of the combustion process.

2 fire extinguishing volumetric method should provide an environment that does not support combustion in the entire volume of the protected premises, buildings, structures and buildings.

3 The fire was extinguished in a superficial way should ensure the elimination of the combustion process by the extinguishing agent to the protected area.

4 Operate automatic extinguishing systems should not lead to a fire and (or) the explosion of combustible materials in the areas of buildings, structures and open areas.

Chapter 24 Requirements for fighting primary means

 

Article 105 Requirements for fire extinguishers

1 portable and mobile fire extinguishers shall provide fire-fighting one person in the area specified in the technical documentation of the manufacturer.

2 Specifications of portable and mobile fire extinguishers must ensure the safety of the person to extinguish the fire.

3 The strength characteristics of the structural elements of portable and mobile fire extinguishers must ensure the safety of their use in fire fighting.

Article 106 Requirements for fire hydrants

1 The design of fire hydrants shall be capable of opening the locking device by one person and the water supply to the intensity of providing fire-fighting.

2 The design of the connection head of hydrants should allow them to connect to the fire hoses used in fire departments.

Article 107 Requirements for fire boxes

1. Fire cabinets and multifunction integrated fire cabinets should provide placement and storage of them primary means of fire. Staffing multifunctional integrated fire fighting equipment is made ​​in accordance with Table 26 of the annex hereto.

2 The design of fire fighting equipment and integrated multi-function fire cabinets should allow fast and safe use of equipment located in them.

3 Dimensions and installation of fire fighting equipment and integrated multifunction fire cabinets should not lead to clutter escape routes.

4 Fire cabinets and multifunction integrated fire cabinets shall be constructed of non-combustible materials.

5 External registration and information about the contents of fire fighting equipment and integrated multi-function fire boxes are defined by normative documents on fire safety, adopted in accordance with Article 4 hereof.

Chapter 25: Requirements for the mobile fire fighting

 

Article 108 Requirements for fire vehicles

1: Basic and special fire engines should provide the following functions:

1) delivery of the fire personnel of the fire department, fire extinguishers, fire fighting equipment, personal protective equipment and fire samospasaniya fire, fire tools, means of saving people;

2) feeding the seat of fire extinguishing agents;

3) conducting rescue operations related to fire fighting (hereinafter – conducting rescue operations);

4) ensuring the safety of the tasks assigned to the fire department.

2: Requirements for the design, specifications and other parameters of fire trucks set normative documents on fire safety.

Article 109 Requirements for fire aircraft, trains and ships

Firefighting aircraft, trains and ships should be fitted with equipment enabling to perform firefighting.

Article 110 Requirements for fire motor pumps

1 Fire pumps should implement the fence and the water supply to the fire from the mains, reservoirs, and (or) from open water sources to the desired flow rate and operating pressure required to extinguish the fire.

2 The design of portable fire water pumps shall be capable of carrying two operators and installation on the ground.

3 Pull the fire pumps have permanently mounted on a trailer. The design of trailers shall be to ensure the safety of transportation of the fire water pumps and sustainable accommodation at the fence and the water supply.

Chapter 26 Requirements for automatic fire-extinguishing

 

Article 111 Requirements for automatic installation of water and foam fire extinguishing

Automatic installation of water and foam fire extinguishing systems must provide:

1) early detection of fire and start automatic fire extinguishing;

2) the supply of water from the sprinkler (sprinkler, deluge) automatic water fire extinguishing systems with the required flow rate of water;

3) supply of foam penogeneriruyuschih devices of automatic fire fighting foams with the desired multiplicity and intensity of the foam.

Article 112 Requirements for automatic gas fire extinguishing systems

Automatic gas fire suppression systems must provide:

1) early detection of fire automatic fire alarm installation, part of the automatic installation of gas fire;

2) the ability to delay the release of gas extinguishing agent within the time required for evacuation of the space to be protected;

3) the creation of a gas fire extinguishing concentration of extinguishing agent in the protected volume or above the surface of the burning material for the time required to extinguish a fire.

Article 113 Requirements to automated powder fire

Automatic installation of fire extinguishing powder should provide:

1) early detection of fire automatic fire alarm installation, part of the automatic installation of powder fire extinguishing;

2) feeding the powder from the spray of automatic fire extinguishing powder to the desired flow rate of the powder.

Article 114 Requirements to automated aerosol fire extinguishing

Automatic aerosol fire extinguishing installation shall ensure that:

1) early detection of fire automatic fire alarm installation, part of the automatic installation of aerosol fire extinguishing;

2) the ability to delay the release of fire-extinguishing aerosol for the time needed to evacuate people from the protected premises;

3) creation of extinguishing the fire extinguishing aerosol concentration in the protected volume for the time required to extinguish a fire;

4) exclude the possibility of exposure of humans and fuels high surface areas of the generator and the fire extinguishing aerosol jet.

Article 115 Requirements for automatic sprinkler installations combined

Automatic installation of combined firefighting must comply with the requirements for automatic fire extinguishing, of which they are composed.

Article 116 Requirements for robotic fire-fighting units

Robotic fire-extinguishing system shall ensure:

1) detecting and eliminating or limiting the spread of fire beyond the focal point without direct human presence in the area of ​​operation of the plant;

2) the ability to remotely control the installation and transfer of information to the operator from the place of installation;

3) the ability to perform the installation of its functions under the impact of the hazards of fire or explosion, radiation, chemical, or otherwise dangerous to human and environmental exposure.

Article 117 Requirements to automated fire containment

1 Automatic installation of containment of fire should slow down the increase in the area of ​​fire and its education hazards.

2 Automatic installation of containment of fire should be used in locations where the use of other automatic extinguishing systems impractical or technically impossible.

3 Type of extinguishing agents used at automated fire containment, determined by the characteristics of the object of protection, type and location of fire load.

Chapter 27 requirements for personal protective equipment firefighters and citizens in case of fire

 

Article 118 Requirements for PPE fire

1 Protective equipment should protect the personnel of fire departments from the effects of fire hazards, adverse climate impacts and injuries in the fire-fighting and rescue operations.

2 Protective equipment should be ergonomically combined with each other and have a light-signal elements allow visual search and firefighters in reduced visibility conditions.

Article 119 Requirements for personal protective equipment and respiratory of fire

1 Personal respiratory protection and of fire shall protect fire when working in an environment unsuitable for breathing and irritate the eyes.

2 Personal respiratory protection and fire of indicators should be characterized by resistance to mechanical and unfavorable climatic influences, ergonomic and protective indicators whose values ​​are set in accordance with the tactics of the rescue operations, rescue people and the need to ensure safe working conditions for firefighters.

3 Breathing apparatus with compressed air should ensure maintenance of overpressure in podmasochnom space in the human respiratory tract.

4 for the protective effect of breathing apparatus with compressed air (for pulmonary ventilation of 30 liters per minute) should be at least 1 hour, oxygen-insulating devices – at least 4 hours.

5 Design of personal respiratory protective fire should provide quick replacement (without special tools) cylinders with a mixture of respiratory and regenerative cartridges.

6 Application, maintenance and repair of personal respiratory protection and of fire are carried out in accordance with the need to ensure safe working conditions for firefighters.

7 Use of personal respiratory protection filter action for the protection of firefighters.

8 Do not use oxygen breathing apparatus complete with protective clothing against thermal effects, except for fire fighting clothing, and protective clothing insulation type.

Article 120 Requirements for special protective clothing firefighters

1 Special protective clothing (general purpose, to protect against thermal effects and insulation type) should protect firefighters from the dangerous effects of fire factors. The degree of protection should be characterized by parameters whose values ​​are set in accordance with the need to ensure safe working conditions of firefighters.

2 The materials and design of the special protective clothing must prevent the penetration into the interior of clothing extinguishing agents and allow the emergency removal of clothing, monitoring tank pressure breathing apparatus, receiving and transmitting information (audio, visual, or using special devices).

3 The design and materials used special protective clothing insulating type must ensure the maintenance of excess air pressure in podkostyumnom space at a level ensuring safe working conditions firefighter working in a special protective clothing insulation type.

4 Special protective clothing insulation type used in extinguishing fires at hazardous production facilities must provide protection from contact with the skin and the internal organs of human aggressive and (or) radioactive substances. Special protective clothing insulation type used in fire-fighting and rescue work in radiation hazardous facilities, in addition, must ensure the protection of vital organs from ionizing radiation. In this case, the attenuation coefficient of external radiation beta radiation with energies less than 2 MeV (source Sr90) must be not less than 150, the attenuation coefficient of external exposure to gamma radiation with an energy of 122 keV (Co57 source) – not less than 5.5.

5 Weight of special protective clothing insulation type shall be capable of safe working conditions of firefighters.

Article 121 Requirements to protection of hands, feet and head

1 Hand protection should protect man from the hands of thermal, mechanical and chemical effects to extinguish the fire and conduct rescue operations.

2 Head Protection (including helmets, helmets, balaclavas) and remedies legs should protect man from the water, mechanical, thermal and chemical effects to extinguish the fire and conduct rescue operations, as well as adverse climate impacts.

Article 122 Requirements for Drugs samospasaniya fire

Means samospasaniya fire (fire rope, belt and carbine fire fireman) must withstand a static load of at least 10 kilonewtons, allow insurance firefighters working at height and independent descent from a height of fire.

Article 123 Requirements for personal protective equipment and rescue people in case of fire

1 Personal protection and rescue citizens in case of fire should be safe evacuation or samospasaniya people. The degree of enforcement of these functions should be characterized by indicators of resistance to mechanical and unfavorable climatic influences, ergonomics and safety indicators, which are set based on the conditions that protect people from toxic combustion products, including the carbon monoxide in the evacuation of the smoke-filled rooms in the fire and rescue people with tall levels of buildings and structures.

2 The design of personal protective equipment and rescue people in case of fire should be reliable and easy to operate and to allow their use by any person without prior preparation.

3 Scope, functionality and specifications of personal protective equipment and rescue people in case of fire (before the adoption of the technical regulation) are determined by normative documents on fire safety.

Chapter 28: Requirements for fire tools and additional equipment fire

 

Article 124 Requirements for fire tools

1 Firefighter tool depending on its functional purpose is to ensure compliance with:

1) cutting jobs, lifting, moving and fixing various structures;

2) work on the penetration holes and openings, the fragmentation of structures and materials;

3) work on plugging holes in the pipes of different diameter holes in the sealing of vessels and pipelines.

2 Hand power tools must be equipped with safety devices to prevent accidental contact with moving parts of the mechanisms of the human body or clothing. Controls fire mechanized instrument must be marked with signposts, excluding ambiguous information they provide.

3 Construction Mechanized and manual fire tools must be capable of quick-change work items.

4 Design docking stations fire tool should provide a fast and reliable their connection manually without the use of keys or other plumbing tools.

5 The design fire tool should provide electrical operator during rescue operations.

Article 125 Requirements for additional fire-fighters

Additional fire-fighters (including fire lights, thermal imagers, radio beacons and sound beacons), depending on its purpose should provide lighting the fire, fires and search for people in the smoky atmosphere, marking the location of the fire and perform other types of work to extinguish the fire. The degree of enforcement of these functions should be characterized by parameters necessary to perform the rescue.

Chapter 29 requirements for fire equipment

 

Article 126 General requirements for fire equipment

Fire-fighting equipment (fire hydrants, hydrant, column, columns, pressure and suction hoses, barrels, hydroelevators and suction mesh bag branching, connection heads, hand-held fire escapes) should be capable of extinguishing agent to the fire place with the required flow rate and operating pressure, necessary to extinguish a fire in accordance with the tactics of fighting fires, as well as the penetration of the personnel of the fire brigade in the premises of buildings, structures and buildings.

Article 127 General requirements for fire hydrants and columns

1 Fire hydrants shall be installed at the external water supply networks and to supply water for fire-fighting purposes.

2 Firefighters column should allow opening (closing) of underground hydrants and fire hose connection for drawing water from water supply systems and for the purposes of its submission firefighting.

3 Mechanical force on the control column overlying units fire at the operating pressure should not exceed 150 Newtons.

Article 128 Requirements for fire hoses and coupling heads

1 Fire hoses (suction, pressure-suction and pressure) must be capable of transporting fire extinguishers to the fire place.

2 couplings should provide quick, tight and strong connection between a fire hoses and other fire equipment.

3 The strength and performance of fire hoses and coupling heads must meet the technical parameters used by fire departments of hydraulic equipment.

Article 129 Requirements for fire trunks, foam generators and penosmesitelyam

1 The design of fire barrels (manual and fire monitors) must provide:

1) the formation of a solid or gas from these sprays fire extinguishing agents (including mechanical foam and low magnification) at the outlet of the nozzle;

2) uniform distribution of fire-extinguishing agents cone spray jet torch;

3) continuously variable spray patterns from solid to spray;

4) change in flow extinguishing agents (for barrels of generic type) without interrupting their feeding;

5) the strength of the stem, sealing compounds and shut-devices at the operating pressure;

6) fixing the position of monitors at specified angles in the vertical plane;

7) the possibility of manual and remote control mechanisms rotation of monitors in horizontal and vertical planes of the hydraulic drive or electric drive.

2 Construction of foam generators should provide:

1) forming a flow of air-mechanical foam medium and high multiplicity;

2) the strength of the stem, sealing compounds and shut-devices at the operating pressure.

3 Penosmesiteli (with fixed and adjustable dosing) should ensure receipt of aqueous foam with a given concentration for a particular foam multiplicity of air-foam trunks and foam generators.

Article 130 Requirements for firefighters and fire lodgement a bag a bag ramifications

1 Fire hose headers shall provide the union of two or more streams of water at the entrance into the inlet of the fire pump . Firefighters hose headers must be equipped with check valves nakazhdom of the combined ports.

2 Firefighters hose branching should ensure distribution of the main stream of water or foam solution by working with a bag lines and adjust the flow of fire extinguishing substances in these lines. Mechanical forces on the controls overlapping devices fire hose branching at an operating pressure should not exceed 150 Newtons.

Article 131 Requirements for firefighters and fire hydroelevators Strainer

1 Fire hydroelevators must ensure withdrawal of water from open reservoirs with a difference of level of the water table and the location of the fire pump, more than the maximum suction lift, as well as removal from the premises of water spilled to extinguish the fire.

2 Firefighters suction grid should provide filtering abstracted from open reservoirs of water and prevent the entry of solid particles that can lead to malfunction of the pump. Firefighters suction grid must be fitted with non-return valves.

Article 132 Requirements for manual fire escapes

1 Hand fire escapes must provide fire protection personnel can not enter the premises and on the roofs of buildings and structures, supply in the said premises extinguishing agents and substances, as well as rescuing people from these premises, avoiding the escape route.

2 Dimensions and design of hand-held fire escapes must enable their transportation on the fire engines.

3 Mechanical strength, size and ergonomics and safety indicators manual fire ladders should provide the ability to perform tasks for the salvage of people with height levels and the rise of the required fire-technical equipment.

 

Section VI. Fire safety requirements for products of general purpose

 

Chapter 30 Fire safety requirements for substances and materials

 

Article 133 Fire Safety Requirements for information about the fire hazard of substances and materials

1 Manufacturer (supplier) shall establish the technical documentation for substances and materials containing information about the safe use of this product.

2 Technical documentation for substances and materials (including passports, specifications, production schedules) shall include information on the performance of fire hazard of substances and materials.

3 essential indicators for inclusion in the technical documentation are:

1) Gas:

a) The group of combustibility;

b) the auto-ignition temperature;

c) flammability limits;

d) the maximum explosion pressure;

d) the rate of explosion pressure rise;

2) for liquids:

a) The group of combustibility;

b) The flash point;

c) The ignition temperature;

g) ignition temperature;

d) the temperature limits of flame propagation;

3) for solids and materials (except for building

materials):

a) The group of combustibility;

b) the ignition temperature;

c) The ignition temperature;

g) ratio smoke;

d) indicator toxicity of combustion products;

4) for solid particulate matter:

a) The group of combustibility;

b) the auto-ignition temperature;

c) the maximum explosion pressure;

g) the rate of explosion pressure rise;

d) index explosion.

4 The need to include more information about fire danger defines technical writer for substances and materials.

Article 134 Fire safety requirements for the use of construction materials in buildings, structures and buildings

1 Building materials used in buildings, structures and buildings, depending on their function and fire hazard.

2 Fire safety requirements for the use of construction materials in buildings, structures and buildings are set in relation to that of the fire hazard of these materials given in Table 27 of the annex hereto.

3 The technical documentation for construction materials should contain information about the fire danger of these materials given in Table 27 of the annex hereto, as well as fire safety measures when handling them.

4 In the premises of the buildings class F5 categories A, B and B1, which are produced, used or stored flammable liquids, the floor must be made of noncombustible materials or materials flammability group G1.

5 frames ceilings indoors and escape routes should only be done from non-combustible materials.

6 Scope of decorative finishing, coating and flooring on the escape routes in buildings of different functional purpose, the number of floors and the capacity is given in Tables 28 and 29 of the annex hereto.

7 In the sleeping rooms and the ward, as well as in the premises of the buildings pre-school educational institutions subclass F1.1 is not allowed to use decorative materials and floor coverings with higher fire hazard than the class KM2.

8, the walls and ceilings of the halls for music and physical education classes in pre-school educational institutions should be made of a material class KM0.

9 In rooms for physiotherapy treatments are not permitted to use materials for walls, ceilings and suspended ceilings filled with higher fire hazard than the class KM2, and materials for the flooring with higher fire hazard than the class km3.

10 In the premises for the diagnosis is not permitted to use materials for walls, ceilings and suspended ceilings filled with higher fire hazard than the class of CMH, and materials for the flooring with higher fire hazard than the class km3.

11 In the operating and emergency rooms are not permitted to use materials for walls, ceilings and suspended ceilings filled with higher fire hazard than the class KM2, and materials for the flooring with higher fire hazard than the class km3.

12 In accommodation buildings subclass F1.2 is not permitted to use materials for walls, ceilings and suspended ceilings filled with higher fire hazard than the class KM4, and materials for the flooring with higher fire hazard than the class KM4.

13 In the dressing rooms of buildings subclass F2.1 is not permitted to use materials for walls, ceilings and suspended ceilings filled with higher fire hazard than the class KM1, and materials for the flooring with higher fire hazard than the class KM2.

14 The reading rooms are not permitted to use materials for walls, ceilings and suspended ceilings filled with higher fire hazard than the class KM2, and materials for the flooring with higher fire hazard than the class km3.

15 In the premises of libraries and archives, as well as in areas that contain service catalogs and inventories, walls and ceilings should be provided from the class materials KM0.

16 In the showrooms of the building premises subclass F2.2 is not permitted to use materials for walls, ceilings and suspended ceilings filled with higher fire hazard than the class KM2, and materials for the flooring with higher fire hazard than the class km3.

17 In the dance halls are not allowed to use materials for walls, ceilings and suspended ceilings filled with higher fire hazard than the class KM2, and materials for the flooring with higher fire hazard than the class KM2.

18. salesrooms buildings subclass F3.1 is not permitted to use materials for walls, ceilings and suspended ceilings filled with higher fire hazard than the class KM2, and materials for the flooring with higher fire hazard than the class km3.

19 In the waiting rooms of buildings subclass F3.3 decoration of walls, ceilings, filling ceilings and floor boards should be made of material of Class KM0.

In 20 treatment rooms and spaces for building diagnostics division F3.4 is not permitted to use materials for walls, ceilings and suspended ceilings filled with higher fire hazard than the class KM2, and materials for the flooring with higher fire hazard than the class km3.

Article 135: Fire safety requirements for the use of textile and leather materials to information about their fire danger

1 Textile and leather materials are used depending on the functional purpose and fire hazard buildings, structure or functionality of products, which are used for the manufacture of these materials.

2 Fire safety requirements for the use of textile and leather materials are set in relation to that of the fire hazard of these materials given in Table 30 of the annex hereto.

3 Methods for determining the resistance of materials classification features special protective clothing to open flame set normative documents on fire safety.

4 In the accompanying documents to the textile and leather materials necessary to provide information about their fire hazard and application in buildings, structures and buildings or products for various applications.

Article 136 Requirements for information about the fire safety fire protection facilities

1 Technical documentation for fire protection means shall contain information about the technical indicators characterizing the scope of their application, a fire hazard, the method of surface preparation, types and brands of soil, the method of coating the surface to be protected, drying conditions, fire-retardant effectiveness of these tools, a way to protect against adverse climatic actions, conditions and service life of flame retardants, as well as security measures during fire protection works.

2 Means of fire protection is allowed to use materials with additional cover provided by giving a decorative kind of flame-retardant layer or its resistance to adverse climate impacts. In this case, the flame retardant efficiency should be specified based on this layer.

Chapter 31 Fire safety requirements for building structures and engineering equipment of buildings and structures

 

Article 137 Fire safety requirements for building structures

1 The design of structural elements of buildings, structures, buildings should not be a cause of latent combustion propagation through the building, construction, structure.

2 Fire resistance of the attachment and joint constructions between them shall not be less than the minimum required fire abutting building elements.

3 Structural elements forming the slope of the floor in rooms of buildings, structures, buildings, functional hazard class F2, must comply with the requirements of the intermediate floors of these buildings.

4 Units crossing enclosing structures cables, conduits and other technological equipment must be fire-resistance rating not less than the required limits established for these structures.

5 Fire walls in rooms with suspended ceilings must share space above them.

6 In the space above the suspended ceiling is not allowed to provide accommodation canals and pipelines for transportation of flammable gases, dust-air mixtures of liquid and solid materials.

7 False ceilings are not allowed to provide in areas A and B categories for fire and explosion hazard and fire hazard.

Article 138 Fire safety requirements for the construction and equipment of ventilation systems, air conditioning systems and smoke protection

1 Construction of ducts and channels of supply and exhaust systems, smoke ventilation and backhaul (including ducts, sewers, pits) ventilation systems for different purposes should be fire resistant and be made of non-combustible materials. Intersection nodes enclosing structures with fire-resistant channels of ventilation systems and support structure (suspension) must have fire-resistance rating not less than that required for such channels. To seal the plug connections (including flange) designs fireproof ducts is allowed to use only non-combustible materials.

2 Fire normally open valves shall be equipped with automatic and remote-controlled actuators. The use of temperature-sensitive elements in the composition of such drives should be provided only as a duplicate. For fire normally closed valves and smoke valve actuators with the use of temperature-sensitive elements are not allowed. Density adjacent to each other designs of fire and smoke valves of various types should provide a minimum resistance dymogazopronitsaniyu.

3 Smoke hatches exhaust ventilation with a natural impulse thrust should be used to automatically and remotely operated actuators (with the possibility of duplication of thermocouples), providing traction needed to overcome the mechanical (including snow and wind) loads.

4 Exhaust fans smoke protection systems of buildings and structures should continue to operate in the propagation of high-temperature combustion products during the time required for evacuation of people (in the protection of people on the escape routes), or during the time of development and fire fighting (for the protection of people in fire-safe areas).

5 dymogazonepronitsaemye Fire doors must be fitted with seals nodes in their places of contiguity to each other, while providing the required fire resistance minimum required resistance value dymogazopronitsaniyu.

6 The anti smoky screens (blinds, curtains) must be equipped with automatic and remote-controlled actuators (no thermocouples) and are made of non-combustible materials with a working length of the release of not less than the thickness of the resulting in a fire in the room the smoke layer.

7 The actual values ​​of the parameters of ventilation, air-conditioning and smoke protection (including fire ratings and resistance dymogazopronitsaniyu) must be installed on the test results in accordance with procedures established by the normative documents on fire safety.

Article 139: Fire safety requirements for the construction and equipment of waste disposal systems

1 Trunks waste disposal systems shall be made of non-combustible materials and to provide the required fire resistance and resistance dymogazopronitsaniyu. As part of the construction waste disposal shafts are not allowed to use materials that are capable of explosive failure during a fire.

2 charging valve stems waste disposal must be carried out of non-combustible materials and to provide the minimum required value of resistance dymogazopronitsaniyu. To seal the boot valve is allowed to use materials of flammability is not lower than G2.

3 Dampers waste disposal trunks installed in the collecting chambers should be equipped with self-closing drive in case of fire.

Required fire dampers must not be less than the limits set for waste disposal trunks.

Article 140 Fire safety requirements for lifts

1 Passenger elevators with automatic doors and with a speed of 1 or more meters per second should have the operation, indicating a fire hazard, include at the signals coming from automatic fire alarm systems of the building, and does not require a download and the direction of the car on her return the main landing area, opening and holding open the car door and hoistway.

2 When you exit the elevator into the hallway, elevator hall or vestibule, does not meet the requirements for air locks type 1, Landing doors must have fire-resistance rating not less than the EI 30. When exiting the elevators in the corridor, elevator hall or vestibule, meets the requirements for air locks of type 1, and when you exit the elevator to the stairwell fire endurance Landing doors are not standardized.Conditions of accommodation of elevator shafts in volumes stairwells defined normative documents on fire safety.

3: Requirements for equipment, apparatus, fire lifts, the materials from which they are made, to control systems, alarm systems, communication and power established by this Federal Law and the federal laws on technical regulations for such facilities.

Chapter 32 Fire safety requirements for electrical products

 

Article 141 Requirements for information about the fire hazard of electrotechnical products

1 manufacturer of electrical products required to develop technical documentation containing the information necessary for the safe use of this product.

2 Technical documentation for electrical products (including passports and specifications) shall contain information on its fire hazard.

3 Indicators of fire hazard of electrotechnical products must comply with the application of electrical products.

Article 142 Fire safety requirements for electrical products

1 electrical products should not be a source of ignition and flame propagation must exclude beyond.

2 Fire safety requirements for electrical products are established on the basis of its design features and applications. Electrical products should be applied in accordance with the technical documentation, defining its safe operation.

3 Parts of the structure used in electrical products, should be resistant to flame, incandescent elements, electric arc heating in contact joints and conductive bridges.

4 Electrical products must be resistant to the emergence and spread of combustion in emergency modes (short circuit, overload).

5 Ingress protection of electrical products from the combustion propagation beyond the shell shall be determined scope of products.

6 Protection devices must disconnect the electrical circuit portion from the power supply in case of emergency operation before the deck.

Article 143 Fire safety requirements for electrical equipment

1 Electrical equipment should be resistant to the emergence and spread of combustion.

2 The probability of a fire in the electrical system shall not exceed one million a year.

3 The probability of a fire is not determined if there is evidence of conformity of electrical products with fire safety requirements for resistance to flame, incandescent elements, electric arc heating in contact joints and conductive bridges, taking into account the application of electrical products, part of the electrical equipment.

4 Electrical equipment fire protection systems should continue to operate in a fire during the time required to complete the evacuation of people to safe place.

 

Section VII. Conformity assessment of protection objects (products) requirements for fire safety

 

Chapter 33 Evaluation of conformity protection objects (products) requirements for fire safety

 

Article 144 Forms of conformity assessment of protection objects (products) requirements for fire safety

1 Conformity Assessment protection objects (products) organizations engaged in conformity assessment processes of design, manufacture, construction, installation, commissioning, operation, storage, transportation, marketing and utilization, fire safety requirements established by federal law on technical regulations, statutory instruments fire safety, and the conditions of the contracts carried out in the forms of:

1) accreditation;

2) independent fire risk assessment (audit fire safety);

3) the state fire supervision;

4) The declaration of fire safety;

5) (tests);

6) protection of objects of conformity (of products);

7) Acceptance and commissioning of protection (products), as well as fire safety systems;

8) production control;

9) examination.

2 Procedure of conformity assessment of protection objects (products) to the established requirements for fire safety by an independent fire risk assessment is established by normative legal acts of the Russian Federation.

Article 145 Confirmation of the protection objects (products) requirements for fire safety

1 Confirmation of the protection objects (products) requirements for fire safety in the Russian Federation is carried out on a voluntary or mandatory basis, established by the legislation of the Russian Federation.

2 Voluntary conformity assurance of protection objects (products) fire safety requirements shall take the form of voluntary certification.

3 Mandatory confirmation of compliance protection objects (products) with the requirements of this Federal Law shall take the form of declaration of conformity or in the form of mandatory certification.

4 mandatory conformity with fire safety requirements are subject to security objects (products) and general-purpose fire fighting equipment, fire safety requirements which are established by this Federal Law and (or) the federal law on technical regulations containing requirements for certain types of products.

5 Declaration of conformity of products with the requirements of this Federal Law may be a legal entity or natural person registered as a sole trader in the territory of the Russian Federation in accordance with the legislation of the Russian Federation, which are manufacturers (sellers) products, or a legal entity or natural person registered in as a private entrepreneur in the Russian Federation in accordance with the legislation of the Russian Federation, performed under the functions of the foreign manufacturer (seller) to ensure compliance of the delivered products with the requirements hereof, as well as responsible for the violation of these requirements.

6 Confirmation of the protection objects (products) fire safety requirements in the form of declaration of a third party shall be conducted only organizations accredited to conduct such work.

7 products, compliance with fire safety which is confirmed in accordance with this federal law, marked with a market. If a product are requirements of different technical regulations, the sign of market access is affixed only after the confirmation of conformity of the product with the relevant technical regulations.

8 with a market used by manufacturers (sellers) on the basis of a certificate of conformity or a declaration of conformity. Mark of market affixed to products and (or) on the package (container), as well as in the accompanying technical documentation supplied to the consumer in the implementation.

Article 146 Schemes confirm product compliance with fire safety

1 Verification of conformity to the requirements of fire safety is carried out according to the schemes of mandatory conformity requirements for fire safety (hereinafter – the scheme), each of which is a complete set of operations and the conditions for their implementation.Schemes may include one or more operations, the results of which are needed to confirm the conformity of production.

2 Verification of conformity to the requirements hereof is held under the following schemes:

1) for serial production:

a) declaration of conformity of the applicant on the basis of their own evidence (Scheme 1e);

b) declaration of conformity the manufacturer (seller) based on their own evidence, and sample testing of products in an accredited testing laboratory (Scheme 2d);

c) the declaration of conformity the manufacturer (seller) based on their own evidence, sample testing of products by accredited testing laboratories and certification of the quality system in relation to the production of products (Scheme 3d);

d) certification of products based on the analysis of the production and testing of a typical sample of the product by an accredited test laboratory (Scheme 2c);

d) certification of products based on sample testing of products in an accredited testing laboratory, followed by inspection control (Scheme 3c);

e) certification of products based on the analysis of the production and testing of a standard sample products by accredited testing laboratory, followed by inspection control (Scheme 4c);

g) the certification of products based on sample testing of products by accredited testing laboratories and certification of the quality system, followed by an inspection control (Scheme 5c);

2) for a limited batch of products:

a) declaration of the manufacturer (seller) based on their own evidence, testing by an accredited testing laboratory samples from a representative sample of a lot of products (Scheme 5d);

b) certification of a lot of products on the basis of a representative sample of test samples from that batch in an accredited testing laboratory (Scheme 6c);

c) certification of units based on a unit of production tests in an accredited testing laboratory (Scheme 7c).

3 A representative sample of specimens for testing to confirm product compliance with fire safety is determined in accordance with the legislation of the Russian Federation.

4 Scheme 1d and 5d are used to confirm product compliance with the fire safety of substances and materials, with the exception of:

1), building materials;

2) finishing materials for railway rolling stock and underground;

3) flame retardants and fire extinguishing agents.

5 Scheme 2D and 3D applied at the choice of the manufacturer (seller) to verify compliance with fire safety requirements:

1) gas fire extinguishing compositions, except nitrogen, argon, carbon dioxide content of the basic substance listed in the gas more than 95 percent;

2) The primary means of fire, with the exception of fire extinguishers;

3) fire tools;

4) fire-fighting equipment, with the exception of fire barrels, foam generators and penosmesiteley;

5) building materials are not used for finishing evacuation routes directly to the outside or to a safe area;

6) textile and leather materials used for the manufacture of blinds, curtains, bedding, upholstered furniture items;

7) special protective clothing;

8) carpet;

9) channels of engineering systems, smoke protection.

6 Scheme 3d is used for confirmation of compliance of mobile fire fighting equipment fire safety requirements.

7 Scheme 2c, 3c, 4c, 5c and 6c are applied at the choice of the applicant to demonstrate compliance with fire safety requirements:

1) portable and mobile fire extinguishers;

2) fire barrels, foam generators, penosmesiteley;

3) PPE in case of fire;

4) means of escape in case of fire;

5) equipment and products for the rescue people in case of fire;

6) additional equipment fire;

7) powder extinguishing agents, blowing agents for extinguishing fires;

8) means automatic fire fighting;

9) devices protect electrical circuits;

10) of building materials used for finishing evacuation routes directly to the outside or to a safe area;

11) finishing materials for railway rolling stock and underground;

12) means of fire protection;

13) fire-resistant building structures, including their fillings in fire barriers, cable penetrations, cable ducts, channels and pipes made of polymer materials for cables, cable glands;

14) engineering equipment smoke protection systems, with the exception of channels of engineering systems;

15) Landing doors;

16) Fire resistance and explosion-proof equipment, including electrical cables;

17) elements of automatic fire extinguishers.

8 Scheme 3c is applicable only if the certification previously certified products after the expiry of the certificate.

9 Scheme 7c used to confirm product compliance with fire safety in case there is no possibility of a representative sample of samples for testing.

10 At the request of the applicant’s proof of product compliance with fire safety by the declaration can be replaced by the mandatory certification.

11 of the declaration of conformity with fire safety requirements established for a period not exceeding 5 years.

12 Declaration of conformity of products with the requirements of fire safety is carried out in accordance with the legislation of the Russian Federation.

13 If the federal laws of the relevant technical regulations envisaged certification scheme for a specific product, different from the schemes established by the present Federal Law, proof of product compliance with fire safety is carried out according to the scheme, which provides the most complete control and objectivity of research, testing and measurement, including Rules for sampling.

Article 147 Procedure for Certification

1 Certification of products is carried out by bodies accredited in accordance with the procedure established by the Government of the Russian Federation, and the additional requirements set out in Article 148 hereof.

2 Certification includes:

1) supply the manufacturer (seller) application for certification and consideration of submissions by an accredited certification body;

2) adoption of an accredited certification body decision on the application for certification, stating its scheme;

3) an assessment of product compliance with fire safety;

4) the issuance of an accredited certification body of a certificate or a reasoned refusal to issue a certificate;

5) Implementation of accredited certification body surveillance of certified products, if it is provided by the certification scheme;

6) Implementation of the manufacturer (seller) corrective actions in identifying non-compliance with fire safety products and incorrect use of the mark of the market.

3 The procedure for conformity assessment of products with the requirements hereof includes:

1) the selection and identification of product samples;

2) evaluation of production or the quality system certification (production), if it is provided by the certification scheme;

3) testing of product samples to an accredited testing laboratory;

4) examination of the documents submitted by the manufacturer (seller) (including technical documentation, documentation of quality, opinions, certificates and test reports) in order to determine whether the recognition of product compliance with fire safety;

5) analysis of the results and a decision on the possibility of issuing a certificate.

4 The applicant may apply to the application for certification in any accredited certification body, has the right to conduct such operations.

5 The application for certification is made by the applicant in Russian, and must contain:

1) The name and address of the applicant;

2) the name and address of the manufacturer (seller);

3) information about products and identifying its attributes (name, code for National Classification of products or code of imported products in accordance with the Commodity nomenclature of foreign economic activity, used in the Russian Federation), the technical description of the product, the instructions for its use (operation) and other technical documentation describing the product, as well as the declared amount (mass production, batch or unit of production);

4) an indication of the regulations on fire safety;

5) a certification scheme;

6) the obligation of the applicant on the implementation of the rules and conditions of certification.

6 Authorized body performing certification within 30 days from the date of filing of the application for certification sends the applicant a positive or negative decision on his application.

7 A negative decision on the application for certification shall contain a reasoned refusal to conduct certification.

8 A positive decision on the application for certification must include the basic conditions of certification, including information on:

1) on the certification scheme;

2) of the regulations under which the certification is product compliance with fire safety;

3) an organization that will analyze the state of production, if it is provided by the certification scheme;

4) on the procedure for the selection of product samples;

5) Procedures for testing of product samples;

6) on the procedure for evaluating the stability of the conditions of production;

7) how to measure product compliance with fire safety;

8) the need to provide additional documents confirming the safety of the product.

9 Verification of conformity to the requirements of this federal law includes, if it is provided by the certification scheme:

1) selection of test samples and test specimens;

2) identification of the product;

3) testing of production samples to an accredited testing laboratory;

4) evaluate the stability of the conditions of production;

5) an analysis of the documents.

10 Sampling of products (test samples and test specimens) carried out in accordance with the requirements established by the legislation of the Russian Federation.

11 is allowed to be used as a control product samples subjected to certification tests, if their identification signs and indicators as verified during certification, remained unchanged.

12 samples of products selected for testing and as a control, to be in design, composition and manufacturing techniques are identical products supplied to the consumer (customer).

13 The applicant (manufacturer, seller) applied to the sample documents confirming the acceptance of products by the manufacturer (seller) and its regulatory compliance, which produced products (or copies thereof), as well as the necessary technical documents, the specifics of which are given in the decision of an accredited certification body on the application for certification.

14 After sampling must be taken to protect against substitution patterns or errors in their identification.

15 control samples shall be retained for the period of validity of the certificate.

16 The identification was carried out as in the selection of the samples and the test products to certify that the submitted samples really relate to the certified products.

17 Identification consists in comparing the main characteristics of the samples of products specified in the application for certification of products and technical (supporting) documentation on it, and the marked characteristics of the sample, packaging (containers), and in the accompanying documents.

18. party certification of products is further checked against the actual amount of its claimed amount.

19 The results of the identification in the tests are recorded in the test report (test report).

20 tests for certification are carried out by order of the accredited certification body.

21 Tests conducted testing laboratories to be accredited for conducting work.

22 In the absence of a test laboratory accredited for technical competence and independence, or its large distance, complicating transportation of samples, increasing the cost of the tests and the extension of the time frame permitted testing for certification testing laboratories accredited only for technical competence, independent of manufacturer or user of the certified products. These tests are conducted under the supervision of representatives of accredited certification body. Objectivity of these tests, along with the testing laboratory provides accredited certification body, instructing them to conduct the testing laboratory.

23 According to the results of tests testing laboratories style test reports and transmit them to the accredited certification body. Copies of test reports shall be kept in the test laboratory for life (life) certified products, but not less than 3 years after the expiration of licenses issued on the basis of their certificates or decisions not to issue certificates.

24 test report (test report) must contain the following information:

1) identification of the test report (test report), a serial number and the numbering of each page of the protocol, as well as the total number of pages;

2) data on the test of the test;

3) information on the accredited certification body, charged with carrying out the test;

4) identification information provided on product testing, including the manufacturing of products;

5) the basis for the test;

6) A description of the program and methods of test or reference to the standard test methods;

7) information on the sampling;

8) the test conditions;

9) information about the used test equipment and test equipment;

10) verifiable indicators and requirements, information on regulations containing such requirements;

11) The actual values ​​of the samples tested, including the interim, according to the required evaluation criteria and indicating the estimated or actual measurement error;

12) information on the tests carried out by another testing laboratory;

13) the date of issue of the test report (test report).

25 test report (test report) must be signed by all persons responsible for their conduct, approved by management accredited certification body and sealed by the testing laboratory. To the test report (test report) is attached act of sampling with all annexes.

26 test report (test report) should include the necessary amount of information available to obtain similar results in the case of re-testing. If the result of any test is a qualitative assessment of conformity with the requirement in the test (test report) provides information on the basis of which the result is obtained.

27 are not allowed corrections and changes in the text of the test report (test report) after its release.

28 should not be placed in the test (test report) overall ratings, recommendations and advice on remedial or improvement of the tested products.

29 test report (test report) applies only to the samples tested.

30 Analysis of the production is carried out in order to establish the necessary conditions for the manufacture of products with stable performance, with verifiable certification.

31 Evaluation of the stability conditions of production must be carried out not earlier than 12 months before the date of issue of the certificate on the basis of the analysis of the production (scheme 2c and 4c) or certification of production or production quality system (Scheme 5c).

32 The basis for the analysis of the production decision is an accredited certification body. Accredited certification body may entrust the check the status of the production organization with a staff of experts in the certification of the product or expert certification of quality systems and production. In this case, issued a written instruction informed accredited certification body.

33 In analyzing the state of production must be checked:

1) processes;

2) technical documentation;

3) the means of technological equipment;

4) technological regimes;

5) management of technological equipment;

6) management of metrology equipment;

7) Testing and measurement techniques;

8) Procedures for the control of raw materials and components;

9) the procedure for production control in the process of its manufacture;

10) Control of nonconforming product;

11) procedure for handling complaints.

34 The deficiencies identified during the audit, are classified as essential or non-essential non-compliance.

35 Significant discrepancies are:

1) lack of regulatory and technical documentation for the products;

2) lack of description of the operations indicating the means of technological equipment, points of order and control;

3) the lack of the necessary means of technical equipment and tools for monitoring and testing;

4) the use of controls and tests that have not been metrological control in the prescribed manner and in a timely manner;

5) The lack of documented control procedures to ensure the stability of the product characteristics, or their failure.

36 The presence of significant discrepancies indicates a poor state of production.

37 In the presence of one or more material inconsistencies organization must conduct corrective action within the time agreed with the accredited certification body.

38 Minor remarks should be removed not later than the date of the next inspection control.

39 The audit shall be drawn up on the results of the analysis of the production of certified products. The act shall contain:

1) The results of the audit;

2) additional materials used in the analysis of the state of production of certified products;

3) an overall assessment of the state of production;

4) The need for and timing of the corrective action.

40 Act on the results of the analysis of the production of certified products stored by an accredited certification body, and a copy sent to the applicant (manufacturer, seller).

41 Decision on the confidentiality of information obtained during the inspection, the inspecting organization.

42 Accredited certification body takes into account the results of the analysis of the production, along with the test report (test report) when deciding on the possibilities and conditions for issuing the certificate.

43 Accredited certification body after an analysis of the test report (test report), the results of the analysis of the production (if it is established by the certification scheme), and other documents of compliance with fire safety products is preparing a decision on granting (refusal to issue) certificate.

44 On the basis of the decision to issue the certificate of compliance with fire safety requirements accredited certification body draws up a certificate, registers it in a single register in the prescribed manner and shall provide the applicant (manufacturer, seller). The certificate is valid only if the serial number.

45 In case of negative results of the evaluation of the Product Conformity accredited certification body shall issue a decision to refuse to issue a certificate stating the reasons.

46 Certificate of conformity to the requirements hereof shall be in accordance with the legislation of the Russian Federation.

47 Certificate of conformity with fire safety requirements may have an application that contains a list of specific kinds and types of products for which it is applied.

48 For serial production, the validity of certificate of compliance with fire safety requirements set for the scheme:

1) 2c – not more than one year;

2) 3c – not more than 3 years;

3) 4c and 5c, – not more than 5 years.

49. products produced singly or in batches (circuit 6c and 7c), the validity of an issued certificate of conformity with fire safety requirements set until the expiration date (service) of these products, for which the manufacturer in accordance with the legislation of the Russian Federation is committed to providing consumers the opportunity to use of the product for its intended purpose. After this period the product can no longer satisfy the requirements for fire safety. If such a period is not installed by the manufacturer, the validity of the certificate is 1 year.

50 For the products sold by the manufacturer during the period of validity of the certificate on the serial products (serial production), the certificate is valid after delivery, the sale until the expiration date (the service), during which the manufacturer in accordance with the legislation of the Russian Federation is committed to providing consumers the opportunity to use of the product for its intended purpose. If the term of the manufacturer is not established, then this product certificate is valid for 1 year after the date of its expiration. During the same terms and valid certificate for the shipment of goods.

51 Upon expiration of the certificate serial products certified under schemes 4c and 5c, the validity of the certificate for the same products can be extended by the accredited certification body, conducted the previous certification, based on the positive results of the inspection control of the product and protocol test (test report) carried out taking into account the previous trials on an abbreviated program. For the renewal of the certificate of conformity shall send to the applicant an accredited certification body request to extend the period of validity of the certificate of conformity containing the statement that since the inspection control changes in the formulation and manufacturing process of the certified product, affecting its security, contributed. To request must be accompanied by the original previously issued certificate of conformity.

52 When you make changes to the design (composition) of products or the technology of its production, the manufacturer shall notify the accredited certification body that issued the certificate. Accredited certification body decides on the distribution of the certificate on the upgraded product or the need for further tests or additional assessment of the production of these products.

53 Inspection control of the certified products carry the accredited certification bodies, holds her certification, if necessary with the assistance of representatives of the testing laboratory performing the tests. Inspection control is carried out in the form of periodic and unscheduled inspections, provides information on certified products in the form of test results and analysis of the production, on the observance of the rules and conditions of the certificate and the mark of market in order to confirm that the products for the duration of the certificate continues comply with fire safety requirements.

54 Inspection control of certified products is carried out at the term of the certificate is more than 1 year:

1) no more than once during the period of the certificate issued for up to 2 years inclusive;

2) at least two times during the term of the certificate issued for a period of 2 to 4 years inclusive;

3) at least three times over the period of validity of the certificate issued for more than 4 years.

55 The criteria for determining the frequency and scope of surveillance to the degree of the potential dangers of products, the results of the certification of products, production stability, the volume of production, the availability of certified quality system of production and cost of surveillance.

56 The volume, frequency, content and procedure of inspection control established in the decision-accredited certification body to issue a certificate.

57 Unscheduled inspection control is carried out in the event of information about the claims to the safety of products from consumers, trade organizations, as well as the bodies exercising public or state control over the quality of the products to which the certificate was issued.

Inspection control 58 usually includes:

1) analysis of materials certification of products;

2) analysis of the incoming information about certified products;

3) verification of compliance documents for certified products to the requirements hereof;

4) the selection and identification of samples, testing samples and the analysis of the results;

5) check the state of production, if it is provided by the certification scheme;

6) analysis of the results and the decisions taken on the results of monitoring;

7) Verification of corrective measures to eliminate the previously identified non-compliances;

8) checking the sign labeling of products on the market;

9) Analysis of claims for certified products.

59 The content, scope and application of the tests during the inspection control determines the accredited certification body for the inspection.

60 As the test results confirming the conformity of production shall be allowed the use of the protocols of periodic tests conducted or organized by the manufacturer, as well as tests conducted or organized by the manufacturer in the presence of the accredited certification body for the program developed by him and subject to the conditions necessary for ensure the reliability of results.

61 In the case of negative results when tested by the manufacturer or organized in the presence of an accredited certification body, should be held re-testing of samples re-accredited testing laboratory. Results of repeated tests are final and apply to all certified products.

62 Inspection Test products certified in accordance with the scheme of Sc, conducted by accredited testing laboratories.

63 unscheduled inspection of the production is carried out in the presence of information about violations of this Federal Law.

64 The results of the inspection control executed act of inspection control.

65 The act of inspection control, it is concluded based on regulation requirements hereof, the stability of their performance and the possibility of maintaining the issued certificate or suspension (of withdrawal) of the certificate.

66 In carrying out corrective actions accredited certification body:

1) suspend the certificate of conformity to the requirements hereof;

2) inform the authorities in the prescribed manner of state control (supervision) the suspension or termination of the certificate of compliance with the requirements hereof;

3) establishes a deadline for the manufacturer (seller) of corrective actions;

4) monitors the implementation of the manufacturer (seller) corrective action.

67 Once the corrective actions implemented and their results are satisfactory, the accredited certification body renews the certificate.

68 In case of default by the manufacturer (vendor) or corrective action in case of inefficiency accredited certification body terminates the certificate and provides the holder of the certificate decision on cancellation of the certificate.

69 Reasons to consider the termination of the certificate may be:

1) a change in the structure (composition) and completeness of the product;

2) changes in the organization and (or) production technology;

3) change (default) technology requirements, methods of inspection and testing, quality assurance systems;

4) reports of public authorities or associations of consumers on product nonconformity controlled with certification;

5) material inquiries on fires, the results of inspections conducted by the state fire inspection and other oversight bodies;

6) the negative results of surveillance of certified products;

7) refusal of or failure to provide the possibility of surveillance of certified products in the terms established by an accredited certification body;

8) the reorganization of the legal entity, including transformation (change of the legal form).

70 If by the corrective actions agreed with accredited certification body, the manufacturer (seller) can eliminate the root cause discovered products to the requirements of this Federal Law and to confirm the removal of this non-compliance without re-testing by accredited testing laboratory, the certificate is suspended. If the manufacturer (seller) can not eliminate the causes of non-compliance of products with the requirements hereof, the certificate ceases. The certificate is removed from a single registry, the manufacturer (seller) must return the certificate to the accredited certification body that issued the certificate.

71 If an accredited certification body shall decide on the suspension of the certificate, he points out in the decision of the identified deficiencies and sets deadlines for their elimination.

72 Termination and withdrawal of the certificate are issued decision accredited certification body.

73 The decision of the suspension or the termination of the certificate given against receipt or sent by mail to the manufacturer (seller) for 7 days.

74 Resubmission of the product certification is carried out in a general manner.

Article 148 Additional requirements to be considered for accreditation of certification bodies, testing laboratories (centers)

1 The organization claims to be accredited as a testing laboratory, provides certification, must be equipped with its own equipment, measuring instruments, and supplies (chemicals or other substances) for proper testing. Test equipment, measuring instruments must meet the requirements established by the legislation of the Russian Federation, the measurement technique must meet the regulatory requirements for test methods.

Using a testing laboratory test equipment and measuring instruments, not belonging to this test laboratory is permitted if:

1) use expensive equipment or equipment which has no widespread or requiring regular skilled care;

2) equipment testing laboratory used irregularly. The scope of work performed by such equipment shall not exceed 10 per cent of the work carried out during the year;

3) own equipment testing laboratory during testing temporarily malfunctioning or is under passage through the certification or inspection.

2 The equipment must be taken into account in the relevant documents the laboratory in accordance with the rules of accreditation, and the laboratory must have written consent of the owner of the equipment (rental agreement, a cooperation agreement and other documents) to provide it to the test at the right time, as well as providing its suitability for the purpose and the ability to control his condition.

3 equipment and measuring instruments that do not belong testing laboratory may be used only under the condition that such equipment is certified and tested means of measurements in the prescribed manner.

4 The organization, which claims to be accredited as a certification body for compliance with the requirements hereof, may be accredited if a part of this organization has an accredited laboratory with a similar scope of accreditation.

Article 149 Features conformity substances and materials requirements for fire safety

Demonstration of compliance with substances and materials requirements hereof is held by their declaration of conformity or mandatory certification with mandatory application of the test report indicating the values ​​of the indicators established by the present Federal Law, the documents proving the conformity of substances and materials.

Article 150 Features acknowledgment of conformity of fire protection

1 Confirmation of the means of fire protection is in the form of certification.

2 For the certification applicant shall submit to an accredited certification body accompanying documents, which should be given the basic parameters, scope and manner of use of fire protection.

3 Test reports testing laboratories shall contain the values ​​of indicators characterizing the flame retardant effectiveness of fire protection, including various options for their use as described in the accompanying documents.

4 The certificate in the “Name”, provided a blank certificate should contain the following special features means of fire protection:

1) the name means fire protection;

2) the value of fireproof efficiency set for testing;

3) the types, brands, thickness of the layers of ground, weather-resistant decorative or coatings used in combination with the data means of fire protection when the certification tests;

4) the thickness of the fire-retardant coating means of fire protection for the installed fire-resistance rating.

5 Marking means of fire protection to be applied by manufacturers for the products may contain only the information that confirmed upon certification.

 

Section VIII. Final Provisions

 

Chapter 34 Final Provisions

 

Article 151 Final Provisions

1 From the date of entry into force of this Federal Law, before the coming into force of the relevant technical regulations, the requirements to protected objects (products), production, operation, storage, transportation, sale and disposal (decommissioning), established by normative legal acts of the Russian Federation and regulations of the federal bodies of executive power shall be enforceable to the extent not inconsistent with the requirements hereof.

2 Prior to the coming into force of the relevant technical regulations scheme declaration of compliance with fire safety requirements of products based on their own evidence used for the production of general purpose only manufacturers or legal persons performing the functions of the foreign manufacturer.

3 Accreditation documents issued in accordance with established procedure bodies operating certification, testing laboratories (centers) to the date of entry into force of this Federal Law, as well as documents confirming the compliance of products with the fire safety requirements adopted before the entry into force of this Federal Law considered valid until the expiry of the period in which.

Article 152 Entry into force of this Federal Law

This Federal Law shall enter into force on the expiry of nine months from the date of its official publication.

 

Russian President Dmitry Medvedev

 

The Kremlin, Moscow

July 22, 2008

N 123-FZ

 

Appendix

to the Federal Law
“Technical regulations for
fire safety requirements “

Table 1

List of indicators necessary to assess fire hazard of substances and materials, depending on their state of aggregation

Fire danger

Substances and materials in a different state of aggregation

Dust

gaseous

liquid

solid

Maximum experimental safe gap millimeter

+

+

-

+

Release of toxic combustion products from a unit mass of fuel, kilogram per kilogram

+

+

-

Flammability group

-

-

+

-

Flammability

+

+

+

+

Group of flame propagation

-

-

+

-

Coefficient of smoke, a square meter per kilogram

-

+

+

-

Emissivity of the flame

+

+

+

+

Index pozharovzryvoopasnosti, pascal per meter per second

-

-

-

+

Flame Spread Index

-

-

+

-

Oxygen index, volume percent

-

-

+

-

Flammability limits (ignition) in gases and vapors, volume percent, dusts, kilogram per cubic meter

+

+

-

+

Concentration limit of diffusion combustion of gaseous mixtures in air, volume percent

+

+

-

-

Critical surface heat flux, watts per square meter

-

+

+

-

The linear velocity of propagation of the flame, meters per second

-

-

+

-

The maximum speed of propagation of the flame along the surface of a flammable liquid, meters per second

-

+

-

-

Maximum explosion pressure, Pa

+

+

-

+

Minimum phlegmatizing gas concentration phlegmatizer volume percent

+

+

-

+

The minimum ignition energy, the joule

+

+

-

+

Minimum oxygen content of the explosive, volumetric percentages

+

+

-

+

Lowest Operating calorific value, kilojoule per kilogram

+

+

+

-

Normal flame propagation velocity, meters per second

+

+

-

-

Toxicity index of the products of combustion, grams per cubic meter

+

+

+

+

The oxygen consumption per unit weight of fuel kilogram per kilogram

-

+

+

-

Speed ​​limit disruption of the diffusion flame meter per second

+

+

-

-

Rate of pressure rise explosion megapascals per second

+

+

-

+

The ability to burn in contact with water, oxygen, air and other substances

+

+

+

+

The ability to ignite the adiabatic compression

+

+

-

-

The ability to spontaneous combustion

-

-

+

+

Ability to exothermic decomposition

+

+

+

+

Ignition temperature, degrees Celsius

-

+

+

+

Flashpoint degree Celsius

-

+

-

-

Auto-ignition temperature, degrees Celsius

+

+

+

+

Temperature decay, degrees Celsius

-

-

+

+

Temperature limits of flame propagation (ignition), degrees Celsius

-

 +

-

-

The mass burning rate, pounds per second per square meter

-

+

+

-

Calorific value, joule per kilogram

+

+

+

+

 

Notes:

1 “+” sign indicates that the indicator should be used.

2 “-” sign indicates that the index is not applicable.

Table 2

Classification of combustible materials meaningfully indicator toxicity of combustion products

Hazard Class

Toxicity index of the products of combustion, depending on the time of exposure

5 minutes

15 minutes

30 minutes

60 minutes

Low hazard

more than 210

more than 150

more than 120

90

Moderately hazardous

more than 70 but not more than 210

more than 50 but not more than 150

more than 40 but not more than 120

more than 30 but not more than 90

Highly dangerous

more than 25 but not more than 70

more than 17 but not more than 50

more than 13 but not more than 40

more than 10 but not more than 30

Extremely hazardous

not exceeding 25

not more than 17

not exceeding 13

less than 10

Table 3

Classes of fire hazard of building materials

Fire hazard properties of building materials

Fire hazard class of construction materials, depending on the groups

KM0

KM1

KM2

KM3

KM4

Km5

Flammability

NG

G1

G1

T2

T2

T4

Ignition characteristics, combustibleness

-

B1

B1

B2

B2

B3

surface spread of flame

-

D1

D3 +

D3

D3

D3

Toxicity of the products of combustion

-

T1

T2

T2

T3

T4

Surface Spread of Flame for flooring

-

WP1

WP1

WP1

WP2

WP4

 

Note.

A “+” indicates that the material is allowed to assign class KM2 with a coefficient of smoke. **

Table 4

Degree of protection Flameproof electrical equipment against solid foreign objects

The first digit

Brief description of the degree of protection

0

no protection

1

protected against solid foreign objects with a diameter of 50 millimeters or more

2

protected against solid foreign objects with a diameter of 12.5 mm and a

3

protected against solid foreign objects with a diameter of 2.5 mm or more

4

protected from external hard objects and a diameter of 1 mm

5

pylezaschischeno; protected against the ingress of dust in an amount that disrupt the normal operation of the equipment and reduces its security

6

Dust-tight; protected against the ingress of dust

Table 5

Degree of protection Flameproof electrical equipment against the ingress of water

The second digit

Brief description of the degree of protection

0

no protection

1

protected against vertically falling water drops

2

protected against vertically falling water drops when the shell is deflected through an angle less than 15 degrees

3

protected against water falling as rain at an angle of 60 degrees

4

protected against splashing water from any direction

5

protected from the water spray nozzle with an inner diameter of 6.3 millimeters

b

protected from the water spray nozzle with an inner diameter of 12.5 millimeters

7

protected against the effect of immersion in water no more than 30 minutes

8

protected from the effects of immersion in water for more than 30 minutes

Table 6

Procedure for determining the class of fire hazard of building structures

Fire hazard class structures

Permissible size of structural damage, centimeters

Availability

Allowable characteristics of fire damage to material +

thermal effect

combustion

Group

vertical

horizontal

Flammability

Flammability

smoke-forming ability

K0

0

0

no

no

no

no

no

K1

less than 40

not exceeding 25

not regulated

no

no higher than T2 +

no higher than B2 +

no higher than D2 +

K2

more than 40 but not more than 80

more than 25 but not more than 50

not regulated

no

no higher than T3 +

no higher than B3 +

no higher than D2 +

K3

not regulated

 

Note.

A “+” indicates that in the absence of the thermal effect is not regulated.

Table 7

Water flow from the water supply system on the external fire fighting in settlements

The number of inhabitants in a settlement of thousands of people

Estimated number of simultaneous fires

Water flow for fire fighting outside a settlement on one fire, liters per second

Construction of the building height no more than 2 levels, regardless of their degree of fire resistance

Building height of 3 buildings and floors, regardless of their degree of fire resistance

Not more than 1

1

5

10

Bolee 1 but no greater than 5

1

10

10

More than 5 but not more than 10

1

10

15

More than 10 but not more than 25

2

10

15

More than 25 but not more than 50

2

20

25

More than 50 but not more than 100

2

25

35

More than 100 but not more than 200

3

not standardized

40

More than 200 but not more than 300

3

not standardized

55

More than 300 but not more than 400

3

not standardized

70

More than 400 but not more than 500

3

not standardized

80

More than 500 but not more than 600

3

not standardized

85

More than 600 but not more than 700

3

not standardized

90

More than 700 but not more than 800

3

not standardized

95

More than 800 but not more than 1000

3

not standardized

100

More than 1000

5

not standardized

110

Table 8

Water flow for fire fighting outside of residential and public buildings

Name of Building

Water flow for fire fighting outside of residential and public buildings, regardless of their degree of fire resistance for one fire, liters per second, with a volume of buildings, thousands of cubic meters

no more than one thousand cubic meters

more than one thousand, but not more than 5000 cubic meters

more than 5,000 but not more than 25 thousand cubic meters

more than 25,000 but not more than 50 thousand cubic meters

more than 50,000 but not more than 150,000 cubic meters

Residential buildings single-section and multi-section with the number of floors:
less than 2

10

10

-

-

-

more than 2 but not more than 12

10

15

15

20

-

more than 12 but not more than 16

-

-

20

25

-

more than 16 but not more than 25

-

-

-

25

30

Public buildings with the number of floors:
less than 2

10

10

15

-

-

more than 2 but not more than b

10

15

20

25

30

more than 6 but less than 12

-

-

25

30

35

more than 12 but not more than 16

-

-

-

30

35

Table 9

Water consumption for external fire fighting production facilities and warehouse buildings

The degree of fire resistance of buildings

Category premises on fire and explosion hazard and fire hazard

Water flow for fire fighting outside of industrial buildings with lanterns and lights without a width not exceeding 60 meters on one fire, liters per second, with a volume of buildings, thousands of cubic meters

not more than 3 million cubic meters

more than 3 million, but not more than 5000 cubic meters

more than 5000 but not more than 20 thousand cubic meters

more than 20,000 but not more than 50 thousand cubic meters

more than 50,000 but not more than 200,000 cubic meters

more than 200,000 but less than 400,000 cubic meters

more than 400 million, but not more than 600 thousand cubic meters

I and II

D, E

10

10

10

10

15

20

25

I and II

A, B, C

10

10

15

20

30

35

-

III

D, E

10

10

15

25

35

-

-

III

In

10

15

20

30

40

-

-

IV and V

D, E

10

15

20

30

-

-

-

IV and V

In

15

20

25

40

-

-

-

TABLE 10

Water consumption for external fire fighting production facilities and warehouse buildings

The degree of fire resistance of buildings

Category premises Explosion and fire hazard

Water flow for fire fighting outside of industrial buildings without lights width of 60 meters or more in the one fire, liters per second, with a volume of buildings, thousands of cubic meters

not more than 50 thousand cubic meters

more than 50,000 but not more than 100,000 cubic meters

more than 100,000 but less than 200,000 cubic meters

more than 200 million, but not more than 300,000 cubic meters

more than 300 million, but not more than 400,000 cubic meters

more than 400,000 but less than 500,000 cubic meters

more than 500,000 but less than 600,000 cubic meters

more than 600 million, but not more than 700,000 cubic meters

more than 700,000 but less than 800,000 cubic meters

I and II

A, B, C

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

I and II

D, E

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

TABLE 11

Fire safety distance between the buildings and structures, depending on the degree of fire resistance and structural class of fire hazard

The fire resistance of the building

Class of structural fire hazard

Minimum distance for the fire resistance and structural fire danger class of buildings and structures, meters

I, II, III C0

II, III, IV C1

IV, V C2, C3

I, II, III

C0

b

8

10

II, III, IV

C1

8

10

12

IV, V

C2, C3

10

12

15

TABLE 12

Fire safety distance from buildings, structures and buildings in the warehouses of oil and petroleum products to neighboring facilities to protect them

Name objects bordering with buildings with structures and buildings with warehouses of oil and petroleum products

Fire safety distance from buildings and structures warehouses of oil and petroleum products to neighboring objects in their categories warehouse, meters

I

II

III and

III b

III to

Buildings, structures and buildings adjacent to them production facilities

100

40 (100)

40

40

30

Woodlands:
coniferous and mixed breeds

100

50

50

50

50

hardwood

100

100

50

50

50

Warehouses of timber, peat, fibrous combustible materials, hay, straw and bedding areas open peat

100

100

50

50

50

Railways total network (up to the sole of the mound or edge recesses)
stations

150

100

80

60

50

on traveling and platforms

80

70

60

50

40

on stages

60

50

40

40

30

Highways total network (edge ​​of the carriageway)
I, II and III of the categories

75

50

45

45

45

IV and V categories

40

30

20

20

15

Residential and public buildings

200

100 (200)

100

100

100

Dispensers filling stations public

50

30

30

30

30

Individual garages and outdoor parking facilities

100

40 (100)

40

40

40

Sewage treatment plant and pumping stations that do not belong to a warehouse

100

100

40

40

40

Water filling facilities not related to the storage

200

150

100

75

75

Emergency Capacity (emergency capacity) to the tank farm

60

40

40

40

40

Process units A and B categories explosion and fire hazard and flares for burning gas

100

100

100

100

100

 

Note. Figures in parentheses are values ​​for warehouses category II with a total capacity of more than 50 000 cubic meters.

TABLE 13

Fire safety distance from buildings and structures to the warehouses of flammable liquids

Storage capacity, cubic meters

Fire safety distance when the fire resistance of buildings and structures, meters

I, II

III

IV, V

Not more than 100

20

25

30

More than 100 but not more than 800

30

35

40

More than 800 but less than 2000

40

45

50

Table 14

Categories warehouses for storage of oil and oil products

Category warehouse

The maximum amount of a single tank, cubic meters

Total warehouse capacity, cubic meters

I

-

over 100,000

II

-

more than 20,000 but not more than 100,000

IIIa

not more than 5000

10 000 but not more than 20 000

IIIb

not more than 2000

more than 2,000 but not more than 10000

IIIc

to 700

not more than 2000

Table 15

Fire safety distance from gas stations gasoline and diesel fuel to neighboring objects with them

The names of the objects, which are determined to fire distance

Fire safety distance from. gas stations with underground tanks, meters

Fire safety distance from gas stations with terrestrial reservoirs, meters

a total capacity of more than 20 cubic meters

of not more than 20 cubic meters

Manufacturing, warehouse and administrative and service buildings, structures and building industry organizations

15

25

25

Woodlands:
coniferous and mixed breeds

25

40

30

hardwood

10

15

12

Residential and public buildings

25

50

40

Crowded places

25

50

50

Individual garages and outdoor parking facilities

18

30

20

Kiosks

20

25

25

Highways total network (edge ​​of the carriageway)
I, II and III of the categories

12

20

15

IV and V categories

9

12

9

Electrified urban transport routes (to the contact network)

15

20

20

Railways total network (up to the sole of the mound or edge recesses)

25

30

30

Sewage treatment plant and pumping stations that do not belong to the gas station

15

30

25

Technological installations categories AN, BN, GN, buildings and structures to the presence of radioactive and hazardous substances I and II classes of danger

-

100

-

Warehouses of timber, peat, fibrous combustible materials, hay, straw and bedding areas open peat

20

40

30

Table 16

Fire safety distance from places of organized storage and maintenance of vehicles

The buildings, which are defined to fire distance

Fire safety distance to the neighboring buildings, meters

from collective garages and organized public parking at the number of cars

from service stations car with the number of posts

10 or less

11-50

51-100

101-300

10 or less

11 -30

Public buildings

10 (12)

10 (12)

15

25

15

20

Land boundaries of educational institutions and preschools

15

25

25

50

50

50

Land boundaries hospitals stationary type

25

50

50

50

50

50

 

Note. Figures in parentheses are values ​​for garages III and IV degrees of fire resistance.

Table 17

Fire safety distance from the tank on the stock with a total capacity of up to 10 000 cubic meters in storage under pressure or 40,000 cubic meters in storage isothermal method to buildings and structures of objects not related to the storage

Name of buildings, structures and buildings

Fire-distance meters

Reservoirs ground under pressure, including poluizotermicheskie

Reservoirs underground pressure

Reservoirs ground-based isothermal

Reservoirs underground isothermal

Tramways and trolley lines, railroads, total network (or to the foot of the mound edge recesses)

100

75

100

75

Highways total network (edge ​​of the carriageway)

50

50

50

50

Power lines (overhead) of high voltage (from the sole bund)

height of not less than 1.5 support

height of not less than 1.5 support

height of not less than 1.5 support

height of not less than 1.5 support

Border areas related organizations (to the fence)

300

250

300

200

Residential and public buildings

outside of the sanitary protection zone, but not less than 500

outside of the sanitary protection zone, but not less than 300

outside of the sanitary protection zone, but not less than 500

outside of the sanitary protection zone, but not less than 300

CHP

200

200

200

200

Warehouses timber and solid fuel

200

150

200

150

Woodlands softwood (from fencing of the area of ​​the organization or warehouse)

100

75

100

75

Woodlands hardwood (from fencing of the area of ​​the organization or warehouse)

20

20

20

20

Internal surface and underground process piping, non-warehouse

outside the dike, but no closer than 20

at least 15

outside the dike, but no closer than 20

at least 15

Buildings, structures and organization structure in an industrial zone with the volume of tanks, cubic meters:
2000 – 5000

150

120

150

100

6000 – 10000

250

200

200

125

Flare (up trunk flare)

150

100

150

200

Buildings, structures and buildings in the area adjacent to the territory of the organization (administrative area)

250

200

250

200

Table 18

Fire safety distance from the warehouses of liquefied petroleum gas with a total capacity of 10 000 to 20 000 cubic meters in storage under pressure or from 40 000 to 60 000 cubic meters in storage isothermal method in surface reservoirs or from 40 000 to 100 000 cubic meters in storage isothermal method in underground reservoirs that make up the Commodity base, to civil and industrial facilities

Name of buildings, structures and buildings

Fire-distance meters

Reservoirs ground pressure

Reservoirs underground pressure

Reservoirs ground-based isothermal

Reservoirs underground isothermal

Tramways and trolley lines, access tracks (up to the sole of the mound or edge recesses) and roads shared network (edge ​​of the carriageway)

100

50

100

50

Power lines (overhead)

height of not less than 1.5 support

height of not less than 1.5 support

height of not less than 1.5 support

height of not less than 1.5 support

Buildings, structures and buildings of industrial, warehouse, utility area Mercantile database or warehouse

300

250

300

200

Buildings, structures and buildings Predzavodskoy (administrative) area organization

500

300

5.00

300

Flare (up trunk flare)

200

100

200

100

Border areas related organizations (to the fence)

300

200

300

200

Residential and public buildings

outside of the sanitary protection zone, but not less than 500

outside of the sanitary protection zone, but not less than 300

outside of the sanitary protection zone, but not less than 500

outside of the sanitary protection zone, but not less than 300

CHP

300

200

300

200

Woodlands softwood (from the fence Commodity database or warehouse)

100

75

100

75

Woodlands hardwood (from the fence Commodity database or warehouse)

20

20

20

20

What’s river and sea transport, waterworks, bridges at the location of warehouses downstream of these objects

300

200

300

200

What’s river and sea transport, waterworks, bridges at the location of warehouses upstream of these objects

3000

2000

3000

2000

Table 19

Fire safety distance from the reservoir units of liquefied petroleum gas to the objects to be protected

Buildings, structures and communication

Fire safety distance from the tanks, meters

Fire safety distance from the flash or group balloon installation, meters

aboveground

groundwater

with a total storage capacity to install, cubic meters

No more than 5

more than 5 but not more than 10

more than 10 but not more than 20

less than 10

more than 10 but not more than 20

more than 20 but not more than 50

Public buildings, structures and buildings

40

50 +

60 +

15

20

30

25

Residential buildings

20

30 +

40 +

10

15

20 |

12

Children’s playgrounds, garages (from the reservoir fence installation)

20

25

30

10

10

10

10

Industrial buildings (industrial, agricultural organizations and consumer services of industrial character)

15

20

25

8

10

15

12

Sewerage, heating main (underground)

3.5

3.5

3.5

3.5

3.5

3.5

3.5

Aboveground structures and communication (overpass, heating duct), non-reservoir installation

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

Plumbing and other ductless communication

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

Wells of underground utilities

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

Railways total network (up to the sole of the mound or edge of the recess from the tanks)

25

30

40

20

25

30

20

Driveways railways industry organizations, the tram tracks (to the axis of the path), roads I – III categories (to the edge of the carriageway)

20

20

20

10

10

10

10

Highways IV and V categories (to the edge of the carriageway) organizations

10

10

10

5

5

5

5

 

Note. ”+” sign denotes the distance from the reservoir setting organizations to buildings and structures that are not serviced installation.

Table 20

Fire safety distance from the reservoir units of liquefied petroleum gas to the objects to be protected

Buildings, structures and communication

Fire safety distance from the tanks of liquefied petroleum gas meters

Fire safety distance from the premises, installations that use liquefied petroleum gas meters

Fire safety distance from the storage tanks with a total capacity, meters

aboveground

groundwater

with a total capacity of cubic meters

more than 20 but not more than 50

more than 50 but not more than 200

more than 50 but not more than 500

More than 200 but not more than 8000

more than 50 but not more than 200

more than 50 but not more than 500

More than 200 but not more than 8000

Maximum capacity of one tank, cubic meters

not exceeding 25

25

50

100

More than 100 but not more than 600

25

50

100

More than 100 but not more than 600

less than 20

more than 20

Residential, public buildings

70

80

150

200

300

40

75

100

150

50

50

100

Administrative, household, industrial buildings, buildings, boiler room, garage and outdoor parking

70 (30)

80 (50)

150 (110) +

200

300

40 (25)

75 (55) +

100

150

50

50 (20)

100 (30)

Aboveground structures and communication (overpass, heating duct), outbuildings residential buildings

30 (15)

30 (20)

40 (30)

40 (30)

40 (30)

20 (15)

25 (15)

25 (15)

25 (15)

30

20 (15)

20 (20)

Railways common network (from the base of the mound), roads I – III categories

50

75

100-

100

100

50

75th

75

75

50

50

50

Access roads railways, roads organization, tramways, roads IV and V categories

30 (20)

30 (20)

40 (30)

40 (30)

40 (30)

20 (15) -

25-(15) -

25 (15)

25 (15)

30

20 (20)

20 (20)

 

Notes:

1 In parentheses are the distances from the tanks of liquefied petroleum gas and warehouses filled cylinders located on the territories of organizations to their buildings and structures.

2 “-” sign indicates that allowed to reduce the distance from the tank filling stations with a total capacity of not more than 200 cubic meters per overground performance of up to 70 meters underground – up to 35 meters, and at a capacity not exceeding 300 cubic meters – respectively to 90 and 45 meters.

3 “+” sign indicates that allowed to reduce the distance from the railways and roads to tanks of liquefied petroleum gas with a total capacity of not more than 200 cubic meters per overground performance of up to 75 meters and in the underground performance of up to 50 meters.Distance from the access, tramways, extending outside the organization, to tanks of liquefied petroleum gas with a total capacity of not more than 100 cubic meters is permitted to reduce: in overground performance of up to 20 meters and in the underground performance of up to 15 meters, and the passage ways and roads in the territory of the organization these distances are reduced to 10 meters underground tanks performance.

Table 21

Compliance with the fire resistance and fire resistance of structures of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments

The fire resistance of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments

Limit of fire resistance of building structures

Bearing walls, columns and other supporting elements

Exterior curtain walls

Intercommunication overlap (including the attic and above the basement)

Building construction of built-up coating

Building construction of staircases

decks (including insulation)

girders, beams, purlins

the inner walls

flights and landings of stairs

I

R 120

£ 30

REI 60

RE 30

R 30

REI 120

R 60

II

R 90

£ 15

REI 45

RE 15

R 15

REI 90

R 60

III

R 45

£ 15

REI 45

RE 15

R 15

REI 60

R 45

IV

R 15

£ 15

REI 15

RE 15

R 15

REI 45

R 15

V

not standardized

not standardized

not standardized

not standardized

not standardized

not standardized

not standardized

 

Note. Procedure for inclusion of structures to the bearing elements of the building constructions and structures established by the normative documents on fire safety.

Table 22

Match-class structural fire hazard and fire hazard class structures of buildings, structures, buildings and fire compartments

Class of structural fire hazard buildings

Fire hazard class constructions

Bearing core elements (columns, beams, trusses)

The outer wall on the outer side

Walls, partitions, floors, and built-up cover

The walls of staircases and fire barriers

Flights and landings of stairs in the stairwells

C0

K0

K0

K0

K0

K0

C1

K1

K2

K1

K0

K0

C2

K3

K3

K2

K1

K1

C3

not standardized

not standardized

not standardized

K1

K3

Table 23

Fire resistance of fire barriers

Name of fire barriers

Type of fire barriers

Fire-resistance rating of fire barriers

Type of fill openings in fire barriers

Type of air locks

Walls

1

REI 150

1

1

2

REI 45

2

2

Partitions

1

EI 45

2

1

2

EI 15

3

2

Translucent walls with glazed area of ​​more than 25 percent

1

EIW 45

2

1

2

EIW 15

3

2

Overlap

1

REI 150

1

1

2

REI 60

2

1

3

REI 45

2

1

4

REI 15

3

2

Table 24

Fire resistance fill openings in fire barriers

Name infill openings in fire barriers

Type of fill openings in fire barriers

Fire-resistance rating

Doors (except for doors with glass for more than 25 percent and dymogazonepronitsaemyh doors), gates, hatches, valves, curtains and screens

1

EI 60

2

EI 30

3

EI 15

Doors with glass for more than 25 percent

1

EIW 60

2

EIW 30

3

EIW 15

Dymogazonepronitsaemye doors (except for doors with glass for more than 25 percent)

1

EIS 60

2

EIS 30

3

EIS 15

Dymogazonepronitsaemye door with glazed over 25 percent, curtains and screens

1

EIWS 60

2

EIWS 30

3

EIWS 15

Landing doors

2

EI 30 (in buildings with no more than 28 meters of fire-resistance-door elevator shafts taken £ 30)

Window

1

E 60

2

£ 30

3

£ 15

Drapery

1

EI 60

Table 25

Requirements for elements of air locks

Type of air locks

Types of elements air locks

Partitions

Overlap

Filling openings

1

1

3

2

2

2

4

3

Table 26

Norms equipment multifunction integrated fire fighting equipment

Name of primary fire extinguishing equipment, personal protective equipment in case of fire, non-mechanized tools

Norms equipment

Fire hydrant (fire hydrant valve with fire connection head, pressure fire hose, manual fire barrel)

1

Portable fire extinguishers

1-2

Automatic cable-descender

1

Self-rescuers

2-3

Special fire-resistant cushion

2-3

First aid kit

1

Non-motorized fire tools

1 set

Table 27

List of indicators necessary to assess fire hazard of building materials

Purpose of building materials

The list of required parameters depending on the purpose of building materials

flammability group

group of flame propagation

flammability group

Party on smoke-forming ability

Party on the toxicity of combustion products

Finishing and facing materials for walls and ceilings, including coverage of paints, enamels, lacquers

+

-

+

+

+

Materials for flooring

+

+

+

+

+

Rugs Floor

-

+

+

+

+

Roofing materials

+

+

+

-

-

Waterproofing and vapor-insulating materials of a thickness exceeding 0.2 mm

+

-

+

-

-

Thermal insulation materials

+

+

+

+

 

Notes:

1 “+” sign indicates that the indicator should be used.

2 “-” sign indicates that the index is not applicable.

3 In the application of waterproofing materials for the surface layer of the roof indicators of fire risk should be determined by the position of “Roofing”.

Table 28

Scope of decorative finishing, coating and flooring on the escape routes

Class (subclass) functional fire hazard buildings

Floors and height of the building

Fire hazard class material, no more than the specified

for walls and ceilings

for flooring

Lobbies, staircases, lift lobbies

Common hallways, lounges, lobbies

Lobbies, staircases, lift lobbies

Common hallways, lounges, lobbies

F1.2; F1.3; F2.3; F2.4; F3.1;F3.2; F3.b; F4.2; F4.3; F4.4;F5.1, F5.2; F5.3

not more than 9 or no more floors 28 meters

KM2

KM3

KM3

KM4

9 more but not more than 17 floors or more than 28 but not more than 50 m

KM1

KM2

KM2

KM3

more than 17 floors or more than 50 meters

KM0

KM1

KM1

KM2

F1.1; F2.1; 1F2.2; F3.3; F3.4;F3.5; F4.1

is depending on the height and the height

KM0

KM1

KM1

KM2

Table 29

Scope of decorative finishing, coating and flooring in the nasal areas

Class (subclass) functional fire hazard buildings

Capacity of hall space, person

Class material is not more than the specified

for walls and ceilings

for flooring

F1.2; F2.3; F2.4; F3.1; F3.2; F3.b; F4.2; F4.3; F4.4;F5.1

more than 800

KM0

KM2

More than 300 but not more than 800

KM1

KM2

more than 50 but not more than 300

KM2

KM3

not exceeding 50

KM3

KM4

F1.1; F2.1; F2.2; F3.3; F3.4; F3.5; F4.1

300

KM0

KM2

more than 15 but not more than 300

KM1

KM2

less than 15

KM3

KM4

Table 30

List of indicators necessary to assess fire hazard of textile and leather materials and valuation requirements

Fire danger

Functionality

Draperies and curtains

Bedding

Elements of upholstered furniture (including leather)

Special protective clothing

Rugs

Flammability

+

+

+

+

+

Resistance to heat flow

-

-

-

+

-

Heat shielding effectiveness when exposed to flame

-

-

-

+

-

Spread of Flame

-

-

+

-

+

Toxicity index of the products of combustion

+

-

+

-

+

Coefficient of smoke

+

-

+

-

+

 

Notes:

1 “+” sign indicates that the indicator should be used.

2 “-” sign indicates that the index is not applicable.

Product introduction

단열 및 방음 방습 건축자재(Insulation Sheet)

대한건축사협회 우수추천자재

Tel : +82-(0)2-433-3045(Rep)

Low-E insulation

 

For further information, Click herehttp://ondori.com/

Low-E insulation site

PB 06-227-98

26 Jan 2014 Comments
Off

PB 06-227-98 – 영문번역판 

 

PB 06-227-98

SAFETY

PLANTS FOR SUBSIDIARY

MINING COMPANIES

 

 

Safety rules for mining subsidiary plants – the first edition developed Gostgortechnadzor Russia (1998) on the basis of provisions of the Federal Mining and Industrial Inspectorate of Russia, approved by Presidential Decree of 18.02.93 N 234, in accordance with the medium-term development program (revision) standard documents Gosgortechnadzor Russia for the period 1997 – 2000 years.

Sets out the requirements of safe production and operation of machines and equipment in mining enterprises auxiliary shops.

These Rules are considered regional bodies Gosgortechnadzor Russia, a number of leading Russian mining enterprises, the Ministry of Labor and Social Development of the Russian Federation. Comments and suggestions on the Rules included in the final version.

Editorial Board: Ilyin AM (Chairman), Antipov VN Bilyukin AB, Saburov VS Skornjakov YG, GA Chumatchenko

 

1. General requirements

 

1.1. These Regulations apply to security designed, constructed, reconstructed and existing mining enterprises auxiliary workshops, regardless of their subordination and forms of ownership.

1.2. The auxiliary workshops (production) in the mines include repair – operational base road and rail transport, mechanical, electro-thermal and woodworking shops, garages machines public warehouses for various purposes, power supply facilities, water and sanitation, administrative – home and other buildings, ensure the functioning of primary production.

1.3. Commissioning is prohibited shops and facilities which are not provided with safe working conditions, and without the devices to prevent air pollution, water treatment facilities and disposal of hazardous waste.

1.4. Not allowed the commissioning of new and renovated facilities without coordination with the bodies exercising state sanitary and technical supervision for their safe operation.

1.5. Each enterprise carrying hazardous activities must have a license (permit) issued by the federal executive body specifically authorized in the field of industrial safety (Gostgortechnadzor Russia, etc.) to perform commissioning, repairs mountain – mine and electrical equipment, control systems and alarm, lifting facilities, boilers, pressure vessels and piping, working under pressure, in auxiliary shops under Regulation [78].

1.6. Workers in mining enterprises must pass a preliminary (at entry), and then periodic medical examinations under the Order of Ministry of Health of Russia from March 14, 1996 N 90.

1.7. All workers and specialists at employment must pass an introductory briefing on safety in accordance with the requirements of GOST 12.0.004-90 1.7 [33].

All new and transferred to another company employees work prior to admission to the work must pass primary instruction in the workplace in accordance with the requirements of GOST 12.0.004-90 7.2 [33]. The results are recorded in a special briefing card or magazine.

All operating companies but had previously worked with the relevant profession and should be trained in the profession in the educational establishments of the undertaking or individually, through the establishment of experienced workers in the terms and amounts under the relevant training programs.

During training, they can perform certain operations under the supervision of an experienced worker. To work independently in the profession, workers may be admitted only after the end of training and examinations in the Qualification Commission.

1.8. With working industrial shops, offices, plots associated with increased risk of work should be carried out repeated instruction once every three months, with the rest of the workers – every six months.

A review, the program is approved by the head (deputy head) of the plant (production), performed in a volume of primary instruction in the workplace.

Unscheduled briefing shall be held in the following cases:

- After the accident;

- Introduction of new regulations, technologies and equipment;

- Violations of work safety rules as well as at the request of government supervision or higher economic bodies;

- During work breaks – for 30 days for works which are subject to additional (higher) safety requirements; 60 calendar days – for the remaining work.

1.9. Senior officials and experts should be tested periodically knowledge of rules regulations and instructions, as well as other regulations, knowledge of which is necessary for a specialist in accordance with the position occupied.

Dates of examination should be carried out once every three years according to the approved Gostgortechnadzor Russia from 19.05.93 N 11 of the order of examination rules, regulations and safety instructions for managers, workers and specialists of enterprises, organizations and facilities controlled Gosgortechnadzor Russia, as well as Model Regulations on the training and testing for the protection of labor leaders and specialists of enterprises, institutions and organizations, approved by the Ministry of Labour of Russia 12.10.94 N 65 and GOST 12.0.004-90 [33].

1.10. In existing facilities should be following instructions approved by the technical director of the enterprise: 

- Technical and fire safety, industrial hygiene each production unit;

- Officers for Engineering;

- Labor protection for workers in every profession or type of work;

- Operational and technological instructions for equipment and devices.

1.11. Instructions for Occupational Safety and technology should be reviewed at least once every five years, and for explosive industries – at least once every three years, as well as changes in the rules and work procedures.

1.12. Each enterprise must be approved list of occupations and hazardous work, the personnel performing such work must be trained and tested knowledge of safety. Training is provided for programs approved by the head of the company and agreed with the service of occupational safety.

After training shall be verified knowledge workers safety commission structure affirms the director. Test results in the protocol (Annex 1 to GOST 12.0.004-90 [33]). Test your knowledge of workers on safety should be carried out once a year.

1.13. The enterprise must be approved list of works at particular risk for the execution of which shall be issued outfit – tolerance.

In costume – admission should be given the necessary measures to ensure the safe conduct of work in specific conditions.

1.14. Increased danger, as well as work in tanks, vehicles, hogs, flues should be performed at least three crew members, leader of the wizard. Work must be carried on along – admission containing the necessary measures to ensure the safe conduct of work in specific conditions. These requirements apply to the work carried out by specialized organizations for installation and commissioning of equipment.

To perform such operations should be designed instruction, approved by the technical director.

1.15. The management must ensure that workers and employees of clothing, footwear and personal protective equipment in accordance with GOST 12.4.011-89 [2] and industry norms free issue overalls.

1.16. All employees of the enterprise service shops bound by the rules, rules and regulations on labor protection.

Access to work and stay on the premises and in the shops of persons in a state of intoxication is prohibited.

1.17. Investigation and registration of accidents in shops must be performed in accordance with the Regulations approved by the Government of the Russian Federation of July 3, 1995 N 558.

 

 

2. Territory businesses, industrial buildings and structures

 

2.1. Territory businesses.

2.1.1. Promploshchadka enterprise must be located within the land allotment, made an act and comply with the applicable legal acts on the protection of nature, building regulations and sanitary design standards of industrial enterprises. Outline plans for industrial enterprises must comply with the requirements of SNIP 11-89-80 [45].

2.1.2. The layout and placement of buildings, while respecting density and lock (combination) must meet the sanitary and fire protection requirements, rational linking auxiliary and main shops considering laying transport links and communications. Area and production facilities for motor vehicles must comply with the regulations in force in road transport POT PO-210-01-95 [63].

2.1.3. Development of the territory of enterprises should be carried out according to the approved project. Construction documents, including acts by the covert operation should be retained for a period of operation of the facilities.

2.1.4. Auxiliary facilities potentially Pozharovzryvoopasnost (warehouses of toxic substances, fuels – Lube, timber) is necessary to have a safe distance from vozduhopadayuschih shafts on the leeward side (at an annual wind rose).

2.1.5. Facilities for maintenance work should be placed on the basis of their approach to employment (paragraph 7.4).

2.1.6. Categories of premises and buildings for explosion hazard should be taken according to SNIP 2.09.08.85 [43] Industrial buildings, SNIP 2.01.02.85 [44] Fire norms and rules of fire safety in the Russian Federation (PPB 01.93) [59].

2.1.7. Distances between buildings depending on the degree of fire resistance category and production should be taken in accordance with SNIP 11-89-80 master plans for industrial enterprises [45].

2.1.8. For buildings more than 18 m in width shall be fitted with two driveways longitudinal sides, with a width of more than 100 m of buildings – from all sides.

Distance from the edge of the roadway to the walls of buildings shall not exceed 25 m

2.1.9. Roads, driveways, walkways and entrances to buildings and structures, approaches to fire escapes and hydrants are to be free from winter to clear snow and ice.

2.1.10. In the production of excavation pits at the sites, pits, trenches, ditches should be protected shields with a minimum height of 1 m on the fence be installed warning signs and labels, visible in daytime and nighttime. Crossing points through the trenches, pits, ditches should be installed catwalks width of not less than 1 m, fenced on both sides railing with a minimum height of 1 m with a solid skin on the bottom of the railing to a height of 0.15 m

2.1.11. When forest clearing and logging requirements must be met GOST 12.3.015-78 [28].

2.1.12. Arrangement of the piping with flammable and combustible liquids and gases under buildings and structures are not allowed. In the channels and tunnels in the presence of ventilation and lighting can be accommodated combustible gas (natural, free of oil, artificial mixed and liquefied petroleum) gas pressure up to 0.6 MPa together with other pipelines and communication cables.

2.1.13. Allowed co-location in the common channels and tunnels pipelines flammable and combustible liquids with pressure pipelines networks (except fire) and pressure sewer. Canals and tunnels, designed to accommodate piping flammable, explosive liquids, must have exits to the surface not less than 60 m and at its ends.

2.1.14. When placing aboveground pipelines and cables should be placed on poles, piers, in galleries or on the walls of buildings. With the exception of overhead accommodation:

- Intra-transit pipelines with flammable and combustible liquids and gases on overpasses, detached columns and pillars made of flammable materials, as well as the walls and roofs of buildings, except buildings I, II and III degrees of fire resistance categories B, D and E;

- Piping with flammable and combustible liquids and gases are burned on the walls and coatings, as well as coatings and walls of buildings, in which are placed explosive materials;

- Gas flammable gas storage areas for flammable and combustible liquids and materials; cable lines on roofs of buildings and structures; transit cable lines for roofs, walls burn down buildings, walls and roofs of buildings, which house explosive and flammable materials .

2.1.15. Aboveground piping for flammable and combustible liquids, to lay on separate poles, piers, etc., should be placed at least 3 m from the walls with openings, from walls without openings, this distance may be reduced to 0.5 m At low supports should be placed pressure pipelines for liquids and gases, as well as power cables and communications, located in specially designated for this purpose technical grounds bands enterprises.

2.1.16. The distance from the ground to the bottom mark pipes or surfaces to isolate them, to lay on high poles, taken in impassable part of the site (site), where people pass – 2.2 m at intersections with roads (from the top cover of the carriageway) 5 m at the intersection of the railroad tracks, 7.1 m (from the rail).

2.2. Industrial buildings and structures.

2.2.1. Industrial buildings and premises, their space – planning and design decisions must comply with the current standards, building codes, engineering standards, fire regulations and sanitary standards for design industries.

2.2.2. Volume production facilities per worker must be at least 15 cubic meters. m, the area of ​​the premises – not less than 4.5 m. m

Height production area from floor to ceiling should be at least 3.2 m, space and energy and transport – warehousing – not less than 3 m, and the height of the rooms from floor to the bottom mark protruding structural elements overlap should not be less than 2.2 m .

2.2.3. Openings for entry into the building of vehicles shall be equipped with gates. When using heavy vehicles and wider openings opening and closing of the door must be mechanized. Lifting gates shall be equipped with locks that exclude them from falling. Hinged gates shall open outwards and have locks against arbitrary closure.

In areas with average temperature in the coldest month of the year -15 deg. C and below, the door must be equipped with curtains.

2.2.4. The width of the gate to enter the building of the railway transport standard gauge should provide passage for people at least 0.8 m on each side.

2.2.5. Bits intrashop railways rails must be flush with the floor surface of the room.

2.2.6. Scheme of movement of vehicles and pedestrians on platforms sections must be linked together and hung in front of the entrance to the site and shop. Speed ​​in the room should not exceed 5 km / h.

2.2.7. The width of the gate to enter the building of road transport exceed the greatest width used cars is not less than 1 m, and the height of the gate to exceed the maximum height of vehicles used by no less than 0.2 m

2.2.8. Outdoor pools and tanks located in the premises shall have perimeter fencing board height of at least 1 m

2.2.9. Open manholes, pits, bunkers, loading holes or openings in floors, in floor slabs or sites must be fenced railing with a minimum height of 1 m with a continuous lining on the bottom not less than 0.15 m

2.2.10. Stationary metal ladders should have an inclination angle of 45 – 60 deg., Step width of not less than 0.2 m, the distance between the steps vertically 0.2 – 0.3 m, width of aisles not less than 0.8 m on both sides of the fence height of not less than 1 m with a continuous lining on the bottom not less than 0.15 m

2.2.11. Industrial buildings should have a passport indicating the arrangement of the equipment. Workspaces for the maintenance of the equipment should have perimeter fencing with a minimum height of 1 m with a solid skin on the bottom of not less than 0.15 m

The requirements of this paragraph shall also apply to the premises located in the open galleries, bridges and platforms designed to move people through the equipment or communication.

2.2.12. The floors in the rooms must be resistant to permitted in the production process works mechanical, thermal or chemical effects.

Material must prevent sparking and not be slippery.

2.2.13. In areas with occasional or constant flow of liquids (water, acids, alkalis, solvents, oils, emulsions) floors should be impervious to liquids and these deviations have to drain the trays or channels. Trays or ducts should be closed by covers or grates. Waste trays must be set aside from walkways and driveways and, if possible, do not cross them.

2.2.14. Floor coatings should provide ease of cleaning of harmful substances, industrial pollution and dust.

2.2.15. Jobs, walkways and driveways in buildings must be kept clean and not cluttered.

2.2.16. All companies should be organized supervision of the state and operation of buildings and structures.

All manufacturing building at least twice a year (spring and fall) should be subjected to technical inspections which are conducted commission appointed director. Results of the examination should be made out acts that specify measures and timetables to correct defects found. Emergency nature of the damage, endangering operating personnel must be repaired immediately. Until the emergency damage production processes must be stopped, and the wait staff removed to a safe place.

Each enterprise should be prepared to oversee instruction operation of buildings, floors, indicating the limit loads on separate zones and areas of floors and defined periodicity survey bearing structures. Instruction approved by the technical director.

The persons responsible for the condition of the buildings are appointed by order.

2.2.17. In buildings and structures shall be prohibited:

- Exceed the maximum loads on floors, ceilings and grounds;

- Establish or strengthen suspend production equipment, vehicles, pipelines and devices, including temporary and for repairing and construction works not covered by the project. If necessary, additional load may be admitted only after verification calculation of building structures and strengthening these structures;

- Punch holes in ceilings, beams, columns and walls without the written permission of the persons responsible for the proper operation, safety and maintenance of buildings and structures.

 

3. Vnutripromyshlenny trucks

 

3.1. Road transport.

3.1.1. Technical condition and maintenance of equipment and vehicles at the enterprises must comply with the Traffic Regulations of the Russian Federation, Regulations on occupational safety in road transport (POT PO-200-01-95) [63] and SNIP 2.05.07.91 [46].

3.1.2. Car-industrial sites is allowed only with the permission of the responsible persons of these facilities in compliance with established routes.

Speed ​​and traffic regulations and train cars on the premises established taking into account local conditions and are regulated by traffic signs and traffic regulations.

Speeds do not exceed 20 km / h, and near the working places and pedestrian crossings – more than 10 km / h

Pedestrian crossings and driveways across railroad tracks shall comply with paragraph 3.23 of this Regulation.

Dimensions approximations buildings and roads must comply with
SNIP 11-89-80 [45] ONTP Rosavtotransporta 01-91 [73], and GOST 12.3.020-80 [19].

3.1.3. Do not run the process equipment and road equipment (dump trucks, bulldozers, loaders, graders, scrapers motorized) on the premises (roads, dumps, warehouses and transhipment, etc.) without wear – job work performance.

Earthmovers working near power lines should have a device (switch) to lock lifting body, exclusive touch the wires.

3.1.4. Repair shops in enterprises must meet union norms of technological design of automotive enterprises (ONTP-ARP-82, Giproavtotrans), premises maintenance vehicles – Departmental building codes Minavtotransa RSFSR BCH-01-89 [77] and engineering standards repair farm-ferrous metallurgy [ 75].

3.1.5. Driveways, driveways for vehicles passages for people should have a solid surface.

Roads must comply with the requirements of SNIP 2.05.02-85
(with amendments 1, 2, 3 BLS N 5-87, N 11-90).

Width of the carriageway roads should be at least:

temporary roads:

- At unilateral move – 4.5 m;

- With two-way traffic – 8.0 m;

paved roads (asphalt paving)

- At unilateral move – 3.0 m;

- With two-way traffic – 6.0 m

The radius of curvature of roads from 10 to 15 m

Width of driveways and walkways not less than:

- For working without load – 1 m;

- For working with manual load or wheelbarrows when moving in one direction – 2 m;

- For trolleys in one track – 2.5 m;

- For trolleys in two tracks – 3.6 m;

- For wheelbarrows when moving in two directions – 2.5 m;

Width crossings and crossing trenches and ditches:

- Pedestrian – 1.0 m;

- For vehicles – from 2 to 5 m

Crossing width conveyors, roller conveyors, lesotaski – 0.8 m

The height of handrails on catwalks – 1 m, height of side board on the bottom of the railing – 0.15 m

Passes for employees located on ledges, slopes and hillsides with a slope of more than 20 degrees. Shall be equipped with ladders or stairs railing with one-sided.

3.1.6. Open areas for parking should have a solid surface with a slope for drainage.

Open air parking is prohibited:

- Carrying out repairs;

- Fill the fuel and drain the oil;

- Charge the batteries;

- Preheat engines open fire.

Garages and outdoor parking facilities should be staffed by regular stops the wheels and emergency tugs (the rate of 1 lift for 10 pieces of equipment). Entrances and driveways (gate) in garages and parking lots closed should allow evacuation vehicles. When the number of machines is more than 25 units must be a plan of arrangement with the description of the sequence of evacuation in case of fire.

Open parking in areas with an average monthly temperature (winter) below -15 deg. C must be equipped with means for heating the engine at startup.

3.1.7. Different types of repairs: press – forging, rechargeable, body, tire mounting, curing, etc. must be carried out in designated positions in compliance with the requirements of the production routings for repairs.

3.1.8. With coachwork edit parts without prior cleaning and fixing prohibited. Repair stations must have established stands for the type of machines. Using random coasters are not allowed.

3.1.9. Soldering, tin and parts should be cleaned at the workplace exhaust ventilation. Soldering radiators, fuel tanks and other items must be in the stands equipped with drip trays solder.

Before repairs and soldering its container of flammable liquids should be washed, steam thoroughly, dry hot air or neutral gas fill.

3.1.10. Repair stations should have supply – exhaust ventilation and vapor exhaust device when the engine warms up.

3.1.11. Painting, location and operation of the equipment shall be in accordance with the requirements of GOST 12.3.035-84 [4], anti-corrosion work – GOST 12.3.016-87 [5], the relevant sections of the Fire Safety Regulations MBP-01-93 [59] and regulations on labor protection in road transport POT PO-200-01-95 [63].

3.1.12. When maintenance or repair of the car should slow down the parking (hand) brake, stop the engine and the wheels enclose stops.

3.1.13. Venues maintenance razborochno-assembly and repairs of rolling stock shall be equipped osmotrovye ditches, ramps, lifts. The length, width and depth of inspection channels and ramps are determined depending on the design of the rolling stock and the process equipment. Payload lifts must meet a host of equipment.

3.1.14. Single deadlock osmotrovye ditch should have stepped entrance on the opposite side – staples embedded in the wall of the ditch, to the emergency exit. The floors in the ditches should be sloped at least 2% towards gryazesbornika to drain fluids and portable wooden lattice. To go through osmotrovye ditches shall be provided removable catwalks width not less than 0.8 m

Lighting osmotrovye ditch lights, supply voltage 127 – 220 V, subject to the following conditions:

- Wiring must be internal (hidden) having reliable electricity and waterproofing;

- Lighting fixtures and switches should also have electricity and waterproofing (lamps should be closed glass or protective fencing lattice). Design fixtures should exclude access to the lamp without tools;

- Metal body of the fitting must be earthed (vanish);

- In particularly hazardous areas should apply standard portable lights voltage 42 or 12 V

3.1.15. On osmotrovyh ditches and overpasses should be installed rails, safety flange (-rails) to prevent falling into the ditch cars while traveling. Osmotrovyh on racks along the entire length on both sides must be arranged repair sites with railing height of not less than 0.9 m

3.1.16. Work related to the sink, cleaning, maintenance and repair of machinery and equipment should be carried out with the engine off.

3.1.17. The distance between the cars at checkpoints disassembly, as well as between them and the elements of buildings or stationary process equipment should provide easy access to any part of the mechanism. Walkways and driveways shall conform to the dimensions moved manually or forklifts – vehicles parts and assemblies and have a width of not less than 1 m

3.1.18. When disassembling machinery and equipment to remove, transport and install heavy and bulky components and spare parts (engine, transmission, rear and front axles, wheels, body, frame, etc.) should be using the lift – transport equipment, devices and accessories ( trolleys – lifts, supports, chains, fights), ensuring complete safety.

3.1.19. Lifting equipment, units and components follows specially designed for this purpose and place devices according to the instructions and diagrams on safe methods of slinging, strapping and tilting cargo specifying those with attachments. Diagrams and instructions must be posted in the workplace.

Lifting a load that is not a scheme slinging, should be made in the presence and under the supervision of the person responsible for the safe operation of materials handling cranes.

3.1.20. Lowered mass on an inclined plane is necessary to apply the delay device to prevent tipping load.

3.1.21. Before removing components and assemblies to the presence of grease, water and other liquids must first be drained into a special container.

3.1.22. For maintenance and repair of lifting equipment, located at an altitude of more than 1.5 m from the ground, maintenance workers have to work in overalls, helmet and safety belt. Weaken hoist rope, retaining unit or element of design, pinning him to complete the installation site is not permitted.

3.1.23. Components and parts, the dismantling of which is associated with the inconvenience and danger (brakes, depreciation and valve springs, etc.), you must perform special pullers and fittings. The dimensions and design pullers must fit the parts removed.

3.1.24. When removing and setting springs for cars, you must first unload them by raising the body (frame) lifting mechanism and then installing a frame or body posted strong metal supports (trestles) or cells of the boards of not less than 1 m when lifting one end of the car opposite extreme wheels must be podklineny their shoes on both sides. Used as supports wheels, barrels, bricks and other objects are not permitted.

3.1.25. Or be doing any work on the equipment, the posted only one hoisting (jacks, the tackle, winches, cranes, etc.) is not permitted.

3.1.26. When servicing the lift equipment (hydraulic, mechanical, electro-mechanical) for lift control mechanism should be posted prohibiting a banner reading “Do not include – working people.”

3.1.27. Stationary and mobile lifts shall be capable of providing cargo fixing in cases of malfunction or damage to the lifting mechanism, as well as limit switches.

3.1.28. Carrying out works (even short-term) under the raised body, shield, arrows and other technological equipment half allowed only after strengthening their robust metal abutments (bars), excluding spontaneous lowering elevated equipment.

3.1.29. Phase-out machines and equipment parts must be placed in designated areas on the shelves without taking passages and driveways. Previous axis, springs, drive shafts and other long items shall be placed on special supports only horizontally.

3.1.30. Disassembly and assembly of small units must be made on benches, and large (engines, transmissions, rear axles and wheels, etc.) – only on special stands.

3.1.31. Pressed out and embed hub, axle shafts, bearings, gears and other items must be removers and presses. In some cases, allowed to use a punch and hammer tipped with non-ferrous metal.

3.1.32. Gas cutting during dismantling of machinery and equipment shall be permitted only in cases where a machine, equipment removed fuel tanks, parts supply system, lubricants and batteries.

3.1.33. Before repairing tanks out poisonous, toxic and flammable liquids, as well as prior to disassembly spray guns, pistols and other dispensing equipment should be carried out of their steaming, thorough cleaning and airing.

3.1.34. Vulcanization of tire mounting and

3.1.34.1. In the shops on sites offering tire mounting and curing work should be ensured compliance with applicable safety regulations for tire service enterprises [72].

3.1.34.2. Tire work on the production must be developed and approved by the technical management of the company instructions. Withdrawal, staging and moving wheels and tires weighing more than 20 kg should be mechanized. Tire wheels of heavy vehicles should be carried out on a specially equipped area. Mount and dismount tires should be on the bench or using special tools and fixtures. Mount the tire on the rim, a damaged prohibited.

3.1.34.3. Prior to removing the tire pressure should be lifted. Inflate tires after assembly using safety guards or devices to prevent fly lock ring. Correct tire position tap, hit the lock ring hammer prohibited.

Inflating the tires should be conducted in two stages: first to a pressure of 0.05 MPa (0.5 kg / sq. Cm) test position lock ring, and then to the pressure prescribed instructions.

3.1.34.4. Compressor equipment must meet the safety requirements of GOST 12.2.016-81 [6].

3.1.34.5. Space for the production of vulcanizing works should be isolated, spacious, bright and equipped with forced ventilation and local exhausts. The room in which vulcanization machines installed with self-furnace must be isolated from the premises where petrol is used or rubber cement.

3.1.34.6. Vulcanization apparatus and instrumentation must periodically (1 per year) checked and tested. The test results are recorded in a special register.

3.1.35. To work with hazardous materials (leaded gasoline, antifreeze, antifreeze, brake fluid) Only persons 18 years of age, passed medical examination and instruction in safe use of these materials.

3.1.35.1. Prohibited:

- Use leaded gasoline engines operating indoors and in the absence of ventilation;

- Decontaminate places filled with leaded petrol, dry bleach;

- Produce polluted with leaded petrol in fecal sewage drains.

3.1.35.2. The enterprise must be assigned to the person responsible for the storage, transport and use of antifreeze. On the container that stores the antifreeze must be indelible inscription in large letters, “poison”, as well as sign installed for toxic substances.

Never allow to work with antifreeze drivers and others that have not been specifically instructed on safety measures in its use.

3.2. Trains.

3.2.1. Railroad tracks and facilities, rolling stock, bond, security lock and administered by the enterprise, as well as the organization and production of train handling operations must comply with the building regulations, SNIP 2.09.07-91 [46] Industrial vehicles, Technical Regulation operation of rail transport enterprise and Uniform Rules safety in the development of mineral deposits open method [69].

3.2.2. Dimensions approximations buildings and rolling stock must comply with GOST 9238-83 [7], narrow gauge railways – GOST 9720-76. [8]

3.2.3. At the intersections of roads to the railway line should get moving, the relevant requirements of SNIP 2.05.07-91 [46], SNIP 32-01-85 [55]. Moving and transitions over the railroad tracks should have decking at the rail heads. Go through the path in undesignated areas is prohibited.

3.2.4. Prohibited lumbering rail dimensions different subjects. Materials and products shall be located not less than 2.0 m from the rail head at the height of the stack to 1.2 m higher altitude stacks its distance from the rail head should be at least 2.5 m

3.2.5. Equipment and facilities devices mechanization feeding and cleaning cars at sites loading – unloading shall be guarded and overlapping moving or rotating parts or areas of operation to ensure the safe conduct of work.

3.2.6. Dumpers located at worksites receiving devices must be protected with strong railing bars. Manage vagonooprokidyvatelja carried out specially equipped for this purpose room with a good view of the site of discharge.

3.2.7. Upon delivery of the ore in the ground contact electric discharge is necessary to hang posters of the danger of electric shock.

3.2.8. Contact wires railways included in the room over the receiving hopper shall be equipped with earthing switch disconnect knives.

3.2.9. Never load faulty cars and repairing cars at the unloading site receptors.

3.2.10. Reconstruction and equipping items must comply with the technological design and repair economy outfit devices railways industry (PromtransNIIproekt, 1980).

3.2.11. Before staging maintenance and repair locomotives and carriages must be cleaned of dirt, dust, ice, and electrical machinery and apparatus to blow compressed air.

3.2.12. Cars and locomotives in the depot should be established with the following distances:

- The gap between the gate and the extreme bumper cars, locomotives must not be less than 2 m;

- Interval honey bumper neighboring cars (diesel) for the repair of rolling stock without rollout wheelsets or bogies must be at least 3 m;

- The value of the gap on each side of the trolley shall be not less than 1 m in the repair of cars with four-wheel trolleys rolling out into the spaces between adjacent cars (locomotives).

3.2.13. Electric AC and DC input (output) in the depot building and maintenance items locomotives (PTOL) when powered by an external source of DC voltage up to 250 V, intended for moving locomotives and carriages in the repair process. Input (output) AC electric, diesel – trains and locomotives with hydromechanical transmission repair position on maintenance and repair necessary to carry out another locomotive with flatcars guise of not allowing the locomotive to go into the building. Input (output) DC electric repair positions TO-2, TO-3, TO-4 and TR-1 can be carried out at a food from the trolley wire or special operating voltage (shunting) locomotive.

3.2.14. Each depot and PTOL should have instructions on feeding and de-energisation of the contact network, as well as locomotives from the DC power supply voltage up to 250 V.

3.2.15. Work on lifting (lowering) car bodies should supervise master or foreman. During lifting (lowering) on ​​each side of the body should be a dedicated worker, overseeing the work of jacks and horizontal position of the body. When lifting (lowering) of the body and roll out (sub skating) trolleys finding people in the back, on the lid and under the body is not allowed.

3.2.16. Testing of electrical machinery, apparatus and electricity meters for insulation after repair prior to installation on the locomotive must be performed on a specially equipped station (site stand) having the necessary fencing, alarm, lock, and soundproofing. Before and during the test station (site) must not be bystanders.

3.2.17. Proceed to the inspection and repair of diesel units permitted only after it stops, open the hatches in the crankcase – 10 minutes after stopping the diesel engine. When working with a diesel engine in the room should provide cooling air from a special installation. Filmed with a diesel locomotive repair allowed on special stationary or mobile platforms.

3.2.18. Disassembly and reassembly of diesel units must be performed on the stands, technological platforms using tilters, shelving, pullers, bushings, special wrenches and other devices that provide mechanized heavy and time-consuming operations and provided technological maps or instructions.

3.2.19. When equipped traction rolling stock must comply with the following safety requirements: sand in the sandbox set of locomotives and motor-car rolling stock should be carried out with fixed or rotary platforms with ladders or portable ladders with handrails. Stationary platforms shall have a height of 1.0 m railing, the lower part of which the height of 0.15 m should be carried out solid. Ladders shall be of steel with a slope no greater than 1:1 and a minimum width of 0.8 m

3.2.20. On open depot ways to exit from the stairs to the stationary platform, designed for a set of sand in the sandbox locomotives, as well as to enter the electric roof must install special passages, closed gates with locking bars.

3.2.21. On receiving-ways working platforms must perform pivoting. In the inoperative position of these platforms and stairs should be located outside the envelope approximation.

3.2.22. Gates and repeated constipation mechanisms sites should have a lock can not be opened gate and turn playgrounds into working position in the presence of voltage in the contact network and the power supply in the contact network before closing gates and installation sites in the off position.

3.2.23. When placing devices for electric equipment to open the depot station tracks portion of the trolley wire over the place of equipment must be partitioned, an alarm system for removing and applying a voltage and a lock. When de-energized with a partitioned area of ​​contact network should be lit green light when voltage is present – a red signal.

3.2.24. Outfitting devices for depot ways must additionally have a two-color light signaling, resolution (green light) or prohibiting the entry of electric equipment in place (red light).

3.2.25. In the presence of voltage in the contact network access to the roof of an electric, is under the contact wire is prohibited. Luke should have to exit the lock.

3.2.26. Draining and refilling of water for cooling diesel locomotives and diesel – train must be made by means of hoses, pipes and other devices, excluding the strait of water and water into contact with workers.

3.2.27. Submission of liquid petroleum products for locomotives and diesel – the trains must be made through pipelines laid in closed conduits. This should be ensured control tightness.

3.2.28. Dispensers in the off position shall be outside the envelope approximation. To transfer diesel Lube spent in small amounts should be used special containers with tight-fitting lids.

3.2.29. In equipping positions and repair must be closed vessel for collecting the spent diesel oil, diesel fuel and the defective cooling water and sludge from the fire foaming installation. Drain fuel and oil mining techniques in buckets and trays prohibited.

3.3. Conveying

3.3.1. Construction and arrangement of conveyors in industrial buildings, galleries, tunnels and ramps must meet the safety requirements in accordance with GOST 12.2.022-80 [9] and the Common safety rules [60].

3.3.2. The height from the floor to the bottom of galleries and flyovers should be at least 2 m width of galleries and flyovers should provide passage for people to at least 800 mm between the wall and the conveyor is not less than 700 mm. When the width of the belt more than 1400 mm – not less than 800 mm on both sides.

3.3.3. Emergency exits from the galleries and catwalks and ramps over pipelines should be located not less than 100 m

In the aisles with a slope of more than 7 degrees. ladders shall be arranged.

3.3.4. Conveyors shall be capable of providing:

- Emergency stop drive from any point from the main passage;

- Turn off the drive at breakage and slippage of the tape, as well as clogging discharge hoppers and chutes.

3.3.5. At an inclination of more than 6 degrees. conveyor shall be equipped with locking devices to prevent movement of the laden branches in the opposite direction when stopped.

3.3.6. When the location of pipelines and equipment passes over the lower branch and shall be enclosed by a solid skin, eliminating drop transported materials.

3.4. Transport technological purpose (lifter, avtotelezhki, cars and electric)

3.4.1. Do not operate electric platforms at fault susceptor controller, brakes and signals as well as the absence of protection from the effects of electric current.

3.4.2. Electric platforms running wheels at 10 – 12 cm from the floor, the rails must be closed with solid metal covers.

3.4.3. Lifter must be equipped with an automatic device (stoppers, locks, etc.), warning their spontaneous movement.

3.4.4. Piece goods must meet the dimensions of the cargo platforms trucks. Small piece goods should be transported in containers. Move cylinders with compressed gases, as well as barrels, drums and boxes of corrosive substances should be carried out in special containers or trucks fitted with devices that eliminates drop rollover of such goods and their damage.

3.4.5. The presence of the driver on the truck during loading and unloading her cock prohibited.

3.4.6. Stack loads on forklift should be so as to prevent the fall of the load during the loading, lifting, transportation and unloading.

3.4.7. In operation, Auto and electric must observe the rules of labor protection in road transport [63], in particular, it is prohibited:

- Exploit technically faulty loader (no signal, brakes, lighting);

- Lifting loads weighing up fixed-duty vehicles;

- Capture cargo truck with acceleration by plunging;

- To raise the frame with a load on the forks when tilted away from you;

- Raise, lower and tilt the load when traveling;

- Capture lying on pallets cargo tilt lift myself;

- Transport goods raised to a height of 1.0 m;

- Raise primerzshy goods;

- Transported on the forks cylinders (oxygen, acetylene, etc.);

- Georgia faces a stack and to drag it;

- Used trucks for transportation and lifting.

3.5. Handling (lifting and moving loads)

3.5.1. All work associated with the loading, unloading and transportation of goods, must be carried out in accordance with GOST 12.3.009-76 [10] Rules of safety and industrial hygiene in the production of loading and unloading of railway transport, and Rules for the safe operation of hoisting cranes [PB 10-14-92], approved by the Decree of Russian Gosgortechnadzor 30.12.92 N 41, Rules on occupational safety in road transport [63].

3.5.2. Handling should be done, as a rule, mechanized method using cranes, forklifts and other machinery, and at low volumes – with the use of small tools. Mechanized loading and unloading is required for cargo weighing more than 50 kg, as well as lifting loads to a height of 1.5 m Heavy loads (weighing more than 500 kg) load and unload permitted only cranes.

3.5.3. Allowed the following norm manual carrying goods: one man – weighing not more than 50 kg for a distance not exceeding 25 m and a height of not more than 1.5 m; woman – weighing less than 10 kg <*>. For moving loads on trucks or in containers applied force should not exceed 10 kg; adolescents aged 16 to 18 years are permitted to ship bulk, lightweight and piece goods weighing up to 16 kg.

_______________

* Council of Ministers – Government of the Russian Federation from 06.11.93 N 105.

 

Moving goods over a distance of 25 meters should be done on two-wheeled carts or other devices rigging.

3.5.4. Loading platforms must have a height of 1.1 m from the rail head, and from the entrance of vehicles – at the height of the floor of a car.

Platforms and warehouses should be equipped with ramps, the width of which on the part of the railway track should be at least 3.0 m, and from the entrance of a car – not less than 1.5 m

3.5.5. Gangway, serving for lifting and lowering of loads carried by hand, should churn out several boards of a thickness not less than 60 mm. The width of the gangway to pass without load shall be not less than 0.25 m, and for the passage of a load – not less than 1 m to stop upside gangway plank required to fill at 0.5 m

3.5.6. Came down to lower or lift the load should produce of oak or other healthy roundwood diameter of 150 mm and a length of 4 to 6 m without cracks or knots. The upper end shall be equipped with a flat-iron hooks of section 75 x 16 mm, the lower end – ironclad protection for splitting. Heavy duty slug should be strengthened by calculation, according to their weight.

3.5.7. Stacking of materials and equipment shall be subject to the requirements of work safety and their safety.

Ways of arranging the materials listed in Appendix 11.3.

3.5.8. Props (prop up) the materials and items of equipment to walls and fences is prohibited.

3.5.9. When work on a pile height of 1.5 meters should be used portable stairs inventory.

3.5.10. When using Nakatami angle of inclination should not exceed 30 deg., And the distance between Nakatami selected so that the goods have not played for them for more than 1 m When unloading is not permitted rolling several pipes, logs simultaneously.

3.5.11. By loading – unloading of dangerous and especially dangerous goods allowed workers specially trained in educational establishments of the undertaking or individually through the establishment of skilled workers and after the exams Commission appointed by the leadership of the company. Instruction for these individuals should be carried out every 3 months.

3.5.12. Hoisting equipment used for loading – unloading operations shall conform to and be in good condition. During operation, handling devices and removable container owner should periodically inspect them in the following terms:

- Traverse, mites and other grips and containers – each month;

- Slings (except rarely used) – every 10 days;

- Rarely used removable lifting devices – before issuing them to work.

Slings and container inspection must be carried out according to the instructions, developed a specialized organization.

3.5.13. When rigging – stropalnyh work is forbidden:

- Lifting loads whose weight exceeds the limit load slings and lifting devices;

- Stand on the moving cargo or be under him;

- Pull use faulty devices, as well as devices, the probation period which has expired;

- Correct (push) sledgehammer blows, scrap, etc. branch lines, which tied with the goods;

- Route cargo hands;

- Hold hands or tongs slips when lifting cargo slings;

- Open hook primerzshie covered with earth or goods;

- Lay loads on electric cables, hoses and pipes.

3.5.14. Ropes harnesses, safety belts, slings cargo rope, manual hoists and cats and construction helmets must meet the technical requirements.

 

 

4. Mechanical repair shops and manufacturing

 

4.1. Production equipment and organization of workplaces

4.1.1. The equipment is located in the auxiliary shops keeping with the order of steps (operations) of the process, providing friendly and safe working conditions, and in accordance with the union norms of technological design machining and assembly departments of engineering, instrument-making and metalworking (ONTP 07-83 [74]), union norms of technological design of road transport enterprises (ONTP-01-91 [73]), departmental construction norms BCH-01-89 Minavtotransa RSFSR [77], as well as repair NTP farms ferrous metallurgy enterprises [75].

4.1.2. Take into operation equipment should commission, appointed by the company management. Production equipment shall meet the requirements of GOST 12.2.003-91 [36].

4.1.3. Safe operation of production equipment shall be ensured:

- Stable and safe technological mode of structural elements;

- The use of design patterns automation and remote control;

- Application design remedies;

- Compliance with the technical documentation referred to in the safety requirements for installation, operation and maintenance.

4.1.4. Technological processes to meet the requirements of GOST 12.3.002-75 [3], GOST 12.3.025-80 [29], machine equipment – GOST 12.2.009-80 [13].

4.1.5. Width of aisles in the shops should not be less than, m:

for main aisles 1.5;

for passages between the equipment 1.2;

for passages between the walls of industrial buildings and equipment 1.0;

for a pass intended for the maintenance and repair of equipment 0.7.

4.1.6. Width of aisles in jobs should be increased by at least 0.75 m at its sole location jobs from walkways and driveways and not less than 1.5 m at the location of jobs on both sides of the aisles and driveways.

4.1.7. When operating in the shops set of hoisting machines, boilers, pressure vessels and piping for liquids and gases should be guided by the Rules for design and safe operation of cranes (PB 10-14-92), Rules of the device and the safe operation of steam boilers [62], Regulation design and safe operation of vessels working under pressure (PB-10-115-96), Rules of the device and the safe operation of steam and hot water
(PB 03-75-94), approved by the Resolution Gosgortechnadzor Russia (30.12.92 N 41, respectively; 28.05.93 N 12; 18.04.95 N 11; 18.07.94 N 45).

4.1.8. Operation of gas facilities must be conducted in accordance with the safety rules in the gas sector. [61]

4.1.9. Operation of compressor stations shall be in accordance with the Rules of the device and the safe operation of stationary compressor units, air ducts and pipelines approved Gostgortechnadzor Russia 12.07.71 and
GOST 12.2.016-81 [6].

4.1.10. Dangerous elements intrashop production equipment and transport equipment and fire-fighting equipment to ensure safety should be a bright color, and color marks.

4.1.11. Repair shops should have emergency exits, Internal telephone and meet the requirements of the Ministry of Health Sanitary Rules for Russian machine shops N 5160-89.

4.2. Metal cutting.

4.2.1. Work on turning, drilling, machine and other machines with rotating and moving the working bodies should be kept in overalls, excluding incidental capture tissue. Never work with the sleeves rolled up or unbuttoned dress and bareheaded, Warning grip hair.

In metal cutting shall follow the rules of labor protection during cold working of metals, approved by Russian Ministry of Labor.

4.2.2. Grinding machines must have stops (podruchnik) for sharpened tools and parts, guards or shields with automatic engine shut-off when not in use. Before installing the machine sanding circles must pass the relevant tests. Do not operate the sharpener with unbalanced sanding disc and sanding wheels having a cracked or chipped.

When working on grinding machines are prohibited:

- Dressing of circles with a tool or chisel;

- Use leverage to increase the pressure on the circle;

- Use coolants which may detrimentally impact on the skin of workers;

- To do the work side (end) surfaces circles are not intended for this type of work.

4.2.3. Working tools (cutters, mills, drills, threaded and grooving, etc.) before starting work shall be verified working. Periodic inspection shall master. This should be carried safety rules when working with tools and devices [64], approved by the USSR Ministry of 30/04/85. Job faulty instruments is prohibited.

4.2.4. The equipment on which the process of allocated fragments, chips, sparks, spray cooling – lubricating fluid must be equipped with protective shields, screens located between the working tool on the machine and the person working. When you need to monitor the treatment process to set screens viewing window made of transparent and durable material.

If it is impossible for structural and other circumstances the device shielding workers should be issued personal protective equipment.

4.2.5. When you change the working tool installation and removal from the machine the workpiece, as well as cleaning the chip, the machine must be switched off.

4.2.6. For machining of long (more than 10 – 12 diameters) should be applied lunettes (fixed or mobile).

4.2.7. All items to be processed on a drill press, with the exception of particularly heavy, must be installed on a table or plate drilling machine still using clutches, conductors and other reliable devices.

When working on the drills are prohibited:

- Use a drill with a clogged or worn liners;

- Use gloves when working;

- Keep the product during processing directly hands.

4.2.8. Design teams must include cutters reliable fastening teeth, precluding their loss during operation. These cutters and cutters with carbide plates or high speed steel should be carefully technical control. Apply disc cutter cracked, burned or broken teeth are not allowed.

4.2.9. Slotting and planing machines, depending on the progress of the table should have a special sliding fence painted in bright – red. Between the wall and the table should be extended passage width not less than 0.7 m

4.2.10. Bandsaw machines must be equipped with devices, catch the saw blade in case of breakage.

4.2.11. Materials under the tape and disk saws must be made by special devices to enable stable position of the cut material and eliminates the possibility of injury to the worker.

4.2.12. Guillotine, roller, combined shears material should be equipped with:

- Arrangements for laying and maintaining the material being cut (tables, roller conveyors, etc.), established at the level of the fixed blade;

- Directing and safety rulers constructed to allow you to work clearly visible line (place) cut;

- A device for adjusting the clearance, depending on the thickness of the metal being cut and stops to limit the cut sheet feeder;

- Mechanical and hydraulic clamps to secure the material to be cut;

- Safety devices, interlocked with the trigger, excluding the possibility of injury to workers. Scissors must have a sign indicating the maximum allowable thickness of the material being cut.

4.2.13. Hand lever shears should be securely fastened on special racks, benches, tables, etc.

4.2.14. Hand shears primaries must be equipped with clamps on the upper movable knife, shock absorber to cushion cutter bar and the counterweight that keeps the upper movable knife in a safe position.

4.2.15. Metalworking machine tools (lathes, milling, grinding, drilling, etc.) must be equipped with devices pylestruzhkopriemnikami and feed coolant.

4.2.16. Before starting the production equipment necessary to check the correct position of the arms and the control buttons. This should be provided full security staff.

4.2.17. It is forbidden to start the equipment after installation or repair without installing fences, audible and visual alarms, locks, and designed into providing security services, as well as without the permission of the person responsible for installation or repair.

4.2.18. For personal safety equipment remote start should be made after a warning sound or light signal and receiving a signal from the responsible service places equipment on the possibility of starting.

4.2.19. Signal elements (bells, sirens, lamps) must be protected from mechanical damage and positioned so as to ensure reliable signal audibility and visibility of the work area.

4.2.20. In the shops and workplaces should be posted signal table and instructions on how to start and stop equipment.

4.2.21. When a power interruption or suspension of production for another reason all electric drive equipment, which is unacceptable self-starting must have devices to prevent inadvertent switching.

4.2.22. Workplaces must be out of the movement of goods transported by lifting gear, and be fitted with shelves or cabinets for storage devices and tools.

4.2.23. On the equipment, machines and mechanisms should not be an obstruction. All parts and materials should be placed on special shelves, tables, stands.

4.3. Guards and protective devices.

4.3.1. All moving and rotating parts of industrial equipment and machinery, transmission and drive components must be securely fastened solid or mesh metal fencing to exclude access to them during operation. It is forbidden to maintain and repair fencing and moving parts when the equipment.

4.3.2. Fencing should not restrict the technological capabilities of the equipment and its maintenance, and should not be a source of danger. Fences made of mesh should be designed to provide constancy of form and set rigidity.

4.3.3. When applying a mesh fence should be observed following distance from a dangerous place fencing.

 

Data

Grid opening dimensions and distance from a dangerous place to her, mm

Dimensions of the hole lattice

10

16

25

40

50

Distance from a dangerous place to square lattice

27

90

104

110

620

Distance from a dangerous place to lattice-ring

13

85

108

110

530

 

4.3.4. Design and mount fencing must be sustainable and to exclude the possibility of accidental contact and fencing working with moving elements.

4.3.5. The strength of the fence should be set taking into account the load, as determined by the efforts of the impact on the fence working or crumbling pieces of equipment.

4.3.6. Protective fence function not decrease under the influence of factors of production (e.g., vibration, temperature, etc.).

4.3.7. Application removable cover and enclosure devices are permitted only if for structural or technological reasons it is not possible to establish steady.

4.3.8. For the production of repairs and adjustments, as well as to monitor the process and work arrangements include fences allowed sealed windows or hatches. Construction observation windows and hatches should provide convenience and security surveillance staff.

4.3.9. Removable, folding and sliding fence, as well as opening doors, covers, guards in these enclosures or equipment cabinets shall be capable of their inadvertent removal or opening (locks, removal using the tool lock).

4.3.10. Counterweights, which are not placed inside the equipment, must be omitted in the holes made in the floor or protected.

4.3.11. Fencing that need to manually open, remove, move or install a few times during the shift should have appropriate devices (pens, staples, etc.).

4.3.12. Must be developed and approved by the head of department order of reception and delivery shift inspection units of machines, as well as defined inspection frequency administration department observance of the order of their production.

4.3.13. Operation of all equipment in compliance with the technical conditions specified passports, including maps or special instructions.

4.3.14. Inspection, periodic inspection and test equipment, tools and equipment shall be in accordance with the guidelines and rules of operation. Prohibited work on malfunctioning equipment, use of defective parts and tools.

4.4. Cleaning, lubrication and repair of industrial equipment.

4.4.1. Cleaning production equipment and cleaning should be performed chips specifically designed for this work tool (brushes, scrapers, hooks).

4.4.2. Shavings, dust and dirt from the equipment and the zone near should promptly leave. Cleaning products should be carried out on special sections equipped with aspiration.

4.4.3. Lubrication system equipment must have devices (plates, collections, boxes, pallets, trays), warning splashing and pouring oil.

4.4.4. Lubricate moving parts manually mechanisms during operation of the equipment is prohibited.

4.4.5. To care for the equipment workers must be provided with cleaning materials. Storage in shops and industrial premises clean and cleaning material used must be done separately in locked metal boxes lids.

4.4.6. Lubricants and other flammable materials should be stored in metal containers closing (drums, cans, boxes). Supply of flammable materials in the shops (including repair work) shall not exceed the daily requirement. Do not leave such materials on the premises shop after work, as well as during production work near hot objects, electrical and heating devices.

4.4.7. Organization and carrying out repair work equipment must meet the requirements of the Provisional Regulations on the maintenance and repair of mechanical equipment and provisions on campaign – preventive maintenance of equipment and vehicles in the workplace.

4.4.8. Preventive inspections and repairs must be carried out in terms of schedule planning – preventive maintenance (CPD).

4.4.9. Capital and current repairs of main equipment is carried out by the developed and approved draft organization of work (ERP) and routing. In the ERP shall include persons responsible for compliance with safety requirements and safety measures during the repairs, and the order and sequence of repairs.

4.4.10. Stop equipment, units, devices for inspection, cleaning and repair, as well as their start should be made in accordance with the regulations approved by the head of department.

4.4.11. Before starting any repair work is necessary:

- Disconnected from the motors available on the power of the equipment in the network;

- Disassemble the drive circuit diagrams;

- The trigger to hang posters prohibiting “Do not include! Working people”, and to take measures to avoid erroneous or spontaneous switching devices.

4.4.12. Stopped for an internal inspection, cleaning or repairing equipment, units, devices and communication must be disconnected from steam, water and process piping, flues and sources of electricity supply, all pipelines should set caps; communications equipment and exempt from process materials.

4.4.13. Zone repair work must be protected from the existing equipment and communications. Zone on post safety signs, posters, signal means.

4.4.14. When repairing industrial equipment, do not clutter up the aisles and exits in the shops and indoor materials, parts, attachments, etc.

4.4.15. All work on the movement of goods should be performed at the direction and with the approval of persons responsible for the safe conduct of operations and the movement of goods.

Lift, move and drop the large and heavy loads is necessary in the presence of the person responsible for carrying out repairs.

4.4.16. Forests, bridges, stairs to carry out repair work at height must meet the requirements of SNIP 111-4-80 “Safety in Construction” [47], as well as safety regulations when working with tools and devices [64].

4.4.17. At impossibility device decking and scaffolding when working from ladders at a height of 1.5 m workers should use safety belts with safety ropes. Secure place of safety belts when working at height must be indicated on the structures.

4.4.18. Portable ladders mounted on smooth surfaces, should have reason studded tires.

Tested ladders mounted on the ground, on the grounds must have ferrules. It is forbidden to use bound ladders.

4.4.19. In the production of repair contractor work should be carried out according to the organization of work on the project along – admission or by an act of transfer of land for repairs.

4.5. Gas-flame and electric welding.

Flame work

4.5.1. Flame work should be carried out in accordance with the requirements of
GOST 12.3.036-84 [14] Rules of fire safety in the Russian Federation (FSP-01-93) [59], approved by the Russian Interior Ministry 16.10.93 and Instruction approved the technical director.

When operating the acetylene and oxygen cylinders must comply with the requirements of the Rules for design and safe operation of vessels under pressure, approved by the Decree of Russian Gosgortechnadzor 28.05.93 N 12, as well as safety regulations and hygiene in the production of acetylene flame and metal processing, approved Mintyazhmashem USSR 1985

4.5.2. Tool for gas-flame operations (cutters, burners, etc.) must be registered in a special register with the application of the relevant number.

4.5.3. The place of permanent welding and gas-flame operations should a fire extinguisher, fire barrel with a sleeve attached to the nearest fire pipeline or tank of water with a margin of at least 0.2 cc. m and a sand box. Welding stations must be located in non-combustible enclosures, measuring at least 3 m. m gap between a wall of the cab and the floor should be within 50 – 100 mm.

4.5.4. All flammable materials (oil, cleaning materials, etc.) shall be located at least 10 meters from the place of production of welding and hot work.

4.5.5. When welding, all wood and other combustible parts facilities located at a distance of 2 m from the weld area must be protected with asbestos or steel sheets.

4.5.6. Premises welding areas shall be fire resistant and equipped with forced ventilation. Ceiling height should be at least 3.2 m

4.5.7. During gas welding, gas cutting and soldering is prohibited:

- Allow people to work, not certified in the prescribed manner as welders;

- Perform welding, cutting or soldering freshly painted designs;

- To carry out work on vehicles and communications filled with flammable and toxic substances as well as pressurized flammable liquids, gases, vapors, or air under pressure;

- Use of fire works with clothing with traces of oil, grease, gasoline, kerosene and other flammable liquids, as well as clothing made of synthetic materials;

- Warming up frozen acetylene generators, piping, valves, motors and other parts of open flames or red-hot objects;

- Let the oxygen tanks and equipment to the existence of oxygen plant, animal and mineral oils and oily clothes;

- To carry out the work, smoke or use open fire closer than 10 m from the cylinders with acetylene and oxygen closer than 3 m from atsetilenoprovodov and closer than 1.5 m from the oxygen supply;

- Work from one water trap two welders working on the carbide dust, push the generator large pieces of calcium carbide;

- Download carbide in wet charging baskets or in the presence of water in the gas collector, and also fill more than half of the basket;

- Use copper tools for opening drums with calcium carbide and copper solder for soldering acetylene equipment;

- Store together oxygen and acetylene cylinders.

4.5.8. Acetylene generator must be the place of welding (cutting) of the metal, as well as any other open flames and strongly heated products at a distance not less than 10 m is not permitted to operate from a portable generator, located on one trolley with an oxygen cylinder.

4.5.9. Acetylene generator shall be equipped with a water trap on the number of simultaneously used torches (torches). The water level in the gate should be checked before use and at least 2 times per shift, as well as after each kick-back and top up if necessary.

4.5.10. Acetylene generators should be periodically (but not less than 1 time per year) be inspected and tested. Business Administration should ensure testing of generators and make a note in their passports.

4.5.11. Oxygen and acetylene gear at least 1 time per quarter shall be subject to the inspection and test and instrumentation (pressure gauges, gas flow meters, etc.) – periodic inspections: its less than 1 time in
12 months from sealing and stamping them in specialized laboratories and at least 1 time in 6 months testing equipment technical service company with a record of results in the journal control checks.

4.5.12. Hoses for gas-flame operations must have the appropriate color-coded (blue – for oxygen). Hoses for gas welding shall not exceed 20 m minimum length segments abutting hoses should be at least 3 m and the number of joints no more than two.

Acetylene is not allowed to connect hoses copper tube, and use oxygen acetylene hoses and vice versa.

Fasten hoses fittings should Collar. Nipples on water gates hoses must be worn tightly without additional fastening.

4.5.13. When powered by acetylene gas welding positions and oxygen cylinders from the past must be installed vertically in special racks and firmly attached to them collars or chains. Cylinders must be over awnings that protect them from sunlight.

4.5.14. When using liquefied gas in the cold season may be heated to 30 degrees cylinders. C hot water or steam. Open fires for heating cylinders or gear is not allowed.

4.5.15. Stationary acetylene generator must be installed in a separate room. Generator room should be constructed of non-combustible material, covered with a fireproof roof light and a separate fire-resistant walls of the adjacent buildings. It should be dry, with general ventilation. To prevent water from freezing in the room temperature should be maintained below 5 degrees. C. Space heating can be water or steam, and the artificial electric lighting outside (through the window), if internal, the explosion-proof.

4.5.16. When the temporary work shall be permitted in the workplace is not more than one portable acetylene gas generator capacity of not more than
3 cubic meters. m / h under the following conditions: maximum loading lump of calcium carbide in the hopper should not exceed 4 kg, the number of simultaneously used torches (torches) – not more than two and installing water seal for each post, the total power burners (rezaktov) is not greater than 2000 liters of gas per hour, the room must have a capacity of not less than 300 cubic meters. m and ventilation.

Do not install acetylene generators and acetylene cylinders, even temporarily:

- Boilers, and blacksmith shops;

- The air intakes, fans and compressors;

- In areas where there are substances which form explosive compounds with acetylene (chlorine, oxygen, copper, zinc and their alloys);

- In the aisles, passages, stairways and in crowded places.

4.5.17. When conducting a benzo, kerosinoreznyh work is forbidden:

- Cutting to produce air at a pressure in a fuel tank, the working pressure of oxygen in the torch;

- Evaporator superheat torch to cherry color, and hang up the cutter head;

- Pinch and twist the hoses for supplying gasoline or kerosene to the cutter;

- Use oxygen hoses for supply of kerosene or gasoline to the cutter.

Electric welding

4.5.18. Electric welding work allowed to persons at least 18 years that have passed a medical examination, safety training and certified according to the Rules of certification of welders and welding engineers approved GAN Russia [81].

4.5.19. Electric welding must be performed in accordance with the requirements of GOST 12.3.003-86 [22] and SNIP 111-4-80. Constant electric welding operations must be performed in buildings in specially designated ventilated, equipped fire extinguishing agents. In areas for welding Never store flammable items and materials.

4.5.20. Connect electric welding installation indoors and shops can only to special switching devices, which should always be closed and locked. They should be an inscription indicating their purpose. Connecting other devices to the current collectors are prohibited.

4.5.21. In the workshops, booths, workplaces need of Electric posting warning signs. Designated electric welding should protect opaque shields or curtains of non-combustible material.

4.5.22. Over the welding unit located outdoors, shall be constructed of non-combustible materials sheds excluding precipitation hit the workplace welder and welding equipment.

4.5.23. Each electric welding unit must be provided with a passport and operating instructions. The enterprise must be defined system maintenance, repair and responsibility for the operation and repair of welding equipment. Verification is performed annually.

4.5.24. Body electric welding installation and clamp welding transformer secondary winding, which is connected to the wire going to the product (Return) must be grounded on a common ground loop. In this serial connection to be welded together and use common grounding wire for a group of products is not allowed.

4.5.25. Welders must have a device to limit or automatic shut-off circuit voltage at break of the welding circuit.

4.5.26. Welding in enclosed or confined spaces, hazardous conditions (altitude), in tanks, wet areas, etc. must carry along by – using the admission usually DC. Repair work must be carried out in silos subject to the requirements of the Uniform safety rules during crushing, screening, mineral processing and agglomeration of ores and concentrates, § 63 [60].

4.5.27. Welding in closed containers must be performed by a special addition – the admission of at least three workers, certified for electrical safety.

Person working inside the tank shall be provided with a proven life-belt with a rope attached to it, a second end of the second must be a person who is outside the container.

Third person oversees safe operation and, if necessary, assists in running capacity.

5.4.28. Do not carry out any repairs welding systems under stress.

4.5.29. The design of the welding electrode holders must comply with the EMP and the state standard. Electrode must be convenient to use, provide a reliable grip and quick change of electrodes without contact with live parts, to have a reliable connection to the welding wire. Arms should be of a thermally insulating and dielectric material.

4.5.30. Upon completion of work, the power supply must be disconnected from the power supply and cable Electrode disconnected from the power supply and cleaned lockable room (box).

5.4.31. Workers welding jobs should be provided with personal protective shields, goggles, protective helmets, gloves dielectric, galoshes, rugs, etc. in accordance with the maintenance and PTB.

4.6. Press – forging operation

4.6.1. When forging works must comply with the requirements
of GOST 12.0.017-93 [16], these Rules and Regulations for the protection of labor in the production of press – forging works approved Russian Ministry of Labor.

4.6.2. Hog and flues flame furnaces should be cleaned periodically from the combustion products, with a full stop operation of the furnaces and air temperature inside hog no higher than 40 degrees. C.

Before operating inside the hog must disable and silence, using standard plugs, pipelines supplying liquid or gaseous fuel, ventilate the interior space, an analysis of air pollution inside the hog. Inside the hog operation must be carried along by – admission and supervised by a responsible person with breaks to stay out of the hog.

To carry out works within the hog enterprise should be designed instruction endorsed by the technical head of the company, establishing a procedure for the organization, design of safe work performance. Safety requirements should be not be less than the Model Directions for secure carrying gas hazardous work approved Gostgortechnadzor USSR 20/02/85.

4.6.3. Work on cleaning and repairing furnaces hogs must be performed by qualified workers in addition to – tolerance. Women and adolescents in these works are not permitted.

4.6.4. Boot windows furnaces fired with liquid or gaseous fuels shall be closed lids firmly attached to the openings and have hoods. Lifting caps working windows should be mechanized.

Counterweight to balance the cover furnaces should be encased in a height equal to move the counterweight from the lower position to the upper.

4.6.5. Furnaces heated workpiece extending beyond the loading gate shall be equipped with an air curtain.

4.6.6. Loading, unloading heavy and long billets from the furnace and feed them to the hammer, anvil and the press should be mechanized (cranes with special grippers, gripping tongs for monorails, special supports – roller conveyors, trough triggers, etc.).

4.6.7. Forges should have hoods that do not allow knocking them out of gas.

4.6.8. Hand forged anvils must be installed horizontally (by level) and firmly secured on a wooden chair, dug into the ground to a depth of at least 0.5 m as chairs should be used under the anvil part of a healthy butt hardwoods. Chair on top should be swift one or two steel hoops.

4.6.9. The distance between the forge and anvil must be at least 1.5 m, and between adjacent anvils at least 3 – 4 m Passes and races should be placed on the anvil is not closer than 2 meters

4.6.10. Industrial premises press – forging plant should be one story. Clearance shop equipped with forging – forging equipment and overhead cranes, must be free to allow disassembly and reassembly of the highest equipment placed in the shop.

The walls and floors of the aisle should be of durable fire-resistant materials that can withstand vibration exposure when working hammers.

4.6.11. Industrial premises repair of stamps, machined parts, etc. must be isolated from the premises by harmful factors of production.

4.6.12. For storage of stamps, blanks, forging materials and spare parts shop should have special facilities (playgrounds), equipped with devices that prevent a fall or collapse of stored goods (racks, cages for packaging, molded parts, etc.) and lifting – vehicles.

Between the racks and equipment or building wall distance should be at least 1 m

4.6.13. Location heating furnaces should eliminate the need for the heated metal on the passage or transit.

4.6.14. The shop should be equipped with general exchange of supply – exhaust and local exhaust ventilation. Ventilation unit must ensure normal sanitary zone Shop – hygienic conditions and meet the requirements of SNIP 2.04.05.-91 [52].

4.6.15. Electric induction furnaces and resistance should be equipped – free contact, switch off when you open the windows boot covers. High-temperature electric heating elements furnaces and heating furnaces magnesium alloys must be shielded and positioned so as to avoid local overheating workpieces in ovens.

4.6.16. When the blacksmith work is forbidden:

- Ferrous metal forging, chilled below 800 deg. C, as well as on wet or greasy anvil;

- Use unheated tools (pliers, mandrel);

- Touch hands to the workpieces, the striker hitting the edges and avoid idle blows top striker with the lower;

- Stand against lopping end forgings.

4.7. Thermal work

4.7.1. When the thermal and chemical – heat treatment of metals is necessary to fulfill the requirements of safety, GOST 12.3.004-75 [15] and GOST 12.2.007.9-93.

4.7.2. Production facilities for heat treatment of metals, which are in buildings with other shops should be located at the outer wall, to be isolated from other premises capital baffles and meet the requirements of Sections 4, 8, 9 of these Rules.

4.7.3. Chemicals and quenching oils used in heat treatment, must be stored in compliance with the requirements of section 6 of this Regulation.

4.7.4. Heat treatment furnaces shall be equipped with alarms that are triggered when the temperature drops, pressure and flow.

4.7.5. In flameless heating furnaces with gas loading should apply veil of non-flammable gas, preventing the formation of a combustible mixture.

4.7.6. In reheating furnaces over windows boot device must be installed local exhaust ventilation (umbrellas, shelters, etc.).

4.7.7. In quench fire departments means to be carbon dioxide or dry chemical extinguishers. Application of foam fire extinguishers and water is not allowed.

4.8. Foundry

4.8.1. Organization and conduct of the work in the foundry industry must meet the requirements of GOST 12.3.027-92. ”Works foundry, safety requirements” and GOST 12.2.099-84 “Units for steelmaking. General safety requirements.”

4.8.2. Foundries should be located downwind (wind rose) away from other industrial buildings of not less than:

 

When performance management tons of castings per year

10

20

50

Distance m

20

25

30

 

4.8.3. Building workshops must meet fire protection requirements:

the fire resistance of I and II;

class PUE-PAP.

4.8.4. Height production area from floor to ceiling should be at least
3.2 m, and the area per employee – 4.5 m. m

4.8.5. Floors in foundries must be strong: in the melting and molding departments of reinforced concrete slabs or steel corrugated material.

4.8.6. Width of aisles and passages between the equipment using small self-propelled trucks (width 500 – 700 mm) must be – 1100 – 1300 mm, electric cars – 2000 mm.

4.8.7. Drying and heat treatment furnaces shall be located on the columns and walls at a distance of respectively 1000 and 1200 mm, other equipment – at a distance of 700 – 800 mm.

4.8.8. The width of the pads (made of corrugated steel) around the furnace should be at least 0.8 m

4.8.9. Working platform furnace bay along the perimeter fence should have a solid skin on the bottom.

4.8.10. Land floors in offices melting shops where possible accumulation of water shall be equipped with devices for its removal. When pouring the liquid metal into contact with the water should be excluded.

4.8.11. On the job site must be near furnaces device to blow jobs.

4.8.12. Foundries must be equipped with supply – exhaust ventilation, the amount of air is determined by the rate of 1 ton of castings (thousand cubic m. / Hr):

Material

Mass castings kg

<100

100 – 1000

> 1000

cast iron

300

260

230

steel

330

300

280

 

4.8.13. Melting units must be equipped with devices to purify the waste gases: spark arrestor, cyclones, bag filters.

4.8.14. Crushing and grinding machines must be equipped with dust extraction or aspiration devices.

4.8.15. The concentration of pollutants in the air of the working area foundries should be monitored according to the schedule approved by the technical manager of the shop.

The content of harmful substances in the air of the working area must not exceed the maximum permissible concentration (MPC) set GOST 12.1.005-88 General sanitary – hygienic requirements to the working area.

4.8.16. Charged into the smelting furnace materials should be pre-dried.

Feed raw materials in melting bath is prohibited.

4.8.17. During filling materials and podvalki charge all work on the stove should be suspended, and the people removed to a safe distance.

8.4.18. Finding people under the stove after straightening charge prohibited.

8.4.19. Prior to the casting of the metal should be checked for cracks notch and moisture in the lining to prevent leakage or ejection of metal.

Overflow metal and slag into molds in shlakovnitsy not allowed.

4.8.20. Shihtovochnye materials should be stored in covered areas, in bins, silos, pits.

8.4.21. Unloading and feed materials shihtovochnyh to melting furnaces and their load shall be mechanized.

4.8.22. Slag yard should be located in an area remote from the residential and office premises and drive ways.

8.4.23. Slag pit wall must be made of heat-resistant concrete and lined with metal plates. Drain liquid slag should be made uniform jet.

4.8.24. Extinguishing media should be:

- Smelters – dry powder fire extinguishers, dry sand, fluxes;

- In molding and core departments – chemical foam, carbon dioxide.

8.4.25. For work in foundries (production areas) allowed persons at least 18 years have passed medical examination and safety training, workplace training and validation of knowledge.

4.8.26. Melting department staff should be provided with personal protective equipment: insulating costumes, footwear, safety glasses, respirators.

4.9. Woodworking

4.9.1. General requirements

4.9.1.1. Technological processes (work) wood should be organized and conducted in accordance with the requirements of GOST 12.3.042-88 [17] and safety requirements for equipment to GOST 12.2.026.0-93 [34].

4.9.1.2. On all work must be developed and approved the technical lead instructions, which includes measures to prevent impact on operating dangerous and harmful factors.

4.9.1.3. For fire and explosion hazards of woodworking processes are categorized in, land grinding – the category B.

4.9.2. Requirements for jobs

4.9.2.1. Accommodation production equipment and business jobs in woodworking shops must comply with the requirements of GOST 12.3.042-88 [17].

4.9.2.2. Equipment when working where there is a risk ejection cutting tool material being processed or trimmings workplace should be located outside the potential release or protected by screens.

4.9.2.3. All jobs must be provided with devices and equipment for cleaning of machinery and equipment, cleaning jobs. In the working area must be specified storage device inventory. Use compressed air to blast equipment, jobs, overalls prohibited. Allowed for these purposes apply the cleaner installation.

4.9.2.4. Storage of the processed material in the passages, on the equipment or on the railing prohibited. Materials must be packed in stable stacks around equipment in designated areas to a height of not more than 1.7 m from the floor.

4.9.2.5. Workbenches, shelving, stands, cabinets, tables and other equipment must be strong, stable, securely fastened to the floor, height, suitable for work.

4.9.2.6. Do not operate the log frames, disk, chipper and other machines and units at:

- Touch the fence;

- Divorced uneven teeth and the presence of burrs;

- Damaged lubrication systems and cooling and are not blocked;

- Distortions and loosening the structures;

- Heating of bearings for more than 70 deg. C.

4.9.2.7. At various stages of wood must be installed iron catcher. Over bunkers and presses shredded wood chips must be installed aspiration system (hoods).

4.9.3. Lumber production and procurement

4.9.3.1. Storage area from the sawmilling logs frame must be equipped with guards, excluding loss from the storage timber to the side frame sawing.

4.9.3.2. Workers at the sawmill frames must be provided with special support tool for moving logs and amendments, boards, planks, slabs on okoloramnyh mechanisms to remove the obstruction of overhang as for sending logs or sawn timber in the guide blades in case utykaniya and for cleaning of the workplace.

4.9.3.3. To remove the gap between the floor and the lower feed roller accumulated near the frame sawing sawdust should only be fitted for this auxiliary tool. Clearance between floor and lower front feed roller frame sawing height greater than 100 mm shall be stopped lattice through which removes sawdust, bark and other small wood particles.

4.9.3.4. To be manually processed material to the machine workers should be provided with special steel hooks with insulated handle.

4.9.3.5. Length of workpiece materials on circular machines with motorized exceed the distance between the front and rear feed rollers not less than 100 mm.

4.9.3.6. Material handling 400 mm shorter and has 30 mm circular saws with manual submission must be equipped with a special device, interlocked with the starter or a carriage for holding and reliable clamping material eliminates the emission of the workpiece. With a length of 1.5 meters of material around the machine must be installed ladders roller bearings.

4.9.4. Treatment of lumber and blanks.

4.9.4.1. Planing to planing with manual feed Korce 400 mm and is 30 mm should be done with the use of special pads – pushers.

4.9.4.2. Simultaneous planing two or more blanks must be done in special templates provided with reliable clamping devices.

4.9.4.3. For cutting billets of 400 mm length, section 40 x 40 mm or less should be used special tools (carriage templates tsulagi).

4.9.4.4. For processing drilling and slotting machines items must be firmly anchored to a desk or a support machine by means of clips.

4.9.4.5. To limit the trolley shpaloreznogo machine at both ends of the path should be set a limit stop with shock-absorbing devices.

4.9.4.6. We supply machines shpaloopravochnyh sleeper carriage to and from the machine should be mechanized.

4.10. Construction and repair works.

4.10.1. Construction and repair work must be performed in compliance with the requirements of SNIP 111-4-80 [47]. Lifting devices, lifting body and fittings shall meet the requirements of the Rules for design and safe operation of cranes.

4.10.2. Prohibited lifting precast without mounting tabs and labels or markings to ensure their proper slinging and installation (the word “Top”).

Slinging elements and structures should be tested to make inventory slings, and where necessary, – specially designed means of handling the schemes drawn up taking into account the strength and stability of raised structures under construction loads.

4.10.3. Elements and structure during movement restrained from rotation and rocking back lines of hemp rope or a thin, flexible cable.

4.10.4. All persons on the construction site must wear protective helmets. Do not allow unauthorized persons in the area where works are carried out.

4.10.5. Do not carry out construction and installation work associated with finding people in one section (-bay, site) on the floors (tiers), over which the transfer is made, the installation of temporary fastening elements or prefabricated buildings and structures, as well as moving equipment hoisting means. Moving and installation of components and structures above ceilings, under which are working and people are allowed in the presence of between reliable (sound effect corresponding expectation shock) intermediate floors a written order by the technical manager of the installation company after the development and implementation of measures to ensure the safe the work.

4.10.6. The boundary of the danger zone is defined by the horizontal distance from a possible crash site when moving cargo crane. This distance is at a maximum lifting height of 20 m must be at least 7 m, with a height of up to 100 m – not less than 10 m at a higher altitude is adopted in accordance with the project work.

4.10.7. Roofing.

4.10.7.1. Roofing work must be performed in accordance with the requirements of
GOST 12.3.040-86 [18] and SNIP 111-4-80 [47].

4.10.7.2. Admission workers on the roof rafters are permitted after inspection, crates (formwork), parapet and determine if appropriate places and ways to provide secure lifeline roofers. When working on the roof of the workers should receive special instruction and be provided with safety belts, clothing and non-slip footwear.

4.10.7.3. Working on a roof with a slope of more than 20 degrees. must be equipped with safety belts tested, portable ladders width not less than 30 cm with cross bars for resting feet. Ladders during operation should fasten securely. Designated secure ladders and safety belts are specified master or foreman.

4.10.7.4. For the passage of workers to asbestos-cement roofing and coatings of armopenobetonnyh slabs should be laid traps width not less than 30 cm

4.10.7.5. Install eaves slopes, gutters, chimneys, parapets and downspouts need to hang with scaffolding, graduation forests or suspended platforms.

4.10.7.6. Placed on the roof materials, tools and containers are allowed in places of production provided by the project works, subject only to take action against them fall (slip) on the slope or the wind blowing.

4.10.7.7. Fall from top area of ​​materials, tools, containers from the building, which produced roofing should be bounded by a perimeter of the building.

4.10.7.8. Prohibited from discharging from the roofing materials and tools.

4.10.7.9. Not allowed perform roofing work during ice, fog, thunderstorms and wind speed of 15 m / sec and visibility less than 50 m

4.10.7.10. Work on clearing the roofs and eaves of snow and ice must be carried along by – and tolerance under the direction of the responsible person. Zone Fall snow (ice) should be fenced, and the workers on the roof fitted with safety belts fastened and tested lifeline.

4.10.8. Painting and painting works.

4.10.8.1. Painting and painting work must comply with the requirements of GOST 12.3.035-84 [4] and industrial sanitation and PTB for paint shops [71].

4.10.8.2. Exterior painting and painting work should be done with scaffolding or cradles. Application hanging ladders are not allowed.

Internal painting and painting work should be done with the inventory scaffolding ladders – ladders. Use ladders must be authorized by the master with a small amount and duration of the work, at a height of not more than
3.5 m from the ground or floor. Ladders should be at the lower ends ferrules with sharp tips or rubber shoes at least two metal tie rods and steps cut in the string (for wooden stairs).

4.10.8.3. Internal painting and painting works using compositions emit harmful volatile couples should be carried with the windows open and the presence of ventilation performance, breathable, wherein the content of harmful substances do not exceed the MPC. Produce work with broken ventilation prohibited.

Painting work using nitrokrasok allowed outdoors only. When coloring products indoor device is required ventilation, local ventotsosov, fume cupboards.

4.10.8.4. Not allowed to use white lead as part paints and leaded gasoline and benzene as a solvent.

4.10.8.5. In the area of ​​application nitrokrasok and other compounds forming hazardous volatile couples forbidden to smoke and produce work related to the use of open flames. At the same time used electrical and electrical products must be explosion-proof or disabled.

In areas where the paint is made with water compositions, wiring time on painting works must be disconnected from the mains supply.

4.10.8.6. In the paint shop supply coating materials should be stored in closed containers and not exceed the replacement needs.

4.10.9. Outdoor plumbing

4.10.9.1. To meet the operational and emergency work on water supply and sewerage networks should create brigades due to the volume of work done, but not less than 2 persons.

4.10.9.2. Work on water and sewer manholes and chambers of pumping stations and sewage treatment plants should be performed only along – admission.

4.10.9.3. To work associated with the descent into the well (the water or sewer), allowed a team consisting of at least 3 people.: One for work in the pit, the second – to work on the surface and the third – for the technical supervision and, if necessary, to assist working in the well.

4.10.9.4. Before conducting works in the pit should be provided for monitoring the atmosphere using gas analyzers.

4.10.9.5. Brigade to work in wells, reservoirs and chambers must have the following safety and protective equipment:

- Lifebelt with rope, proven strength (cable length should be 2 m greater than the depth of the well);

- Apparatus with hose 2 m greater than the depth of the well, but the total length of no more than 12 m (not exchange Apparatus filter);

- Gas analyzer;

- Low-voltage electrical lamps (prohibited use of light sources with an open fire);

- Hand-held fan;

- Portable ladder;

- Barrier portable signs form;

- Hooks and crowbars for opening covers wells.

Employment wells, chambers, reservoirs without posing barriers and road signs, and no lighting at night is not permitted.

4.10.9.6. Of thermal insulation of equipment and pipelines must comply with the safety requirements in accordance with GOST 12.3.038-85 [20], anti-corrosion work – according to GOST 12.3.016-87 [5].

 

 

5. Power supply, water supply and sewerage

 

5.1. Heating.

5.1.1. Design and operation of boiler installations must comply with the Regulations for the Safe operation of steam and hot water boilers [62], as well as the Rules of the device and the safe operation of steam and hot water, approved Gostgortechnadzor Russia 18.07.94 (as amended in 1991, 1994.).

5.1.2. Placement, construction and operation of heating systems and points at industrial sites must meet the requirements of SNIP 2.04.07-86 [48].

5.1.3. Indoor air temperature should not be less than specified in
SNIP 2.04.05-91 [52].

5.1.4. For heating and domestic heating should be used as a coolant, usually water, other fluids may be used at appropriate justification in the project.

5.1.5. Space heating warehouses allowed limit technological requirements.

The premises for filling and storage tanks of compressed and liquefied gases, storerooms and combustible materials in areas designated in the shops for storage of combustible materials, heaters must protect the screens of non-combustible materials, providing access to them.

In warehouses, storerooms and other areas to which access is restricted, permitted to place equipment air and air – air curtains with water as a coolant or steam.

In unheated buildings to maintain the air temperature on the technological requirements in certain areas, areas in temporary jobs during commissioning and maintenance of the equipment should be provided house or local heating.

5.1.6. Heating pipes must be laid open; hidden gasket must be justified in the project, and should include hatches locations gasketed joints and valves.

In heating device should be provided to disable them.

Slopes pipeline of water, steam and condensate should be no less than 0,002.

Distance (light) from the surface of pipelines, heating appliances to construction of combustible materials should be at least 1.0 m, with a smaller distance should provide thermal insulation of these constructions of non-combustible materials.

Pipelines at the intersection of overlap, internal walls and partitions should be installed in the sleeves of noncombustible materials, sealing gaps and holes in the ground pads should also be of non-combustible materials.

5.2. Electrical.

5.2.1. Electrical substation and switchgear.

5.2.1.1. Electricity production and auxiliary facilities shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Regulations for Electrical (PUE) [66] and safety regulations for the operation of electrical consumers (PTBEP) [67] and the Rules of Operation of Electrical – consumers (PEEP) [68]. Electrical installations in auxiliary shops must comply with Regulations for Electrical approved Gosenergonadzor 31.03.92.

5.2.1.2. All transformer stations and space RU adjacent to other spaces, must be isolated from them and be separate lockable output with an internal lock.

Procedure for access to these areas and storage keys are determined by a person responsible for the electric company.

5.2.1.3. Live parts ballasts protection should be protected from accidental contact. In special areas (electric machine, panel, control stations) allowed outdoor installation devices without protective covers, to the exclusion of access by unauthorized persons.

5.2.1.4. On examination of electrical voltages above 1000 volts one person never do what whatever works, as well as to penetrate the fence and enter the chamber switchgear. Inspection equipment, apparatus and jumper allowed the threshold camera or standing in front of the barrier.

5.2.1.5. Electrical equipment of all types and RU stresses must satisfy the conditions of work both at nominal operating conditions, and when the overvoltage and overload (§ 5.4.7). When short-circuit protection shall operate for their shutdown.

Insulation class electrical appliances as well as cables and wires must match the network or electrical, environmental conditions and requirements of the relevant chapters of the EMP.

5.2.1.6. Indoor air temperature, Uzbekistan closed in the summer should be no more than 40 degrees. C. In case of its increase should be taken to reduce the temperature of air or cooling equipment.

5.2.1.7. Cable channels and terrestrial cable trays must be covered RU fireproof plates, trays and output location and transitions honey compartments must be sealed with a refractory material.

5.2.1.8. All keys, buttons and arms control should be an inscription indicating the operation that are intended (“Enable”, “Disable”, “Reduce”, “Add”).

On signal lamps and signaling devices must be inscriptions indicating the nature of the signal (“Enabled”, “Disabled”, “Overheating”).

5.2.1.9. Drives disconnectors, earthing switches, separators, and other equipment for short, separated from the wall of the apparatus should be disconnected and pointers included provisions.

5.2.1.10. We duty personnel must be calibrated reserve fuse inserts. Never use a fuse links uncalibrated.

5.2.1.11. Indoor RU must be portable earthing devices, fire protection and aids (sand, carbon dioxide fire extinguishers) and means for providing first aid to the victims of accidents.

5.2.1.12. RU inspection should be carried out without shutting down:

- On objects permanently manned staff – at least 1 time in 3 days;

- At the sites without permanent duty personnel – at least 1 time per month, and in transformers and distribution points – at least one every 6 months.

Seen all faults must be made in writing an operating log or journal of defects and faults on electrical equipment. Information about them should be communicated to the person responsible for the electrical equipment.

5.2.1.13. When viewed RU special attention should be paid to:

- The state of the premises, damage to doors and windows, leaks in the roof, the availability and serviceability of locks;

- Condition of the heating, ventilation, lighting and ground network;

- Availability of remedies;

- The level and temperature of the oil and leaks in the apparatus;

- Condition of the contacts, chipping shield low voltage;

- Integrity of seals in counters;

- Condition of the insulation (dust, cracks, bits);

- Work the alarm system;

- The condition and correct reading of the position indication switches;

- Tightness of control cabinets.

5.2.1.14. Upon detection of a fault current-carrying part of the installation on the ground is prohibited to disable it closer to a place of such damage at a distance of less than 5 m in closed RU and 8 – 10 m in open substations.

Approximation to a close distance is only allowed to perform operations with switching equipment that allows to eliminate ground fault, as well as providing the necessary assistance to the victims. In these cases, be sure to protect yourself from the action of the voltage step: put dielectric bots podstelit insulating mats or other reliable means of isolation. All operations must be performed in the dielectric gloves or by insulating rods.

5.3. Electrical equipment and installations.

5.3.1. Operation of power plants must carry electrical appropriately qualified staff, trained knowledge test in accordance with the requirements of PEEP. Equipment maintenance organization may carry out specialized electrical personnel or another entity under the contract.

5.3.2. Selection and installation of electrical equipment, electrical wiring and cable lines for explosive fire zones and auxiliary facilities shall be made in accordance with the EMP (Chapter 7.3, 7.4) based on the classification of hazardous areas and explosive mixtures, as well as the classification of flammable materials (liquids, dusts and fibers).

5.3.3. Buildings and facilities should be provided with lightning protection in accordance with the Regulations on the design and lightning protection of buildings and structures. Inspection and condition of lightning and resistance grounding device should be performed before each stormy season with the corresponding registration results in the journal.

5.3.4. In auxiliary workshops should be power supply circuit showing all energy consumers, fuse links and currents of protective devices.

For each installation shall be made operational schemes normal and emergency modes. Match electrical circuits actually exploited should be checked at least once every two years with a mark on their face verification in the terms established by the responsible person for the electric company.

5.3.5. In electrical circuits should be made to protect consumers against overload and short circuits. For the direct performance of functions by the operation of electrical plant manager must designate a person responsible for the electrical shop, as well as his deputy.

5.3.6. Responsible for the electrical equipment can be assigned to a specialist with appropriate education, after checking the knowledge of this Regulation, the safety rules stated in § 5.3.1, and assigning the qualifying group for electrical: V – in electrical voltage above 1000 V, IV – in electrical voltage up to 1000 V.

Upon the presentation of the person responsible for the electrical Manager assigns responsible for the electrical business units.

5.3.7. Responsible for the proper operation of electrical equipment on the person responsible for the electrical plant, and subordinate staff in the amounts stipulated job descriptions.

Responsible for it to stop electrical repair according to schedule maintenance and disruption of normal operation mode is the head of the shop, for the quality of repairs – responsible for the electrical shop.

Service work on the electrical allowed persons at least 18 years that have passed a medical examination, are trained to safely work Authenticated knowledge PTE and PTB and having qualification group (II-V), depending on the nature of the work.

5.3.8. When a fault or electrical grids persons associated with their operation, shall immediately disable these settings and report the fault to your supervisor.

Troubleshooting should be done under the supervision of the second person in compliance with the measures to ensure the safe performance of work in accordance with the requirements PTBEP and PEEP.

5.3.9. The protection against electric shock must undergo regular inspection and cleaning. Need to check on them external damage, compliance with the voltage of the installation, as well as compliance of their periodic test. Upon detection of a faulty protective equipment or expired checks should be immediately withdrawn from use.

Nomenclature of protective equipment, where it is stored and the frequency of inspection establishes the person responsible for the electrical equipment.

5.3.10. The trigger machines and mechanisms for their trip should appear forbidding poster: “Do not include! Working people.”

5.3.11. Before starting the equipment temporarily disabled should be examined, to ensure readiness to receive the voltage and prevent it working on the staff of the impending inclusion. Temporary fences must be posted warning signs: “Stop! Danger.”

5.3.12. On switching devices must be specified provisions to enable or disable, and inscriptions indicating their installation included.

5.4. Electric motors and machines.

5.4.1. On switches, contactors, magnetic starters, operational control devices or in close proximity to them, on the front side panels, boards, panels are inscriptions indicating include equipment, machinery and equipment.

On electric motors and they drive mechanisms shall be marked arrows indicating the direction of rotation of the engine and the motor shaft. The ballast must be marked with the provisions of the “Start” and “Stop”.

5.4.2. After stopping the motor for repair with the power cable on a board or assembly must be de-energized and the actuator switch hung a poster: “Do not include! Working people”.

Remove poster and turn the engine can only be after the person who performs the work, make a journal entry about the completion of the work, and the person who has taken a job, make a note of the resolution on the inclusion of the motor.

5.4.3. Conclusions of the stator and rotor windings must be closed or protected. Rotating parts of machines – pulleys, couplings, fans, open portions of the shafts must be enclosed by fencing, the removal of which during operation is prohibited.

5.4.4. When the winding insulation resistance below 0.1 MW drying motor should be made ​​to external heating or blowing hot dry air (70 deg. -
80 deg. C). As the heater can be used incandescent lamps, electric heaters, air heater installation.

5.4.5. State motor bearings should be checked during operation, with periodic inspections and repairs. Bearings should not be heated above the temperature set by the – by the manufacturer.

5.4.6. Motors shall be immediately disconnected from the network when:

- Accident (or the threat of it);

- The appearance of smoke or fire, or a motor control apparatus;

- Vibration beyond acceptable norms, threatening the integrity of the motor heating bearings beyond the limits;

- Damage to the drive mechanism, the appearance of abnormal knocking.

5.4.7. In group assemblies and electric shields shall be provided voltmeters or signal lamp control voltage presence. Ammeters shall be marked (the line) the maximum permissible load.

Voltage switchgear on boards shall be maintained within 100 – 105% of the nominal, consumers should be turned off when the voltage drops to 95% of nominal.

5.4.8. Electric machinery prone technological overload, must be equipped with an ammeter installed in the starting board or panel.

5.5. Portable power tools.

5.5.1. Power tools (electric, Electro, elektroshpilkoverty, grinders, electric soldering irons, rezbonarezateli, vibrators, etc.) must meet the requirements of GOST 12.2.013.0-91 [30] and safety when working with tools and devices [64], in particular:

- Rapidly turned on and off from the mains, not activated and remain spontaneously;

- Be safe to use and have inaccessible accidentally touching live parts.

5.5.2. Portable electro-voltage should be:

- Not more than 220 smokers without high risk;

- Not more than 42 in areas with high risk.

5.5.3. When it is impossible to ensure the work of the power at a voltage 42 V allowed the use of the power voltage of 220 V, but with mandatory use of protective equipment (gloves, dielectric) and reliable chassis ground tool.

5.5.4. Sockets intended for connection of the power should be inaccessible to touch live parts and third grounding prong.

Sockets (sockets, plugs), applicable to voltage 12 and 42 should be different from compounds 127 and 220, and exclude the possibility of inclusion of forks 12 and 42 in the sockets 127 and 220 V.

5.5.5. Before issuing the operating power must be checked for damage wire insulation, earthing and the cliff-grounding conductor (wire). To work with power tools allowed a person having a group of electrical safety not less than 11.

5.5.6. To join a network tool should be used sheathed cable. Allowed to use multicore flexible cables (type PWG) with insulated voltage below 500 enclosed in a flexible rubber hose.

5.5.7. Upon the termination of the current supply during power must be disconnected from the mains.

5.6. Protection against electric shock.

5.6.1. According to the degree of danger of electric shock premises differ:

- With increased risk of having a damp, conductive structures, as well as dust and high temperature (casting, forging – forging, vulcanizing and other sites);

- Particularly hazardous areas with extreme moisture and chemically active environment (battery compartment, car washing stations, etc.).

Electrical design shall be provided in accordance with GOST 12.1.019-79 electrical [21] and circuit-breakers according to GOST 12.4.155-85.

5.6.2. Power electrical substations, electrical grids and shall be protected against short circuits and violations of normal modes of relay protection devices, circuit breakers or fuses in accordance with the Regulations for Electrical (PUE) [66].

5.6.3. To protect people from electric shock, damage to the insulation in electrical installations should be provided for grounding and vanishing in accordance with the requirements of the SAE [66] and GOST 12.1.030-81 [80].

5.6.4. Electrical grounding devices must comply with the EMP and ensure the conditions of human security and protection of electrical and operating modes. Part of the apparatus to be grounded, must have a trusted connection to the grounding pin device or with grounded structure on which they are installed.

5.6.5. Use as earthing of metal structures of buildings permitted in cases of finding them in the ground and at a sufficient electrical conductivity.

Contact resistance and earthing device in the low ground (rocks) must be carried out in accordance with the requirements of SAE with the specific conditions of the ground.

5.6.6. Joining grounding protective conductors to earth electrodes, earthing and grounding network structures must be made by welding, and the housings, machines – welding or bolting reliable.

Each part of an installation, subject to ground, must be connected to the network using a separate grounding conductor. Series connection of the protective conductor to the grounding of grounded electrical parts is prohibited.

5.6.7. Grounding network must be available for inspection and control. Conductors must have a coating protects against corrosion, as well as a distinctive bright coloring.

5.6.8. To determine the technical condition of the grounding device shall be conducted ground resistance measurement of each machine, machinery, apparatus at least 1 time per year with the preparation of the protocol, and after installation, reconstruction and overhaul of grounding devices.

Grounding resistance of each of the power plant to be ground should be no more than 4 ohms.

5.6.9. Per in service grounding device must have a passport that contains a schematic diagram basic technical data, results of checking his condition, about the nature of repairs and modifications made to this device.

5.6.10. For electrical installations shall be prohibited:

- Use cables with damaged or lost the protective properties of the insulation;

- Used for heating and drying substandard (home) heating apparatus;

- Leave energized bare ends of electrical wires and cables;

- Avoid contact with electrical wires metallic structures;

- Use stationary lights as portable lamps;

- Use faulty sockets, lighting boxes, circuit breakers and other wiring products;

- Tie and twist the electric wire and wire delay and fixtures, lamps hung on electric wires;

- Use rollers, switches, sockets for hanging clothes and other items;

- Electric lamps wrap paper, cloth, and other combustible materials;

- Use of electric conductors for not complying with the operating conditions in the cross section and insulation;

- Use as an electrical protection uncalibrated fuses;

- Roughened or disable devices Electrical.

5.7. Maintenance and repair of equipment

5.7.1. All kinds of repairs should be drawn graphics, approved person responsible for the electrical equipment.

Frequency and duration of all types of repairs for certain types of electrical equipment shall be in accordance with the Rules of Operation of Electrical Equipment (PEEP), applicable industry standards and guidelines factories – manufacturers.

5.7.2. Changing electrical circuits when performing repairs should be carried out according to the approved technical documentation.

5.7.3. When accepting the repair of equipment should be checked according to the quality of work reporting the technical documentation.

5.7.4. Entered after repair equipment shall be tested in accordance with the Standards of electrical tests.

5.7.5. All work performed during overhaul of the main electrical accepted to act, to which should be attached to the technical repair manuals. Acts with all attachments are stored in passports equipment.

On the work carried out in the rest of the overhaul of electrical equipment and apparatus, is detailed in the passport entry equipment or special journal.

List of main equipment received after repair under the act, set director.

5.8. Technical documentation.

5.8.1. Each enterprise must have the following technical documentation for electrical equipment (according to PEEP Ch. 1.8) [68]:

- Approval of project documentation with all subsequent amendments;

- Acts of acceptance of works, testing and commissioning of electrical equipment;

- Executive workloads primary and secondary electrical connections;

- Technical passport main electrical electrical maintenance instructions, as well as job descriptions and instructions on labor protection;

- Drawings of cable routes and grounding devices with bindings to buildings and structures, as well as showing the mounting of couplings and intersections with other communications;

- Common power supply circuit;

- Maintenance schedules and repair of electrical equipment, electrical installations;

- Magazine test knowledge of PTB;

- Lists of persons entitled to issue orders (orders) of the work in electrical installations;

- List of persons nominated by the order of the responsible managers, producers work on dresses and orders, watching;

- Lists of persons entitled to the sole inspection of electrical installations;

- Online call log – faults (if any duty electricians);

- Orders for the production of works in electrical;

- Journal of Accounting and maintenance of protective equipment;

- Inspection log stationary electrical grounding;

- Approved list of maintenance and repair of electrical installations performed by outfit – tolerance.

Storage documentation determined by the person responsible for the electric company.

5.8.2. For auxiliary facilities shall be drawn up and approved by the Chief Engineer lists of instructions and diagrams, which must be reviewed at least once every three years. The list should include:

- Passport (magazines) with a list of equipment;

- Drawings of electrical equipment;

- Circuit cable routes and grounding devices;

- Common power supply circuit;

- Set of maintenance and job descriptions.

5.8.3. When an alarm is detected in the auxiliary shops workers are obliged to immediately inform the staff on duty and take measures to control the consequences.

5.9. Repair and charging batteries.

5.9.1. Battery plant (site) must have two isolated from each other premises, equipped with forced ventilation – one for repair, another – for charging batteries.

Allowed to charge the battery pack indoors for repair only in a fume hood. Must vents in the general ventilation system of the building is prohibited.

5.9.2. Walls, ceiling, doors, window frames and shelving in battery rooms should be painted with paint, acid, and glass windows – white paint to prevent the penetration of sunlight.

5.9.3. Facilities for maintenance and repair of batteries and prepare the electrolyte must be equipped with shelves, cabinets, storage and preparation of electrolyte (in a separate compartment).

5.9.4. In areas immediately adjacent to the battery shop (area) should be wash with cold water, soap, candy package, towel and a closed vessel with 5 – 10% of a neutralizing solution of baking soda (when working with acid batteries). When working with alkaline batteries as a neutralizing solution to be applied of 5 – 10% solution of boric acid.

Eyewash should be applied 2 – 3% above neutralizing solutions. If acid, alkali or electrolyte on the exposed parts of the body, rinse immediately with this first part of the body neutralizing solution, then with soap and water.

Vessels obmyvochnoy water and neutralized with a solution must be installed on the cranes and special stands on the available height. Vessels must have distinctive coloring and explanatory inscriptions.

5.9.5. Transport Removing the battery is needed on special carts with nests and move them using special devices.

5.9.6. Benches, tables and workstations designed to remove sulphate from the lead plates, stacking them in block halves, install separators etc. must be equipped with local exhaust ventilation.

5.9.7. In the room where the battery is charging, it is prohibited:

- Use open flames for heating mastics;

- Use electric heaters;

- Be strangers;

- Store food and eating;

- Smoking.

5.9.8. Preparation of the acidic electrolyte (sulfuric acid mixing with distilled water) should be carried out in specially designed vessels of acid resistant material (ceramic, plastic, etc.) other than glass. In preparing the electrolyte sulfuric acid should pouring a thin stream into distilled water while continuously stirring the solution.

5.9.7. Vessels with acid, alkali and electrolyte shall be hermetically sealed and have the appropriate label. With a total capacity of more than 5 liters containers should be placed in the device that allows emptying without considerable effort and excluding accidental damage and rollover.

5.9.10. Joint storage and charging of acid and alkaline batteries in the same room is prohibited.

5.9.11. Working while charging batteries must use an acid-alkali-resistant gloves and goggles.

5.9.12. Monitoring the progress of charging should be done with special devices. Check the battery short-circuit is prohibited.

5.10. Water.

5.10.1. Economic – drinking water should ensure the water supply, the quality of which must meet the requirements of GOST 2874-82 and SanPin N 4630-88.

5.10.2. The availability of water for 1 person per shift must be in the range of 25 – 40 liters, depending on the heat release in the shop. In office buildings 10 – 15 liters per man-shift. Consumption for irrigation coatings sites and green spaces – 0.4 – 0.5 l / day for 1 m. m

5.10.3. Water production should ensure the water supply, the quality of which must satisfy the requirements of the enterprise and technology Sanitary standards CH-245-71 [58].

5.10.4. Sources of water supply schemes and water supply systems, water intake structures, methods of treatment, water pumping stations for water supply network in the fire or combined plumbing, water lines, water supply networks and facilities for them, water storage tanks, automation and control system of pump stations shall meet the requirements SNIP 2.04.02-84 [49].

Operation of water and sewer facilities and networks should be implemented in compliance with GOST 12.3.006-75 [37].

5.10.5. Zone of sanitary protection of water sources and locations of intake structures shall consist of three zones: the first – a strict regime, second and third – regimes limiting economic activity.

The first zone (zone of strict regime) includes the territory intakes locations, sites of all water facilities and water conveyance channels.

The first zone is set at a distance of not less than 30 m from the water intake – by using the protected groundwater and not less than 50 m – insufficiently protected.

The second and third zones include areas designated for the protection of water sources from pollution.

5.10.6. To determine the boundaries of the first, second and third zones of sanitary protection zones should be guided by the requirements of SNIP 2.04.02-84 [49] and the Regulation on the protection of groundwater [79], as well as GOST 17.1.3.05-82, GOST 17.1.13-86 [ 38, 39].

5.10.7. On platforms waterworks shall be provided sanitary measures for improvement, creating watchdog protection blind fence height
of 2.5 m is allowed to provide deaf fence 2 m high and 0.5 m of barbed wire or metal mesh.

5.10.8. Location drinking water tanks must be included in the zone of strict regime. It is strictly forbidden access to unauthorized persons tanks. All hatches and manholes cameras switching valves should be closed and sealed.

5.10.9. In operation, water towers, the following rules apply:

- Area near the tower within at least 50 meters to keep clean;

- The area should be fenced and landscaped;

- All outputs and manholes in the water tower should be closed and sealed.

5.10.10. Requirements for design, lighting, heating and ventilation, and placement of fencing equipment and its maintenance, water and sewage pumping stations are determined in accordance with GOST 12.3.006-75 [37]. Developed on the basis of the said Regulation, taking into account local conditions Safety Instructions shall be posted in a conspicuous place.

5.10.11. Device internal plumbing in the production and auxiliary buildings for supplying water for industrial, household and drinking purposes and sewer sewage must comply SNIP 2.04.01-85 [50].

5.10.12. The workshops should be drinking water that meets health requirements. Drinking water temperature should be 8 – 20 deg. C. Distribute water should be of the closed lock on tanks with taps and spouting nozzles. Water should be changed daily.

Distance from jobs to drinking facilities shall be not more than 75 m in areas where toxic substances are used, the installation of drinking devices are not allowed.

5.10.13. Water basins, showers, cooling in air conditioners and dust control must meet the requirements for drinking water.

05/10/14. Staff hot shops and sites must be provided soda salted drinking water (containing up to 5 grams of salt per 1 liter of water) at the rate of
3 – 5 liters per one working shift.

5.10.15. Connecting networks economically – potable water networks of water pipes, non-potable water quality feed is not allowed. It is forbidden to include water recycling system for washing vehicles and objects containing toxic and infectious substances.

10/05/16. Industrial water supply systems shall meet the technological requirements and does not cause corrosion of equipment, pipelines and salt deposits.

10/05/17. In buildings, depending on their purpose should include the following internal plumbing system:

- Household and drinking;

- Production;

- Fire.

05/10/18. Depending on the requirements of production technology to reduce water consumption is necessary to provide running water recycling systems and water reuse.

10/05/19. The design of the water intake and valves must ensure a smooth closing and opening the water flow.

05/10/20. When the location of the plumbing fixture at a height of more than 1.5 m above the floor should include fixed platforms or bridges to its service.

5.11. Sewerage

5.11.1. Sewer services shall meet the requirements of SNIP 2.4.01-85 [50] and SNIP 2.04.03-85. Under the technical supervision of the construction and repair of sewer systems should be guided by SNIP 3.05.04-85.

5.11.2. In operation, water and sewer facilities and networks workers should use personal protective equipment.

5.11.3. Depending on the purpose of the building shall be provided following internal drainage system:

- Home – for wastewater from toilets, sinks, bathtubs, shower, etc.;

- Manufacturing – for removing industrial wastewater.

On the premises should be organized storm sewer.

5.11.4. All toilets should be equipped with individual flushing cisterns and flushing valves.

5.11.5. Sewage disposal should be provided on the closed gravity pipelines. Wastewater treatment, as well as their choice of descent should take into account the requirements of Regulation [65] and Sanitary Norms SanPin 4630-88/82 /.

5.11.6. Intrashop treatment plants should be placed with the possibility of inspection, cleaning and repair, if this is necessary to provide the mechanization of labor-intensive processes.

5.11.7. If there is a large floating sewage, fiber and other contaminants should include the installation of grilles. Removing sludge from sewage treatment plants capacity of more than 1.5 l / s should be mechanized.

5.11.8. Above and below ground laying sewer pipes on platforms shops prohibited.

5.11.9. Improvement and reconstruction of water supply and sanitation in industrial plants is prohibited without the consent of the state sanitary supervision.

5.11.10. Sewage treatment plants must be removed at the distances specified in the table.

 

Sanitary – protective zone for sewage

treatment facilities

Name of structures

Sanitary – protective zone, m, at the design performance facilities, thous. m / day.

Structures and mechanical biological treatment sludge fermented sites for precipitation and sludge beds in separate locations

0.2

more than 0.2 w0, 5

Facilities mechanical and biological treatment with thermomechanical treatment indoors

150

200

Filtration fields

100

150

Sewage farm

200

300

Biological ponds

150

200

Buildings with circulation channels oxidizing

150

-

Pumping stations

15

20

 

5.11.11. The design, construction and operation of water and sewage systems must be met the requirements for the protection of surface and groundwater pollution, regulated by GOST and GOST 17.1.3.05-82 17.1.3.13-86 [38, 39].

 

6. Warehouses

 

6.1. General requirements.

6.1.1. Storage buildings must meet the requirements of SNIP 2.11.01-85 [57] union norms and technological design of warehouse complexes ONTP 6-85 [76].

When storing the substances and materials in warehouses must comply with the order of their shared storage (Appendix 11.2).

Buildings and warehouses premises must meet the fire safety requirements relevant categories A, B, C and D (depending on the stored substances, materials, products, raw materials and packaging). Distance from open storage to buildings and structures and between warehouses must not be less than specified in Appendix 11.6.

6.2. Warehouses marketable products.

6.2.1. Warehouses marketable products for the industrial site shall be located at least 50 meters from the main shops and buildings at least 100 m from the administrative – commercial buildings.

6.2.2. Loading – unloading at warehouses should be mechanized.

6.3. Fuel depots – Lube.

6.3.1. Facilities for the storage of flammable liquids shall meet the requirements
of SNIP 2.11.03-93 [54], Regulation PPB-01-93 [59] and this Regulation.

6.3.2. Territory fuel depots – lubricants (POL) and petrol stations should have a minimum height of fences 2 m

6.3.3. At fuel depots should be stock extinguishing agents, sufficient to extinguish a fire in the largest tank.

6.3.4. Stationary refueling points (TZP) and special areas for tank, designed for 2 – 3 types of fuel with a margin of at least 5 days should be located at least 36 meters from buildings and structures BCH-01-89 [77].

6.3.5. Warehouses for flammable liquids in tanks and containers should not exceed 4,000 cubic meters. m for underground storage and 200 cc. m in ground storage.

Allowed storage of petroleum products in industrial buildings I and II degree of fire resistance at 30 cu. HIL m and not more than 150 cubic meters. m combustible. The warehouse should have walls with fire 0.75 hour. and exit directly to the outside.

6.3.6. With an area of ​​closed warehouses of flammable liquids and combustible liquids more than 500 m. m warehouses shall be equipped with automatic fire extinguishing, with a smaller area – automatic fire alarm.

6.3.7. The dispensers must be in good condition and comply with the technical conditions of operation.

6.3.8. Minimum distance warehouses oil and petroleum products from buildings, m:

Name

Category and the total capacity of warehouses

IIIb (2000 -10000 cubic m.)

IIIB (2,000 cu m.)

Buildings and Structures

36

30

Warehouses forest

42

36

Railways

40

30

Highways

45

45

Garages, open structures

40

40

Waterworks

75

75

Residential and public buildings

100

100

 

Mobile fueling depots should be installed no closer than 12 m from buildings and structures.

6.3.9. Distance from ground tanks of flammable (HIL) and combustible liquids (GJ) to buildings.

 

 

Buildings and facilities, which are taken to the distance

The distance m

from ground tanks for flammable liquids and combustible

1. Buildings and sites of pumping stations, filling, Filling and dispensing

HIL

GJ

2. Storage buildings and storage areas for flammable liquids and combustible in the receptacle; Slivno loading devices for rail and road tankers tion, weight, other buildings and structures warehouse

10

8

3. Overhead power lines

15

10

 

 

 

Notes.

1. The distances referred to in page 1 and 2, from underground reservoirs is allowed to decrease by 50%.

2. Space control centers and control of underground tanks have allowed near the quiet pools.

 

6.4. Warehouses for industrial purposes.

6.4.1. For all production – storage space must be defined categories explosive and fire hazards, as well as the type of zone on PUE, which should be marked on the doors of premises.

6.4.2. Buildings must be single-storey warehouses coated light type 1 and 2 degree of fire and not have attics.

Ventilation warehouses must comply with sanitary norms CH 245-71 [58].

6.4.3. In a warehouse storage method besstellazhnom materials should be stacked. Opposite doorways must remain passes on the door width, but not less than 1 m, every 6 m is necessary to arrange the longitudinal passages with a minimum width of 0.8 m

6.4.4. Parking and repair of cargo vehicles in warehouses and on the landing stage is not allowed.

6.4.5. Through warehouses, manufacturing facilities and pedestrian gallery should not be laid stopovers mains and pipes and flammable and combustible liquids.

6.4.6. Quicklime should be stored in separate rooms with a floor height above ground level at least 0.2 m pits for slaking allowed to have at least 5 m from the warehouse.

6.4.7. Keep calcium carbide should be in a special container in a dry, ventilated, fireproof room with roof easily discharged. Maximum number of calcium carbide in the same room should be not more than 3000 kg. Keep calcium carbide together with paints and oils prohibited.

6.4.8. Acetylene and oxygen cylinders in an amount more than 10 pieces should be placed at a distance of:

- Not less than 20 m from the industrial buildings;

- Not less than 25 m from the administrative – domestic premises;

- Not less than 100 meters from residential and public buildings in accordance with SNIP 11-89-80 [45].

6.4.9. Cylinders with the combustible gases (hydrogen, acetylene, propane, ethylene, etc.) should be stored separately from oxygen cylinders, compressed air, chlorine, fluorine and other oxidants.

6.4.10. Gas cylinders must be at least 1 m from heaters and at least 5 m from open flames. They must be stored in an upright position with Screw caps and plugs for valves fittings. Room height should be at least 3.2 m

6.4.11. Storage of metal waste is allowed away from buildings at least 15 m

6.4.12. Secure and small hazardous materials (not when burning hazardous products) can be stored in warehouses all degrees of fire resistance (except 5). Particularly dangerous and hazardous materials may be stored in warehouses 1 and 2 degree of fire resistance, mostly in separate buildings.

The order for the storage of substances and materials listed in Appendix 11.2.

6.5. Warehouses chemicals.

6.5.1. Chemicals should be stored according to the principle of uniformity in accordance with their physical – chemical and flammable properties. For this purpose, divided into separate storage compartments fireproof partitions.

6.5.2. Chemicals in small containers must be stored on racks or open-in closets, and large container – stacks.

6.5.3. Bottles, casks, drums with the reagents should be deployed in groups, with breaks in between 1 m in one layer with each clearly marked bottles, drums.

Acid spill from barrels, bottles should be made using siphons and pumps, excluding spatter.

6.5.4. In warehouses and sheds, where acid is stored, you must have water with cranes, as well as ready solutions chalk, lime or soda to neutralize the acid accidentally spilled.

6.5.5. Accommodation on the shelves (the second tier above) chemical materials in beating bowl (banks, bottles), as well as acids and flammable liquids is prohibited.

6.5.6. Wooden racks should be designed for strength and flame retardant and metal – are protected against corrosion and possible sparking in contact with metal packagings.

6.5.7. Chemicals should be stored in closed warehouses or sheds in accordance with special instructions.

6.5.8. Prohibited stored together in one warehouse chemicals interact.

6.5.9. Do not store chemicals in damaged containers. Acid should be stored in a special container: nitrogen – in aluminum barrels, sulfuric – in steel, salt – a rubberized steel or glass bottles, placed in wooden boxes.

6.5.10. Repackaging, acceptance and delivery of chemicals should be carried out in separate rooms.

6.5.11. The premises for warehouses chemicals should be maintained temperature no higher than 25 degrees. C.

6.5.12. Strong acting toxic chemicals should be stored in a special separate rooms equipped with forced ventilation.

6.5.13. Storage of toxic chemicals and quicklime with other chemical substances is prohibited. For storage of quicklime should be given fireproof room, precluding contact with lime water.

6.5.14. The premises for the storage of chemicals that produce explosive vapors and gases with toxic effects or unpleasant odor, ventilation should be carried out from the top and bottom areas of the room to avoid the formation of dead zones.

6.5.15. Floors, walls and supporting constructions or chemicals and all premises used for repackaging, acceptance, issuance and use of chemicals, should a suitable chemical protection.

6.5.16. Walls and ceilings should be trimmed so as not to accumulate and sorbed by dust and fumes and can be cleaned and washed their surface. Floors should have grooves and sufficient slope for drainage and diversion of water into the drain sump with a supply of the latest neutralizing solutions.

6.5.17. In warehouse chemicals allowed to enter only after prior uptime retractable ventilation for 10 minutes. Work in closed warehouses chemicals when the fan stops prohibited. Starter fan should be at the outer door of the warehouse.

6.5.18. In the case of fan failure repair it conducted in at least two workers, equipped with filter masks, respirators (RPG-67A, etc.).

6.5.19. Warehouses chemicals must have:

- Direct telephone communication through the dispatcher or the enterprise management, fire protection and medical care unit;

- Level measurement in stationary storage tanks of liquid chemicals.

Storekeepers and unskilled workers in warehouses should be provided, acid aprons, boots, gloves and goggles.

6.6. Warehouses lesomateralov

6.6.1. Stacking and storage of stock lumber must be in accordance with the requirements of GOST 7319-80.

6.6.2. When storing wood outdoors, they should be placed in stacks area not exceeding 100 square meters. The distance between the stacks and buildings should not be less than 25 m at a height of stacks up to 5 m, 40 m – stacking height of 5 – 10 m, 50 m – at the height of the stacks 10 – 12 m

6.6.3. When storing containers outdoors area occupied by a group of containers shall not exceed 300 square meters. m If the area occupied by the containers exceeds 300 m. m, should provide fire break of at least 6 m

6.6.4. Height of the stack of round timber should be no more than 1/4 of its length, but must not exceed the length of the logs stacked in this stack. Height of the stack at hand piling shall not exceed 1.5 m intervals between piles shall not be less than 1.5 m

6.6.5. Lumber should be stacked, the height of which at ordinary laying should not exceed half the width of the stack, and when laying in cells not greater than the width of the stack.

6.6.6. When stacking round timber must meet the following requirements:

- Separate logs must not protrude beyond it by more than 0.5 m;

- The gasket must be placed at a distance from the ends of the logs is not greater than 1 m on each side;

- Interrow napkin stack height must be placed in the same vertical plane;

- Pads must be placed in a single line, and their ends at the joints should overlap by a length of not less than 1 m;

- Ends (head and tail) ordinary pile should be sloped for what each new row is shorter than the previous log diameter on each side. Recent logs each row are placed in carved jack pads on the ends. Depth of the nest should be no more than half the thickness of the pads;

- Intervals between groups of stacks must comply with fire design standards millyard;

- Devices preventing any rolling logs, should be at the end of the dense, pachkovyh stacks. In the absence of such devices the ends of the stack must have an angle equal to the angle of the natural rolling logs (less than 35 deg.).

6.6.7. Foundations under stacks of lumber should be strong and fit weight stack, not to rainfall, slope and skew stacks. Stacking timber in stacks, not to rainfall, tilt and skew stacks. Stacking timber in the stack must be done so as to prevent their destruction by its own weight and wind.

6.6.8. Neobvyazannye dense stacking packages should have the same transverse thickness of the gasket located on the adjustment at 300 – 400 mm (depending on the width of the boards).

6.6.9. Simultaneous work on a pile of more than two working prohibited. Weight of each are stacked manually boards must comply with the requirements of paragraph 3.5.3 of this Regulation.

6.7. Warehouses coal.

6.7.1. Site for storage of coal should be planned so as to avoid their reheating flood or groundwater.

6.7.2. Coal of different brands should contain separate piles. The state of the coal piles should be conducted regular monitoring (depending on the brand of 2 to
4 – 5 times per month). Stack height should not exceed 10 m

6.7.3. If signs of spontaneous combustion of coal must be sealed and its use in the first place.

6.7.4. Distance from warehouses coal to the fire resistance of 3 buildings must be at least 6 m, and 4 – 5 degree of fire resistance – 12 m

6.7.5. Have stacks of coal near heat sources (parovodoprovodov, hot air ducts, etc.), as well as tunnels over electrical cables is prohibited.

6.7.6. The distance from the stack to the fence or crane ways must be at least 3 m from the head rail and road edge at least 2 m

 

 

7. Administrative – domestic buildings

 

7.1. Administrative and sanitary – domestic premises, equipment must meet the requirements of SNIP 11-92-76 [51] and SNIP 2.09.02-85 [43].

7.2. Sanitary – hygienic requirements for industrial premises must comply with sanitary regulations CH 245-71 [59].

7.3. Auxiliary plant mining enterprises must have sanitary – domestic premises in accordance with the requirements of SNIP 11-92-76 [51], as well as the Uniform Rules § 622 security [70].

Sanitary – domestic premises for employees of motor sections must comply with the Regulations on Occupational Safety in road transport [63].

7.4. Administrative – utility rooms, dining rooms, a health center must be located on the windward side at a distance of not less than 50 m from the open storage of coal, ore crushing – sorting factories, trestles and other dusty areas, but not more than 500 m from the main production buildings. All of these buildings should be surrounded by a strip of tree plantations. (The requirement does not apply to the Far North).

7.5. Have allowed administrative – domestic premises at a greater distance from the place of work, provided delivery workers to the work by special transport.

7.6. In small auxiliary shops permitted by agreement with the State Sanitary Inspectorate arrange sanitary – domestic premises simplified type in justifying the project.

7.7. Locker rooms and showers must have the capacity to operate in the most populous change spent on washing and dressing up no more than
45 minutes.

7.8. Showers or baths should be provided with hot and cold water at the rate of
500 liters per hour to reach the shower and have a mixing device with regulating valves.

Regulating valves must have pointers hot and cold water. Pipes that lead the hot water must be insulated or guarded to a height of 2 m above the floor.

Quality of water used for washing, necessarily consistent with the state sanitary inspection.

7.9. In the shower rooms and dressing area with compartments for storing clothes floors should be water-resistant and non-slip surface, walls and partitions – lined to a height of not less than 2.5 m water-resistant materials that allow for easy cleaning and washing with hot water. In this area, one must have taps and hoses for washing the floor and walls.

7.10. Wardrobes in office container should be standard metal and sanitary.

7.11. With a population of workers from 200 to 500 should provide other health centers, while the number of more than 500 people – health centers.

When the number of employees less than 200 people. should include medical rooms, an area of ​​12 – 18 m. m The room should be equipped with a washbasin with mixer tap hot and cold water.

Composition and floor space and paramedical health centers normalized Russian Ministry of Health.

7.12. When the number of employees per shift more than 200 people. should include the dining room, while the number of less than 30 people. - Room for meals at the rate of 1 m. meters per person, but not less than 12 m. m

8. Industrial sanitation

 

8.1. Ventilation requirements.

8.1.1. Production and auxiliary facilities must be equipped with supply – exhaust ventilation in accordance with the requirements of sanitary norms CH 245-71 [58]. For ventilation can be used as natural ventilation. The use of one or other ventilation must be justified by calculation and defined in the project.

Ventilation systems must be periodically tested and passports.

8.1.2. Workplace air must meet the sanitary – hygienic requirements of GOST 12.1.005-88 [23].

Ultimately – permissible concentration (MPC) of certain hazardous substances in workplace air (GOST 12.1.005.88):

 

Harmful gases and substances

MPC

% By volume

mg / cc. m

1

2

3

GASES

NOx (converted into NO)

0.00026

5

Carbon Monoxide

0.0017

20

hydrogen sulfide

0.00071

10

sulfur dioxide

0.00038

10

acrolein

0.000009

0.2

formaldehyde

0.00004

0.5

acetylene

 -

0.1

ammonia

-

20

acetone

-

200

gasoline

-

100

boric anhydride

-

5

kerosene (based on C)

-

300

alcohols technical

-

10

sulfuric acid

-

1.0

white – spirit

-

300

chlorine

-

1.0

caustic alkalis

-

0.5

phenol

-

5

methane (carbon equivalent)

-

300

DUST:

silicon dioxide content of more than 70%

-

1

with a content of 10 – 70%

-

2

with a content of 2 – 10%

-

4

asbestos-cement

-

6

limestone

-

6

coal with a silica content of less than 2%

-

10

 

 

8.1.3. The air intake for the ventilation system should be carried out from an area where the air content of radioactive and toxic substances as well as dust is not more than 0.1 MAC and 0.3 MAC for work premises.

8.1.4. Exhaust air and local exhausts containing dust or toxic substances, before being discharged to the atmosphere must be cleaned.

8.1.5. Calculation of the required amount of air for ventilation obshcheobmennoj industrial premises should be made for each of harmful factors: moisture, heat, dust, gas, number of employees and take the greatest value.

The air of the working areas should comprise at least 20 volume% oxygen and 0.5% carbon dioxide.

8.1.6. Ventilation systems mounted after reconstruction or overhaul, should be tested to determine their effectiveness and reliability.

For each ventilation system Dolen be drawn passport specifying the technical parameters and the procedure for its operation and maintenance.

8.1.7. During operation, all major process equipment supply and exhaust ventilation systems must operate continuously. When faulty ventilation operation of process equipment, whose work is accompanied by the release of dust and gas is prohibited.

When you stop the air handling unit or increasing the concentration of harmful substances above health standards work indoors should immediately suspend and bring people out of the room.

8.1.8. Air sampling to determine the content in the dust, harmful gases, as well as checking the temperature, humidity and air velocity in the workplace should be carried out systematically as in normal operation, and cases of technological regime change after the reconstruction and repair of ventilation systems.

8.1.9. The air temperature in the working area of ​​industrial premises must comply with the requirements of GOST 12.1.005-88 [23].

In the field of dust, gas and vapor should be arranged local pumps to ensure their removal.

8.1.10. By finishing ventilation and paint shops following additional requirements:

- Ventilation systems and starting equipment must be explosion-proof, the type and level of protection is selected according to the category and group explosive mixture;

- In areas of production, regardless of category A system adopted should provide ventilation exhaust air from the upper zone (directly under the roof) in the amount of not less than once per hour exchange;

- In case of ventilation in the finishing shop (on site), only one permanent local or general dilution one installation is necessary to provide backup fan interlocked with working and automatically turns on when the fan stop working;

- Local pumps air from paint cameras and other technological equipment to unite by a common exhaust system is prohibited.

8.1.11. It is forbidden to combine the venting system from grinding machines with the venting of woodworking equipment.

8.1.12. Entries and entering the production area to prevent drafts should be arranged air curtains or other devices.

8.1.13. Emergency ventilation should be provided to the requirements of engineering design for industrial premises, if possible sudden arrival of large quantities of flammable or hazardous gases, vapors or aerosols.

8.1.14. Airflow for emergency ventilation should be taken according to the requirements of technology. Emergency ventilation should be provided on the basis of providing indoor height of 6 m is not less than 8 times the air changes per hour, and indoor height of more than 6 m – removal of at least 50 cubic meters. m / h at 1 m. m floor area of ​​premises.

8.1.15. The limits of concentration of explosive in the air in some of the most common auxiliary substances industries% by volume are given in the table below:

 

 

Name

Lower

Top

Petrol

0.7

6.0

Kerosene

1.4

7.5

Acetylene

2.2

81.0

Methane

4.0

15.0

Hydrogen

3.3

81.5

Propane

2.2

9.5

Butane

1.5

8.4

 

 

In emergency situations when sudden entry of large amounts of hazardous substances and when the concentration is equal to or more than 20% of the lower explosive limit of the gas environment control system should provide emergency ventilation switch and supplying the sound and light signals.

8.1.16. In areas of pump and compressor stations in categories A and B should provide emergency ventilation specified in paragraph 8.1.14 breathability in addition to air exchange, create basic systems.

8.2. Requirements for light jobs.

8.2.1. Natural and artificial lighting of workplaces enterprise must satisfy the requirements of SNIP 4.11.79 [53].

8.2.2. In all production and ancillary buildings and facilities should be used with maximum efficiency natural light (side, top, or a combination).

8.2.3. Artificial lighting in the production and auxiliary premises should be arranged with incandescent or fluorescent lamps in the form of general lighting with a uniform or localized placement of fixtures and combined (general and local). Application of a local lighting is prohibited.

8.2.4. The workshops should be provided for working artificial lighting. Or the need for emergency evacuation lighting for each plant is determined by the project.

Task lighting should be provided for all premises, buildings and areas of public spaces, designed to work, the passage of people and traffic.

To illuminate the premises of industrial and warehouse buildings tend to be applied discharge lamps low and high pressure (fluorescent, HID, metal halide, xenon). If it is impossible or inappropriate use of gas-discharge light sources not use incandescent lamps.

In categorical premises (with explosive zones) lighting device shall meet the requirements of the SAE in the part relating to explosive installations.

8.2.5. Incandescent and fluorescent lamps used for general and local lighting, must be enclosed in fixtures. Fluorescent lamp without reinforcement is prohibited. Fixtures must meet specifications in accordance with GOST 17677-82E [35].

8.2.6. General lighting enterprise territory, raw material storage, chopping bridges, conveyors, timber yards, warehouses, lumber should be arc, quartz, and other advanced xenon lamps.

8.2.7. When installing fixtures on the towers should have last between sections (stairs) solid flooring, fenced railing around the perimeter. The slope of the stairs between sections should not exceed 60 degrees.

8.2.8. In boilers, substations, workshops and other areas where there may be a work stoppage in case of power work lights emergency lighting must be provided by an independent source of supply in accordance with the requirements of the SAE [66].

Emergency lighting for escape routes from the premises must provide illumination floor main passage and stair treads not less than 0.5 lux.

8.2.9. Voltage to power portable hand lamps should not exceed
42 V. Under adverse conditions, in places with high humidity, with large metal well grounded surfaces (eg, boilers, tanks, etc.) for voltage supply portable and hand lamps should not exceed 12 V.

8.2.10. Illumination of passageways and areas where work is performed, shall be not less than 25% illumination produced lamps for general lighting in the workplace, but not less than 75 lux at discharge lamps and at least 30 lux at filament.

8.2.11. Illumination work surfaces working places located outside of buildings shall be not less than 10 lux.

8.2.12. Illumination sites shops at ground level or pavements should be taken:

- Drives a car – 1 lux;

- Walks – 1 lux;

- Ladders and bridges to navigate – 3 lux;

- Predtsehovye areas (playgrounds, driveways, walkways, parking vehicles) – 2 lux;

- Railroad tracks – 0.5 lux;

- Moving – from 2 to 5 lux, depending on the category;

- Individual turnouts – 1 lux.

Illumination of some rooms and production areas in buildings for various purposes is given in Appendix 11.4.

8.2.13. Outdoor lighting must be independent from the internal network including buildings.

8.2.14. Emergency lighting (indoor and outdoor work places of production) should be provided if off task lighting can cause:

- Fire, poisoning people;

- Violation of the process;

- Disruption of facilities such as power plants, communications centers, control towers and pumps water, sewerage and heat supply, ventilation systems for industrial premises in which the cessation of work is unacceptable.

8.2.15. The smallest work surface lighting premises and territories shops in emergency mode shall be 5% light, normalized for task lighting, but not less than 2 lux inside buildings and not less than 1 lux for area shops.

8.2.16. Evacuation lighting shall be equipped with:

- In places that are dangerous to people’s passage;

- Stairways serving to evacuate people in the premises where the exit of people from the premises on tripping working lighting associated with the risk of injury due to the continuation of production equipment.

8.2.17. Smallest illumination evacuation lighting should be:

- Indoor – 0.5 lux;

- In open areas – 0.2 lux.

Emergency luminaries smokers can be used for evacuation lighting.

8.2.18. For emergency and evacuation lighting should be used incandescent and fluorescent lamps (in areas with minimum air temperature of not less than
5 deg. C).

Xenon lamps, HID, metal halide, sodium lamps for emergency and evacuation lighting use is prohibited.

8.2.19. For maintenance of lamps and skylights natural light smokers should be provided special tools (mobile towers, ladders, platforms, ladders, cradles the suspension device, etc.).

Installation and cleaning fixtures, changing blown bulbs and repair lighting circuits must be performed only electricians and de-energized.

8.3. Measures to combat industrial dust

8.3.1. Industrial site, its layout and landscaping must comply with sanitary standards and requirements of SNIP 11.89-80 [45].

8.3.2. The mouth of the mines (tunnels) with the casting must be outside the territories of the main shops and administrative – domestic premises and downwind by the prevailing wind patterns.

8.3.3. To reduce the dust on the roads and loading operations the ore stockpile should apply measures binding (suppression) dust using water or chemicals.

8.3.4. Dust-place in the transshipment nodes, crushing and screening plants must be equipped with insulated covers and suctions air handling units with air cleaning before being discharged into the atmosphere.

8.3.5. Clean the dust on the premises and shops should be using pneumatic suction devices or gidrosmyva. In this latter case must have a watertight floor covering and the slope of at least 0.02 (1.8 deg.).

8.4. Permissible levels of noise and vibration

8.4.1. The noise level in the workplace premises shall not exceed the permissible quantities of regulated Sanitary Norms CH 245-71 [58] and GOST 12.1.003-83 [24].

8.4.2. (Zones) in excess of 85 dBA noise level should be marked with safety signs and busy working on such sites are provided with appropriate personal hearing protection.

8.4.3. Level of vibration in the workplace and working with local vibration machines and must meet the requirements of GOST 12.1.012-90 [12] and health norms
CH 245-71 [58].

8.4.4. Sound pressure levels in the workplace should not exceed the values ​​specified by GOST 12.1.001-89 [27].

8.5. Requirements for electromagnetic, radiation and laser safety.

8.5.1. When working in the area of ​​electromagnetic fields (EMF) must comply with the requirements of GOST 12.1.006-84 [25].

8.5.2. Work in the area of ​​ionizing radiation (IR) and radiation (RI) is subject to the Sanitary Rules OSP-72/87 and hygiene regulations GN 2.6.1.054-96.

8.5.3. At mines classified as dangerous radiation production shall be carried out radiation monitoring in the workplace and in the areas of residence of people agreed with the sanitary control bodies, with the registration results in a special journal. Workers and officials (professionals) have to undergo additional training in an approved program and knowledge tests.

8.5.4. Maximum permissible levels of ionizing radiation must comply with the Radiation Safety Standards NRB-96.

8.5.5. Laser radiation does not exceed the values ​​GOST 12.1040-83 [26].

 

 

9. Fire protection and facilities

 

9.1. Fire protection of buildings and structures on the surface mines, pits and their categories on the fire hazard shall comply with building regulations SNIP 2.01.02-85 [44] Rules of fire safety in the Russian Federation [59] and GOST 12.1.004-91 [ 1].

Each facility should be instructions on fire safety measures for each explosive and fire-hazardous area (shop, shop) approved the technical head of the company in consultation with a legally.

Each enterprise must have data about fire danger used in technological processes of substances and materials in accordance with GOST 12.1.004-89 [32]. Category premises and buildings on fire and explosion hazards must comply with NPB-105 95.M. 1996

9.2. In industrial buildings, businesses need to organize internal fire water.

Internal fire water is not provided: in buildings and premises in which the use of water can cause fire, explosion or fire propagation (warehouses calcium carbide, sodium, potassium, etc.) in buildings and areas of less than 5000 cubic meters. m in maslopodvalah, maslotunnelyah, warehouses flammable liquids and combustible; production buildings I and II degree of fire resistance of non-combustible materials categories D and E, irrespective of their size and in industrial buildings III – V degree of fire resistance of not more than 5000 cubic meters. m categories D, E (in the buildings category D or D facilities in categories A, B and C, of ​​enclosed firebreak type 1, 500 cc. meters or more shall be equipped with fire-fighting water supply) in the production and auxiliary buildings for which provides fire fighting from tanks (tanks, reservoirs).

9.3. Fire water supply should be combined with economic – drinking or industrial water supply. External networks of water pipes, providing fire needs to be circular. For detached buildings allowed gasket deadlock lines totaling not more than 200 m, irrespective of water for fire fighting. When the number of internal fire hydrants in the building until 12 allowed spur lines longer than 200 m in the unit fire tanks or reservoirs, water tower or tank at the end of a cul de sac. Length of repair parts culverts in two lines should be: when laying water pipes in two lines or more, and in the absence of switching – no more than 5 km, in the presence of switching – equal to the length between switching stations, but not more than 5 km, when laying water pipes in one line – not more than 3 km.

9.4. Fire hydrants should have along highways at a distance of not more than 2.5 m from the edge of the roadway, but no closer than 5 m from the walls, in order to set fire truck, have allowed hydrants on the roadway.

However, the installation of hydrants on the spur of the water line is not allowed.

Placement of fire hydrants in the water supply network should provide firefighting any served by the network building, structure or part thereof from at least two hydrants – at the rate of water on external firefighting 15 l / s or more, and one – at a flow rate of less than 15 l / s considering laying hose lines no longer than
200 m on paved roads.

9.5. Fire stations should be placed on areas adjacent to the roads. Location of fire stations selected from calculating the radius of service enterprises. Radii fire service depot should be taken: 2 km – for businesses with buildings of category A, B and C, over 50% of the site area, 4 km – for businesses with buildings of category A, B and C that are up to 50% of the land, and enterprises with buildings categories D and E. In the case of exceeding a specified radius at the site enterprises must provide additional fire stations. Radii fire service posts made the same as that for fire stations.

9.6. In the presence of on-site buildings and facilities of enterprises III, IIIb, IV, IVa, V degrees of fire resistance with a built-up area is more than 50% of the total development of the enterprise, the radii of fire service depots and posts should be reduced by 40%.

9.7. Fire stations allowed to build in production and auxiliary building categories B, D and E. Departure from fire stations and posts should be located so that fire trucks leaving never crossed the main streams of traffic and pedestrians.

9.8. Water towers have to be adapted for the selection of water fire appliances at any time of year.

9.9. Fire breaks between open warehouses, buildings (structures) on the construction site must meet the requirements of SNIP 11-89-80 [45] and Appendix 11.6.

9.10. In fire breaks prohibited store combustible construction materials and equipment in the combustible packaging after hours, as well as larger than the daily requirement of working hours; noncombustible construction materials are allowed to store within these gaps while providing free entrances to the buildings.

9.11. Area under open storage of flammable materials, as well as industrial, warehouse and ancillary buildings of flammable and nonflammable materials shall be free from dry grass, weeds, bark and wood chips.

9.12. Warehouses timber must be equipped with fire-fighting water supply high-pressure ring network. In winter, it should be emptied.

Latches on the water mains must be installed so that in case of failure on any part of the aqueduct was turned off at the same time no more than two fire monitors.

9.13. Distance from the stacks of timber to fire hydrants must be at least 8 m, and a water intake covers fire reservoirs within 8 – 30 m

9.14. Warehouses timber must be equipped with an electric fire alarm related to the placement of fire protection or control room. They must meet the requirements of SNIP 2.11.06-91.

9.15. Warehouses and container wood products in enclosed spaces shall be fitted with automatic fire alarm, and at the warehouse area of ​​1500 sq. m and more – automatic fire extinguishing in accordance with the requirements of GOST 12.3.046-91.

9.16. Combustible building materials (Lesopilomaterialy, roofing, roofing material, etc.), product design from combustible materials, and equipment and supplies in a combustible packaging when stored in open areas should be placed in piles or groups of an area not exceeding 100 square meters. m gap between stacks (groups) and from them to the buildings and structures should be in accordance with Appendix 11.6.

9.17. Temporary structures have from other buildings under construction and at least 18 m or deaf fire walls.

9.18. Minimum cost for internal firefighting water for industrial and warehouse buildings should be:

 

-

-

5 to 50

50 to 200

200

400

400

800

I and II

A, B, C

2 x 2,5

2 x 5

2 x 5

3 x 5

4 x 5

III

In

2 x 2,5

2 x 5

2 x 5

-

-

III

D, E

-

2 x 2,5

2 x 2,5

-

-

IV and V

In

2 x 2,5

2 x 5

-

-

-

IV and V

D, E

-

2 x 2,5

-

-

-

 

Norms primary means of fire on buildings and outbuildings are given in Appendix 11.5.

 

 

10. Responsibility for violation of safety rules

 

10.1. Officials (professionals) subsidiary plants of mining enterprises, as well as officials (experts), performs design, engineering and scientific – research work, guilty of violating the requirements of this Regulation, shall be liable in accordance with the law.

 

 

 

 

 

 


Appendix 11.1

 

COMMON ABBREVIATIONS

 

PB - safety rules

PTE - the technical operation

MPC - maximum permissible concentration

NRB - radiation safety standards

RB - Electrical Code

TZP - fuel – petrol station

HIL - flammable liquids

Combustible - flammable liquids

SDYAV - highly toxic substances acting

Engineering - engineering – technical workers

SNIP - building regulations

SSBT - system safety standards

GOST - public-Union standard

POL - fuels – Lubricants

NTP, ONTP - norm of technological design

TO-2, 3,4 - maintenance

TR-1 - current repair

PTOL - paragraph maintenance and locomotives

ERP - Project Works

PPR - Planning – Preventative Maintenance

RU - switchgear

PEEP - the rules of operation of electrical installations

PTBEP - safety regulations for the operation of electrical consumers

EMF - Electromagnetic fields

VSN - departmental building codes

AI - ionizing radiation

RI - Radiation Incident

 


Appendix 11.2

 

ORDER

JOINT STORAGE MATERIAL

 

Group

Substances

Substances in this group are not permitted to storage compatibility with the following groups of substances

1

2

3

I

Substances liable to form explosive mixtures such as potassium nitrate, sodium nitrate, barium nitrate, potassium perchlorate, bertoletova salt, calcium nitrate, etc.

IIa, IIb, IIc, III, IVa, IVb, V, VI

II

Compressed and liquefied gases:

 

a) flammable and explosive:acetylene, hydrogen, methane, ammonia, hydrogen sulfide, chloromethyl, ethylene oxide, butylene, butane, propane, etc.

I, IIa, III, IVa, IVb, V, VI

b) inert and non-combustible gases:argon, helium, neon, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, sulfur dioxide, etc.

III, IVa, IVb, V, VI

c) gases comburent:oxygen and air are compressed and liquefied

I, IIb, III, IVa, IVb, V, VI

III

Spontaneously combustible and pyrophoric from air and water substance

 

a) the potassium, sodium, calcium, calcium carbide, calcium phosphide, sodiumphosphorous, zinc dust, sodium peroxide, barium peroxide, aluminum dust, powder, Raney-type nickel catalyst, etc., white or yellow phosphorus

I, IIa, IIb, IIc, IVa, IVb, V, VI

b) triethylaluminum, diethylaluminum chloride, triisobutylaluminum, etc.

I, IIa, IIb IIb, IIIa, IVa, IVb, V, VI

IV

Flammable and combustible materials

 

a) a liquid – petrol, benzene, carbon disulfide, acetone, turpentine, toluene, xylene, amyl acetate, light crude oil, naphtha, kerosene, alcohols, diethyl ether, organic oils

I, IIa, IIb, IIc, III, IVb, V, VI

b) Solids – celluloid, red phosphorus, naphthalene

I, IIa, IIb, III, IVa, V, VI

V

Substances which may causeinflammation: bromine, nitric acid and sulfuric acid, chromic anhydride, potassium permanganate

I, IIa, IIb, III, IVa, V, VI

VI

Easily flammable materials: cotton, wool, jute, hemp, sulfur, peat, nesvezheobozhzhenny charcoal, carbon black plant and animal

I, IIa, IIb, IIc, III, IVa, IVb, V

 

 

Note.

If you must store fire – and explosive substances not listed in the table, the question of their shared custody can be resolved after revealing the extent of their fire and explosion hazard, and in agreement with the Supervision Authority.

 

 

 


Appendix 11.3

 

Method of laying MATERIALS

 

N p / p

Material, product, equipment

Required method of laying

Limiting the height of the stack cells rack

Additional instructions for installation

1

2

3

4

5

1 Roundwood

In the stack

1.5 m

With gaskets and installation stops against rolling
2 Lumber

In the stack

ordinary styling

0.5 width of the stack

stacking cells

The width of the stack

3 Pipe diameter mm
300

In the stack

3.0 m

On pads and strips with end stops
more than 300

In the stack

3.0 m

In the saddle without pads
4 Brick packaged on pallets

In the stack

2 tiers

5 Brick in containers

In one series

1 tier

6 Brick without containers

In a cell or a stack

1.7 m

7 Foundation blocks and blocks of basement walls

In the stack

2.6 m

With pads and spacers between rows
8 Slabs

In the stack

2.5 m

With pads and spacers between rows
9 Girders and columns

In the stack

2.0 m

With pads and spacers between rows
10 Building blocks

In the stack

2 tiers

With pads and spacers between rows
11 Panel:
wall In a tape or pyramid
partition In the cassette vertically
12 Blocks chutes

In the stack

2.5 m

13 Glass in boxes and web material

Vertically in
one row

-

On supports
14 Sanitation, ventilation units

In the stack

2.5 m

With pads and spacers between rows
15 Heating devices (radiators), etc.) in the form of individual sections in the assembled form or

In the stack

1.0 m

16 Bulky and heavy equipment and parts of it

In one series

Height of equipment

On supports
17 Tile materials (asbesttsementnye plates, sheets and plates asbesttsementnye fiber asbesttsementnye flat)

At the foot

1.0 m

18 Plates asbesttsementnye hollow

In stack 15 rows

19 Tile cement – sand and clay

In a pile on the edge

1.0 m

With gaskets
20 Black rolling metals (steel sheet, channels, I-beams, profiled steel)

In the stack

1.5 m

With pads and linings
21 Melkosortnyj metal

In rack

1.5 m

 

 

 


Appendix 11.4

 

Coverage of some facilities and industrial

Land in various buildings

 

N p / p

Facilities and industrial sites

Rationing light plane and its height from the floor, m

Discharge of visual work

Illuminance lux

when combined light

at a total light

1

2

3

4

5

6

Enterprise car service

1.

Washing and cleaning vehicles

Paul

VI

-

150

2.

Car Maintenance

Paul

Va

300

200

3.

Daily maintenance vehicles

In – by car

VIIIa

-

75

4.

Osmotrovye ditches

D – down machine

VI

-

150

5.

Engine, aggregate, mechanical, electrical department and power devices

D – 0.8

IVa

750

300

6.

Blacksmithing, welding – sheet metal and separating mednichnoe

D – 0.8

IVb

500

200

7.

Joinery and wallpaper department

D – 0.8

Va

300

200

8.

Repair and installation of tires

D – 0.8

Va

300

200

9.

Storage space for cars

Paul

VIIIb

-

20

10.

Open storage areas for vehicles

Paul

XII

-

5

Warehouses

11.

Warehouses bulky items and bulk materials (sand, wood, cement, etc.)

Paul

-

-

20

12.

Material, tools and the like warehouses

Paul

VIIIa

-

75

13.

Warehouses and containers of chemical (acids, alkalis, lacquers, paints and flammable liquids, etc.):a) filling in stockb) without filling in stock

Paul

Paul

VIIIa

VIIIb

-

-

30

20

Boilers

14.

Boiler room:
a) service platforms boilersb) platforms and stairs boilers and economizers, passes for boilers

In – on furnaces, zatvorkah, feeders

Paul

VI

-

100

-

100

10

15.

Dymososov premises, fans, bunker office

D – 0.8

VI

-

100

16.

Condensation, chemical water treatment, deafratornaya, boiler

Paul

VI

-

100

17.

Space fuel

D – 0.8

VI

-

100

18.

Nadbunkernoe room

D – 0.8

VIIIb

-

20

Electrical rooms

19.

Camera transformers and reactors

B – 1.5

VI

-

50

20.

Switchgear room
a) on the front panel with continuous service (on the panel)

B – 1.5

IVd

-

200

b) the same, but with periodic maintenance (on the panel)

B – 1.5

IVd

-

150

c) the back side panel (panel)

B – 1.5

VI

-

100

21.

Premises capacitors

In – the capacitors

IVd

-

100

22.

Space for batteries

D – 0.5

VI

-

50

23.

Shop for repairs battery

D – 0.8

IVb

500

200

24.

Switchboard in residential and public buildings

B – 1.5

VI

-

50

Facilities for electric vehicles and electric

25.

Space for parking and charging

Paul

VI

-

50

26.

Room for repair of electric and electric

Paul

IVb

500

200

27.

Electrolyte and distillyatornaya

D – 0.8

VI

-

150

Space utilities and other |

 technological facilities

28.

Space for ventilation equipment (except for air conditioners)

D – 0.8

VIIIb

-

20

29.

Space for air conditioners and pumps, heat points

D – 0.8

VIIIa

-

75

30.

Machine rooms-tion pump, compressor, blowera) permanently manned staffb) no permanent staff on duty

D – 0.8

D – 0.8

VI

VI

-

-

150

100

31.

Premises for utility networks

Paul

-

-

20

Index path

32.

Bright large scale and medium-sized

In – on devices

IVd

300

150

33.

The same dark

In – on devices

IVb

400

200

34.

Scales small sizes

In – on devices

IIIc

750

300

Galleries and tunnels

35.

Busbars and conveyors

Paul

VIIIv

-

20

36.

Кабельные,теплофикации-онные,масляные,пульпопроводов, water

Paul

VIIIv

-

10

 

 

Note.

Legend in the third column: In – vertical, T – horizontal.

 

 

 

 

 

 


Appendix 11.5

 

STANDARDS

Primary fire extinguishing equipment for new building

And renovated buildings, structures

And outbuildings

 

 

 

Buildings, premises, warehouses and facilities

U edited

By primary means of fire

fire extinguishers

boxes with 0.5 cu. m with sand and shovel

water barrels emkostyu250 l and 2 buckets

felt, asbestos blanket or felts

2 x 2 m

1

2

3

4

5

6

Constructed and reconstructed buildings

200 m. m of floor area

1 <1>

1

1

-

Scaffolding

For every 20 m length of forests (on the floors)

1 <1>

-

-

-

For every 100 m length of forests (on the floors)

-

-

1 <2>

-

Space offices

200 m. m of floor area

1 <1>

-

-

-

Premises carpentry and woodworking shops, workshops

Per 100 sq.m.

1 <3>

1

1

-

Enclosed storage timber and fuel (hemp, hemp, etc.)

100 m. m

1 <2>

-

1

-

Household storage in the presence of combustible materials

100 m. m

1 <2>

-

1

-

Outdoor storage timber

HA3 00 m. m

1 <4>

-

1

-

Cover with burns combustible insulation or roofing

200 m. m

1

1

1

-

Outdoor storage of roundwood

500 m. m area of ​​the warehouse

1 <4>

-

1

-

Enclosed storage noncombustible materials

400 m. m square

1 <3>

-

-

-

Tare storage of flammable and combustible liquids

50 m. m of floor area

1 <4>

1 <4>

-

-

Warehouse calcium carbide

100 m. m of floor area

-

1

-

-

Warehouse cylinders with compressed, liquefied and dissolved gases

200 m. m of floor area

1

-

-

-

Working platform for concrete stem tall concrete pipes

-

3

1

1

-

Overlap in building a protective structures

-

2

-

1

-

Cradle assembly for the construction of cooling towers (each cradle 2 pcs.)

-

8

-

-

-

Storage and preparation of working compositions anticorrosive and waterproofing materials

-

3

1

-

3

Installation location of heat generators heaters

Unit

3

1

-

-

Open car parks

100 sq.m.

1

1

-

1

Gas welding and electric welding shops

200 sq.m.

1

1

-

-

Machine shops

100 sq.m.

1

1

-

-

Roundhouse

200 sq.m.

1

1

-

1

Battery room

Per room

1

-

-

-

Warehouses flammable liquids and combustible

200 sq.m.

2

1

-

1

Warehouses hard rock materials (peat, coal)

500 sq.m.

2

-

2

-

Warehouses chemical reagents

300 sq.m.

2

1

-

1

Electric Power

200 sq.m.

1

1

-

1

 

 

_______________________________

<1> But at least two fire extinguishers on the floor.

<2> But at least two barrels on the floor.

<3> But at least two fire extinguishers on each workshop or

separate warehouse.

<4> But at least two fire extinguishers on each warehouse.

<5> But at least two fire extinguishers and a sandbox. In

sand box should be one felted size 1,5 x 1,5 m

 

 

 

 

Appendix 11.6

 

Distance from the open warehouse to BUILDINGS

And structures, and between warehouses, M

 

Warehouses

Buildings and structures in the fire resistance

Warehouses

I, II, IIIa

III

IIIb, IVa V, VI

coal

milled peat

sod peat

wood products (sawn wood and round)

wood chips and sawdust

HIL

GJ

capacity, kt

capacity, thousand cubic meters. m

1 -

<1

1 -

<1

1 -

<1

1 – |

<1

1 -

<1

1 -

0.6

5 -

3 -

<3

100

 

100

 

10

 

10

 

5

2

-1

0.6

 

10

5

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

1. Coal capacity, tons:  
1 to 100

6

6

12

x

x

12

12

6

6

24

18

24

18

18

12

6

18

12

6

<1

not standardized

6

12

x

x

12

12

6

6

24

18

24

18

18

12

6

12

6

6

2. Milled peat capacity, tons:
1 to 10

24

30

36

12

12

x

x

x

x

42

36

42

36

42

36

30

42

36

30

<1

18

24

30

12

12

x

x

x

x

42

36

42

36

42

36

30

42

36

30

3. Sod peat capacity, tons:
1 to 10

18

18

24

6

6

x

x

x

x

42

36

42

36

36

30

24

36

30

24

<1

12

15

15

6

6

x

x

x

x

42

36

42

36

36

30

24

36

30

24

4. Lesomateria-fishing (round and sawn) of firewood and container, thous. m:
1 to 10

15

24

30

24

24

42

42

42

42

x

x

36

30

42

36

30

42

36

30

<1

12

15

18

18

18

36

36

36

36

x

x

36

30

36

30

24

36

30

24

5. Chips and sawdust capacity, thousand cubic meters. m:
1 to 5

18

30

36

24

24

42

42

42

42

36

36

x

x

42

36

30

42

36

30

<1

15

18

24

18

18

36

36

36

36

30

24

x

x

36

30

24

36

30

24

6. Flammable liquid capacity, thousand cubic meters. m:
1 to 2

30

30

36

18

18

42

42

36

36

42

36

42

36

x

x

x

x

x

x

0.6 to 1

24

24

30

12

12

36

36

30

30

36

30

36

30

x

x

x

x

x

x

<0.6

18

18

24

6

6

30

30

24

24

30

24

30

24

x

x

x

x

x

x

7. Flammable liquids capacity, thousand cubic meters. m:
5 to 10

30

30

36

18

18

42

42

36

36

42

36

42

36

x

x

x

x

x

x

3 to 5

24

24

30

12

12

36

36

30

30

36

30

36

30

x

x

x

x

x

x

<3

18

18

24

6

6

30

30

24

24

30

24

30

24

x

x

x

x

x

x

 

 

Note.

Sign x means that the placement of the same materials (including milled and sod peat or flammable and combustible liquids) in two or more warehouses are not allowed.

 

 

 

 

Appendix 11.7

 

LIST

GOST, SNIP, regulations and instructions,

Used in compiling RULES

 

1. GOST 12.1.004-91 SSLS Fire safety. General requirements.

2. GOST 12.4.001-89 SSLS Remedies working. General requirements and classification.

3. GOST 12.3.002-75 SSLS manufacturing processes. General safety requirements (with rev. 1980, 1991.).

4. GOST 12.3.035-84 SSLS Building. Paint work. Safety requirements.

5. GOST 12.3.016-87 SSLS Building. Anticorrosion work. Safety requirements.

6. GOST 12.2.016-81 SSLS Compressor equipment. General safety requirements (with rev. 1987).

7. GOST 9238-83 Dimensions approximation buildings and rolling stock 1520 (1524) mm.

8. GOST 9720-76 Dimensions approximation buildings and rolling stock gauge 750 mm.

9. GOST 12.2.022-80 Conveyors. General safety requirements (with rev. 1986, 1990.).

10. GOST 12.3.009-76 SSLS Works cargo – handling. General safety requirements (with rev. 1982).

11. GOST 12.4.107-82 SSLS ropes harnesses.

12. GOST 12.1.012-90 Vibration safety. General requirements.

13. GOST 12.2.009-80 Metal-working machines. General safety requirements (with rev. 1988, 1992.).

14. GOST 12.3.036-84 SSLS Flame metalworking. Safety Requirements (rev. 1990).

15. GOST 12.3.004-75 SSLS Heat treatment of metals. General safety requirements (with rev. 1982).

16. GOST 12.2.017-93 SSLS Equipment forging – forging. General requirements for safety.

17. GOST 12.3.042-88 SSLS Woodworking. General requirements for safety.

18. GOST 12.3.040-86 SSLS Building. Roofing and waterproofing work. Safety requirements.

19. GOST 12.3.020-80 SSLS the movement of goods in the factories. Safety Requirements (rev. 1988).

20. GOST 12.3.038-85 SSLS Building. Of thermal insulation of equipment and pipelines. Safety requirements.

21. GOST 12.1.019-79 SSLS Electrical. General requirements and range of types of protection (with rev. 1986).

22. GOST 12.3.003-86 SSLS electric welding works. Safety Requirements (rev. 1989).

23. GOST 12.1.005-88 SSLS General sanitary – hygienic requirements to the working area (with rev. 1989).

24. GOST 12.1.003-83 SSLS noise. General safety requirements (with rev. 1989).

25. GOST 12.1.006-84 SSLS radio frequency electromagnetic fields. Permissible levels in the workplace and requirements for monitoring (with rev. 1988).

26. GOST 12.1.040-83 SSBT. Laser safety. General (with rev. 1986).

27. GOST 12.1.001-89 SSLS Ultrasound. General requirements for safety.

28. GOST 12.3.015-78 SSLS Works timber. Safety Requirements (rev. 1982, 1984, 1988.).

29. GOST 12.3.025-80 SSLS metal cutting. Safety Requirements (rev. 1988).

30. GOST 12.2.013.0-91 SSLS Machinery Electric hand. General safety requirements and test methods.

31. GOST 12.2.007.9-93 electrothermal equipment. Safety requirements.

32. GOST 12.1.004-89 Fire hazard substances and materials used in manufacturing processes.

33. GOST 12.0.004-90 SSLS training on safety. General Provisions.

34. GOST 12.2.026.093 Woodworking equipment. General safety requirements for the design.

35. GOST 17677-82E Fixtures. General specifications.

36. GOST 12.2.003-91 Industrial equipment. General requirements for safety.

37. GOST 12.3.006-75 Operation of water and sewer facilities and networks. General requirements for safety.

38. GOST 17.1.3.05-82 Conservancy. Hydrosphere. General requirements for the protection of surface and groundwater from pollution by oil and oil products.

39. GOST 17.1.3.13-86 Conservancy. Hydrosphere. General requirements for the protection of surface waters from pollution.

40. GOST 12.4.087-84 construction helmets. Specifications.

41. GOST 12.4.089-86 Safety belts. General specifications.

42. SNIP 3.01.04.87 Commissioning of completed construction projects. Basic Provisions (rev. 1988).

43. SNIP 2.09.02.85 Industrial buildings industrial enterprises (with rev. 1989, 1991.).

44. SNIP 2.01.02.85 Fire norm.

45. SNIP 11-89-80 master plans for industrial enterprises (with rev. N 1, 2 and 3, the BLS N 4-85, N 3 – ’87, N 11 – ’90).

46. SNIP 2.05.07-91 Industrial vehicles (No. 1996).

47. SNIP 111-4-80 Safety in construction.

48. SNIP 2.04.07-86 thermal network.

49. SNIP 2.04.02-84 Water. External networks and facilities (with rev. N 1 and N 2 BLS 9, 11 – ’85, N 9 – ’86, N 12 – ’87).

50. SNIP 2.04.01-85 Internal water supply and sewerage of buildings (with rev. 1992).

51. SNIP 11-92-76 Ancillary buildings and industrial facilities. Design standards.

52. SNIP 2.04.05-91 Heating, ventilation and air conditioning (with rev. 1994).

53. SNIP 4.11.79 Natural and artificial lighting (with rev. 1986).

54. SNIP 2.11.03-93 Warehouses oil and petroleum products. Fire regulations.

55. SNIP 32-01-85 Railways 1520 mm (with rev. NN 1, 2 and 3 BLS N 11 – ’90).

56. SNIP 2.09.04-87 Administrative and domestic buildings (with rev. 1995).

57. SNIP 2.11.01-85 Storage buildings (with rev. 1991).

58. CH 245-71. Sanitary norms of industrial design (rev. 1978 N 61 and N 222).

59. Fire safety regulations in the Russian Federation. PPB-01-93, Moscow, 1997, approved by the Russian Ministry of Internal Affairs 16/10/93.

60. Common safety rules for splitting: sorting mineral processing and agglomeration of ores and concentrates. M., NGOs, MBT 1992.

61. Safety rules for the gas industry. Edition 3 rev. N 1 and 2 approved Gostgortechnadzor Russia 02.11.92 and 14.12.92, 17.07.90 agreed with the Trade Unions.

62. Rules for design and safe operation of steam and hot water boilers. M., NGOs, MBT, 1994, approved by the Russian State Technical Supervision 28.05.93 N 12.

63. Regulations on labor protection in road transport. POT PO-200-01-95, approved by Order of the Ministry of Transport of Russia 13.12.95 N 106.

64. Safety rules when working with tools and devices. M. Energoatomizdat, 1986, approved by the USSR Ministry of 04/30/85.

65. Rules for protection of surface waters against pollution of wastewater, approved. State Committee of the USSR, 1991

66. Electrical Code (PUE), approved. USSR Ministry of 05/10/79 (as amended. 1982, 1984.).

67. Safety rules for the operation of electrical consumers (PTBEP), approved. Glavgosenergonadzorom Russia 21.12.84.

68. Rules of Operation of Electrical Equipment (PEEP), approved. Glavgosenergonadzorom Russia 31.03.92.

69. EPO in the development of mineral deposits open method. M., NGOs MBT, 1992.

70. EPO during the mining of ore, non-metallic and placer mineral deposits underground mining. M., NGOs MBT, 1996.

71. PTB and Health Standards for paint shops and railway stations enterprises transport. Approved. IPU and the Central Trade Union 28.11.88 N TSTVR/4665.

72. PTB for shinomontazhnyh companies Minavtotrans RSFSR, 10/18/77.

73. ONTP-01-91. Union norms of technological design of road transport enterprises, approved. Minavtotransporta RSFSR 08/07/91.

74. ONTP-07-83. Union norms of technological design machining and assembly departments of engineering, instrument-making and metalworking.

75. NTP repair economy non-ferrous metallurgy, approved. MCM USSR 18.12.85 N 553.

76. ONTP 6-85. Union norms of technological design of warehouses and repair – mechanical workshops mines, mines and concentrators mining.

77. BCH-01-89. Departmental building codes Minavtotransa RSFSR VA N 15/10.

78. Position on the issuance of special permits (licenses) for the activities associated with increased risk of industrial production (s) and work, as well as security for subsoil use. Approved. Gostgortechnadzor Russia 03.07.93 N 20.

79. Regulation on the protection of groundwater. M. VSEGINGEO, 1984.

80. GOST 12.1.030-81. Electrical. Protective grounding and vanishing (with rev. 1987.).

81. Rules of certification of welders and welding engineers, Moscow, 1998 (Regulation Instead welder qualification, approved. Gostgortechnadzor Russia 18.03.93 N 7 and Regulation welder qualification of equipment and pipelines of nuclear power plants
PNAEG-7-003-87, approved. Gosatomenergonadzora USSR 02.04. 84).

82. Sanitary rules and norms for the protection of surface waters against pollution SanPin 4630-88.

GOST 2.601-2006 English Version

22 Jan 2014 Comments
Off

[GOST 2.601-2006 영문버전]

GOST 2.601-2006 : Common system for design documentation - ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTS


1  Scope

This standard specifies the types of, completeness, and general requirements for the implementation of operational documents (hereinafter – ED).

On the basis of this standard is permitted, if necessary, to develop standards that establish species, completeness and general requirements for the implementation of ED on specific types of technology products with tailored.

2 Normative references
This standard refers to the following interstate standards:

GOST 2.051-2006 Unified system for design documentation. Electronic documents. General Provisions

GOST 2.102-68 Unified system for design documentation. Types and complete design documents

GOST 2.104-2006 Unified system for design documentation. Basic records

GOST 2.105-95 Unified system for design documentation. General requirements for text documents

GOST 2.201-80 Unified system for design documentation. Legend products and design documents

GOST 2.301-68 Unified system for design documentation. Formats

GOST 2.304-81 Unified system for design documentation. Fonts drawing

GOST 2.503-90 Unified system for design documentation. Rules changes

GOST 2.605-68 Unified system for design documentation. Posters and technical training. General technical requirements

GOST 2.608-78 Unified system for design documentation. Order record information about precious materials in operational documents

GOST 2.610-2006 Unified system for design documentation. Rules for the implementation of operational documents

GOST 2.701-84 Unified system for design documentation. Scheme. Kinds and types. General requirements for the implementation of

GOST 5773-90 Editions book and magazine. Formats

GOST 1639-93 Waste and scrap of non-ferrous metals and alloys. General specifications

GOST 18322-78 system maintenance and repair of equipment. Terms and definitions

GOST 22240-76 Covers and cover binding. Types

Note – When using this standard it is advisable to check the effect of the reference standards for the sign “National Standards”, compiled as of January 1 this year, and the relevant information signs, published in the current year. If the reference standard is replaced (changed), when using this standard should be guided replaced (changed) standard. If the reference standard is canceled without replacement, the position in which reference is made ​​to it, apply to the extent not affecting this link.

이하 생략….

PB 03-584-03 English Version

22 Jan 2014 Comments
Off

[PB 03-584-03 영문버전]

PB 03-584-03. Terms of designing, making and receiving vessels and  equipment of welded steel

1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

Terms of designing, making and receiving vessels and vehicles steel welded establish the basic technical requirements used in the design, manufacture, installation, testing, operation, modernization, repair and preservation of vessels and equipment of welded steel and to ensure industrial safety, prevention of industrial accidents and injuries in the operation of vessels and apparatuses of welded steel in the chemical, petrochemical, oil refining industry and other hazardous industrial facilities.

The Regulations are intended to apply to all organizations, regardless of their organizational and legal forms of ownership, carrying out their activities at hazardous production facilities.

In connection with the entry into force of this Regulation after their official publication shall be considered void Rules design, manufacture and acceptance of vessels and vehicles steel welded (PB 03-384-00) (Regulation Gosgortechnadzor Russia from 25.07.03 N 105).

2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1.1. These Rules design, manufacture and acceptance of vessels and equipment of welded steel (hereinafter – Regulations) set out requirements aimed at ensuring industrial safety, accident prevention, occupational injuries in the operation of steel welded vessels and vehicles.

1.2. Rules are developed in accordance with the Federal Law of 21.07.97 N 116-FZ “On industrial safety of hazardous production facilities” (Collected Legislation of the Russian Federation, 1997, N 30, st.3588), Regulations on Federal mining supervision of Russia, approved by the Government Russian Federation from 03.12.01 N 841 (Laws of the Russian Federation, 2001, N 50, st.4742) General rules of industrial safety for organizations operating in the field of industrial safety of hazardous production facilities, approved by resolution Gosgortechnadzor Russia from 18.10.02 N 61-A, the Russian Justice Ministry registered 28.11.02, registration N 3968 (Rossiyskaya Gazeta, 05.12.02, N 231), and are intended to apply to all organizations, regardless of their organizational and legal forms of ownership, operating in the field of industrial Security and supervised Gosgortechnadzor Russia.

1.3. Rules are intended for use:

a) the design, manufacture, installation, operation, upgrade, repair and maintenance of wire welded vessels and equipment at hazardous production facilities;

b) during the examination of industrial safety steel welded vessels and vehicles.

1.4. These Regulations apply to designed, manufactured and newly modernized steel welded vessels and equipment operating at a pressure of more than 16 MPa (160 kgf / cm 2 ), a vacuum with a residual pressure of at least 665 Pa
(5 mmHg), the internal pressure 0.07 MPa (0.7 kgf / cm 2 ) or less (for filling) and the wall temperature is not below -70 ° C, as well as on existing welded steel vessels and equipment, operates at hazardous production facilities.

The possibility of extending the requirements of the Rules for specific types and kinds of vessels and equipment is determined by the operating conditions, if necessary, justified by calculations and set design.

1.5. The Regulations set out the technical requirements for the design, materials, manufacturing (doizgotovleniyu), test methods, acceptance, reconstruction, repair, installation vessels and vehicles. Together with the requirements of the Rules should be guided by normative and technical documents on industrial safety.

  

1.6. In organizations with existing steel vessels and devices that do not meet the requirements of this Regulation, if necessary measures can be developed to ensure safe operation. Activities are coordinated and approved in due course.

1.7. Instruction Manual steel welded vessels and vehicles developed in accordance with the technical documentation, production schedules, these Rules and the requirements of other regulations on industrial safety.

이하 생략….

GOST R 52630-2006 English Version

22 Jan 2014 Comments
Off

[GOST R 52630-2006 영문버전]

GOST R 52630-2006  : VESSELS AND MACHINES STEEL WELDED-General technical conditions

 

1 Scope

This standard applies to welded steel vessels and equipment (hereinafter – the vessels), operating at a pressure of more than 16 MPa (160 kgf / cm 2 ), a vacuum with a residual pressure of at least 665 Pa (5 mm Hg. tbsp.) or without pressure ( for filling) and the wall temperature is not lower than minus 70 ° C, for use in chemical processing plants, petrochemical, refinery, oil, gas and other related industries.

This standard specifies the basic technical requirements for the design, materials, manufacturing (doizgotovleniyu), test methods, acceptance and delivery, reconstruction, repair, installation vessels and vehicles.

This standard does not apply to:

- Vessels operating under vacuum with a residual pressure of less than 665 Pa (5 mm Hg. Tbsp.)

- Containers intended for transportation of petroleum and chemical products;

- Cylinders for compressed, liquefied and dissolved gases;

- Tubular furnace;

- Tanks (containers) for storage of chemicals and petroleum products, projected in accordance with building codes and special rules.

In addition to the requirements of this standard should be guided by the rules and regulations on industrial safety.

2 Normative references

Used in the standard normative references to the following standards:

GOST R 2.901 99-Unified system for design documentation. Documentation is sent abroad. General requirements

GOST 12.4.026-2001 safety standards system. Color signaling, safety signs and markings warning. Purpose and application rules. General technical requirements and specifications. Test methods

GOST R 50460 – 92 Mark of conformity with the mandatory certification. The shape, size and technical requirements

GOST R 52627 – 2006 (ISO 898-1:1999) Bolts, screws and studs. Mechanical Properties and Test Methods

GOST 2.601-2006 Unified system for design documentation. Operational documents

GOST 9.014 78-Unified system of corrosion and aging. Temporary corrosion protection products. General requirements

GOST 9.402-2004 Unified system of corrosion and aging. Paint coatings. Preparation of metal surfaces for painting

GOST 12.1.005-88 safety standards system. Common sanitary – hygienic requirements to the working area

GOST 12.1.007-76 safety standards system. Harmful Substances Classification and general safety requirements

GOST 19.402 78-Unified system for program documentation. Program Description

GOST-85 26,008 fonts for printing, engraving method applied. And E XECUTIVE sizes

GOST 26.020-80 Fonts for measuring instruments and automation. Faces and basic dimensions

GOST 356 – 80 fittings and pipe components. Pressure conditional, trial and workers. Rows

Standard 380 – 2005 Common quality carbon steel. Stamps

GOST 427 – 75 Rulers measuring metal. Specifications

Standard 492 – 2006 Nickel, nickel and copper – nickel processed pressure. Stamps

GOST 494 – 90 Pipes made of brass. Specifications

Standard 535 – 2005-rolled and shaped from quality carbon steel. General specifications

GOST 550 – 75 seamless steel pipes for the oil and petrochemical industries. Specifications

GOST 931 – 90 sheets and strips of brass. Specifications

GOST 977 – 88 Steel Castings. General specifications

GOST 1050 – 88-rolled, calibrated with special surface finish of quality carbon structural steel. General specifications

GOST 1525 – 91 Bars of Monel. Specifications

GOST 1577 – 93 Rolled sheets and broadband structural quality steel. Specifications

GOST 2991 – 85 planked disposable boxes for loads up to 500 kg. General specifications

GOST 3242 – 79 Welded joints. Quality control methods

GOST 3262 – 75 steel pipes for water and gas. Specifications

GOST 4543 – 71 Rental of alloy structural steel. Specifications

GOST 4784 – 97 aluminum and wrought aluminum alloys. Stamps

GOST 5063 – 73 Strips of copper – nickel alloys. Specifications

GOST 5520 – 79 rolled flat carbon steel, low-alloy and alloy steel for boilers and vessels working under pressure. Specifications

GOST 5521 – 93 Rolled steel for shipbuilding. Specifications

GOST 5582 – 75 rolled sheets of corrosion – resistant, heat resistant and heat resistant. Specifications

GOST 5632 – 72 High-alloy steels corrosion – resistant, heat-resistant and heat-resistant. Stamps

GOST 5949 – 75 Steel profiled and calibrated corrosion – resistant, heat-resistant and heat-resistant. Specifications

GOST 5959 – 80 boxes of disposable panels for loads up to 200 kg. General specifications

GOST 6032 – 2003 (ISO 3651-1:1998, ISO 3651-2:1998) Steels and alloys corrosion – resistant. Methods of test for resistance to intergranular corrosion

GOST 6533 – 78 Bottoms elliptical flanged steel for vessels, equipment and boilers. Main dimensions

GOST 6996 – 66 Welds. Methods for determining the mechanical properties

GOST 7350 – 77 Steel thick corrosion – resistant, heat-resistant and heat-resistant. Specifications

GOST 7512 – 82 Non-destructive testing. Welded joints. Radiographic

GOST 8479 – 70 Forgings of structural carbon and alloy steel. General specifications

GOST 8724 – 2002 (ISO 261 – 98) Basic norms of interchangeability. Metric thread. Diameters and steps

GOST 8731 – 74 hot-rolled seamless steel tubes. Technical requirements

GOST 8733 – 74 seamless steel pipes and cold-warm-deformed. Technical requirements

GOST 9012 – 59 (ISO 410 – 82, ISO 6506 – 81) Metals. Method of Brinell hardness

GOST 9013 – 59 (ISO 6508 – 86) Metals. Method of measuring the Rockwell hardness

GOST 9045 – 93 cold-rolled sheets of low carbon quality steel for cold forming. Specifications

GOST 9466 – 75 Covered electrodes for manual metal arc welding of steels and surfacing. Classification and general specifications

GOST 9617 – 76 vessels and vehicles. Rows diameters

GOST 9940 – 81 Seamless hot corrosion – resistant steel. Specifications

GOST 9941 – 81 Seamless cold – warm-deformed and corrosion – resistant steel. Specifications

GOST 10092 – 2006 cupro-nickel tubes for heat exchangers. Specifications

GOST 10198 – 91 Wooden boxes for cargo weighing communication. 200 to 20000 kg. General specifications

GOST 10494 – 80 Studs for flanged connections with convex seal on P in excess of 10 to 100 MPa (100 to 1000 kgf / cm 2 ).Specifications

GOST 10495 – 80 Hexagon nuts for flanged connections on P in excess of 10 to 100 MPa (100 to 1000 kgf / cm 2 ).Specifications

GOST 10702 – 78 Rental of quality structural carbon and alloy steel for cold extrusion and uplift. Specifications

GOST 10706 – 76 Electrically welded steel pipes. Technical requirements

GOST 10885 – 85 hot-rolled sheet steel double-layer corrosion – resistant. Specifications

GOST 11036 – 75 Electrotechnical unalloyed steel billet. Specifications

GOST 12620 – 78 Bottoms neotbortovannye conical apex angles of 60, 90 and 120 °. Main dimensions

GOST 12621 – 78 Bottoms neotbortovannye conical with an apex angle of 140 °. Main dimensions

GOST 12622 – 78 flanged flat bottoms. Main dimensions

GOST 12623 – 78 flat bottoms neotbortovannye. Main dimensions

GOST 12816 – 80 Flanged valves, fittings and piping on P from 0.1 to 20.0 MPa (from 1 to 200 kgf / cm 2 ). General technical requirements

GOST 12971 – 67 rectangular plates for machines and devices. Measurements

GOST 14192 – 96 Marking of goods

GOST 14637 – 89 (ISO 4995 – 75) Plates of quality carbon steel. Specifications

GOST 14782 – 86 Non-destructive testing. Welded joints. Ultrasonic methods

GOST 15150 – 69 Machinery, equipment and other industrial products. Performance for different climatic regions. Categories, operating, storage and transportation to the impact of climatic factors in the external environment

GOST 15527 – 2004 Alloys copper – zinc (brass) processed pressure. Stamps

GOST 17217 – 79 tubes of copper – nickel alloy brand MNZH 5-1. Specifications

GOST 17232 – 99 plates of aluminum and aluminum alloys. Specifications

GOST 17314 – 81 Devices for fixing thermal insulation of steel vessels and vehicles. The design and dimensions. Technical requirements

GOST 17375 – 2001 Seamless welded pipeline parts of carbon and low alloy steel. Return bends type 3D (R = 1,5 DN). Design

GOST 17380 – 2001 (ISO 3419 – 81) Details of pipelines seamless welded carbon and low alloy steel. General specifications

GOST 17711 – 93 Alloys of copper – zinc (brass) foundry. Stamps

GOST 18442 – 80 Non-destructive testing. Capillary methods. General requirements

GOST 18475 – 82 Cold Pipes of aluminum and aluminum alloys. Specifications

GOST 18482 – 79 tubes of extruded aluminum and aluminum alloys. Specifications

GOST 18661 – 73 Steel. Hardness measurement by impact indentation

GOST 18968 – 73 Bars and strips of corrosion – resistant heat-resistant steel for steam turbine blades. Specifications

GOST 19281 – 89 Rental of high-strength steel. General specifications

GOST 19903 – 74 Hot-rolled flat. Assortment

GOST 20072 – 74 heat-resistant steel. Specifications

GOST 20700 – 75 bolts, studs, nuts and washers for flanged connections and anchor, caps and collars with ambient temperatures from 0 to 650 ° C. Specifications

GOST 21105 – 87 Non-destructive testing. Magnetic particle

GOST 21488 – 97 Pressed bars of aluminum and aluminum alloys. Specifications

GOST 21631 – 76 sheets of aluminum and aluminum alloys. Specifications

GOST 21646 – 2003 Pipes copper and brass for heat exchangers. Specifications

GOST 21650 – 76 Tools bonding packaged – general cargo transport packets in abundance requirements

GOST 22727 – 88 Rolled sheet. Ultrasonic inspection methods

GOST 23055 – 78 Non-destructive testing. Fusion welding of metals. Classification of welds on the results of radiographic inspection

GOST 23304 – 78 bolts, studs, nuts and washers for flanged connections of nuclear power plants. Technical requirements.Acceptance. Test methods. Labeling, packaging, transportation and storage

GOST 24634 – 81 Wooden boxes for products delivered for export. General specifications

GOST 24643 – 81 Basic norms of interchangeability. Tolerances of form and arrangement of surfaces. Numeric values

GOST 25054 – 81 Forgings of corrosion – resistant steels and alloys. General specifications

GOST 25347 – 82 Basic norms of interchangeability. Uniform system of tolerances and fits . Tolerances and recommended planting

GOST 26179 – 84 Basic norms of interchangeability. Dimensional tolerances over 10,000 to 40,000 mm

GOST 26364 – 90 ferritometers for austenitic steels. General specifications

GOST 26828 – 86 Products in Aerospace Engineering. Labeling

GOST 28759.5-90 Flanges of vessels and apparatuses. Technical requirements

Note – When using this standard it is advisable to check the effect of the reference standards in the public information system – the official site of the Federal Agency for Technical Regulation and Metrology on the Internet or on annual basis the information sign “ national standards ”, which is published on the 1st of January of the current year and relevant information published by monthly indexes published in the current year. If the reference standard is replaced (changed), when using this standard should govern replacement (modified) standard. If the reference standard is canceled without replacement, the position in which reference is made ​​to it, apply to the extent not affecting this link.

이하 생략….

GOST 51364-99 English Version

22 Jan 2014 Comments
Off

[GOST 51364-99 영문버전]

GOST R 51364-99 ISO 6758-80) : Air cooler

 

1 Scope

This standard applies to air coolers are designed to cool the gases and liquids and condensing the steam and vapor-liquid medium in technological processes in chemical, petrochemical, oil, gas, oil and other industries at a pressure of no more than medium or 16.0 MPa under vacuum with a residual pressure not lower than 665 Pa and at a temperature not higher than 400 ° C.

This standard specifies the basic requirements for the construction, inspection and delivery of air coolers.

Climatic performance devices U1 and UHL1 – to GOST 15150 .

In general, the apparatus performances U1, UHL1 supplied for use at operating temperatures of parts under pressure not below minus 40 ° C.

On the strength of a metal support structure aids can be used for installation in areas with seismic activity up to 7 points [1] and wind velocity head IV geographic area [2] .

Devices designed to operate at an altitude of 1000 m above sea level.

In some cases, in accordance with the contract scope of devices can be expanded on demand devices can be made:

- With reinforced metal structure – to work in areas with seismic activity up to 9 points and with wind velocity head V geographic area;

- Climatic version UHL1 – for use with operating temperatures of parts under pressure, below minus 40 ° C;

- Special requirements associated with the delivery of export, including climatic design T1 to GOST 15150 .

2 Normative references

In this standard references to the following documents:

GOST 2.601-95 Unified system for design documentation. Operational documents

GOST 9.005-72 Unified system for design documentation. Permissible and impermissible contact metals.General requirements

GOST 9.014-78 Unified system of corrosion and aging of materials and products. Temporary corrosion protection products. General requirements

GOST 9.032-74 Unified system of corrosion and aging of materials and products. Paint coatings. Groups, technical requirements and designations

GOST 9.104-79 Unified system of corrosion and aging of materials and products. Paint coatings. Group operating conditions

GOST 9.401-91 Unified system of corrosion and aging of materials and products. Paint coatings. General requirements and methods of accelerated tests for resistance to climatic factors

GOST 9.402-80 Unified system of corrosion and aging of materials and products. Paint coatings. Preparation of metal surfaces prior to painting

GOST 9.403-80 Unified system of corrosion and aging of materials and products. Paint coatings. Test method for resistance to static exposure liquids

GOST 12.1.003-83 Occupational safety standards system. Noise. General requirements for safety

GOST 12.1.007-76 Occupational safety standards system. Harmful substances. Classification and general safety requirements

GOST 12.1.012-90 Occupational safety standards system. Vibration safety. General requirements

GOST 12.1.028-80 Occupational safety standards system. Noise. Determination of the noise characteristics of noise sources. Survey method

GOST 12.2.003-91 Occupational safety standards system. Industrial equipment. General requirements for safety

Standard 12.2.007.0-75 safety standards system. Electrotechnical products. General requirements for safety

GOST 12.2.020-76 Occupational safety standards system. Electric equipment hardened. Classification.Labeling

이하 생략….

 

GOST R 51274-99 English Version

22 Jan 2014 Comments
Off

[GOST R 51274-99 영문버전]

GOST R 51274-99 : Tank and Apparatus COLUMN TYPE APPARATUS – Strength Norm and Calculation Methods

 

1 Scope
This Standard establishes a method for calculation for column ttpe apparatus operationg under internal overpressures or external pressures, dead weight moment of deflection & moments of deflection due to  off -center weight load applied.

2 Normative references
The following standards are rеfеrencеd to these Standards:
GOST 14249-89 Tanks and apparatus- Strength norms and calculation method
GOST R 51273-99 Tanks and apparatus- Strength norms and calculation method : Determination of
rated force due to wind load & seismic load for colunm type of apparatus

이하 생략….

 

GOST R 51273-99 English Version

22 Jan 2014 Comments
Off

[GOST R 51273-99 영문버전]

GOST R 51273-99 : Vessels and Apparatus
NORMS AND METHOD OF STRENGTH CALCULATION
Rated Force Calculation of Column Type Apparatus against Wind Loads and Seismic Effect

1 Scope
This Standard establishes a method for calculation of rated forces arising in elements of vertical cylindrical vessels (column type apparatus) against wind loads &  seismic effect.

For column type apparatus the combinations of loads in various condition (installation,  testing and  operation) are established according to  GOST R 51274.

2 Normative references

GOST R 51274-99 “Vessels and Apparatus – Column Type Apparatus.  Norms and Methods of Strength Calculation” is referred to this Standard.

이하 생략….